diff options
| author |  Alexey Yakovenko <wakeroid@gmail.com> | 2010-05-15 23:39:29 +0200 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Alexey Yakovenko <wakeroid@gmail.com> | 2010-05-15 23:39:29 +0200 |
| commit | 51530925ec9efce86e105c0327cbe67a317aa950 (patch) | |
| tree | e44e0c48fb47efbebacfcce353c0e1ba3b27ea6d | |
| parent | 919e8f9e45c77217d1893281ca8606b21c1389f5 (diff) | |
added basic gettext support and russian translation
105 files changed, 26954 insertions, 287 deletions
diff --git a/ABOUT-NLS b/ABOUT-NLS new file mode 100644 index 00000000..83bc72ec --- /dev/null +++ b/ABOUT-NLS @@ -0,0 +1,1068 @@ +1 Notes on the Free Translation Project +*************************************** + +Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project is +a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all +together, so that free software will gradually become able to speak many +languages. A few packages already provide translations for their +messages. + + If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may +assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally, +itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you do _not_ +need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using +this package with messages translated. + + Installers will find here some useful hints. These notes also +explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the +available translations. They tell how people wanting to contribute and +work on translations can contact the appropriate team. + + When reporting bugs in the `intl/' directory or bugs which may be +related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of +`gettext' which is used. The information can be found in the +`intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages. + +1.1 Quick configuration advice +============================== + +If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you +should configure it using + + ./configure --with-included-gettext + +to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this +package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the +operating system where this package is being installed. So far, only +the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as +many features (such as locale alias, message inheritance, automatic +charset conversion or plural form handling) as the implementation here. +It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top +of a `catgets' implementation. Future versions of GNU `gettext' will +very likely convey even more functionality. So it might be a good idea +to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible. + + So you need _not_ provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or +you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the +included `libintl'. + +1.2 INSTALL Matters +=================== + +Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the programs +they contain can be made to speak your own native language. Most such +packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own ways to +internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'. + + By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of +messages. It will automatically detect whether the system already +provides the GNU `gettext' functions. If not, the included GNU +`gettext' library will be used. This library is wholly contained +within this package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior +installation of the GNU `gettext' package is _not_ required. +Installers may use special options at configuration time for changing +the default behaviour. The commands: + + ./configure --with-included-gettext + ./configure --disable-nls + +will, respectively, bypass any pre-existing `gettext' to use the +internationalizing routines provided within this package, or else, +_totally_ disable translation of messages. + + When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run +configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will +probably detect the previously built and installed `libintl.a' file and +will decide to use this. This might not be desirable. You should use +the more recent version of the GNU `gettext' library. I.e. if the file +`intl/VERSION' shows that the library which comes with this package is +more recent, you should use + + ./configure --with-included-gettext + +to prevent auto-detection. + + The configuration process will not test for the `catgets' function +and therefore it will not be used. The reason is that even an +emulation of `gettext' on top of `catgets' could not provide all the +extensions of the GNU `gettext' library. + + Internationalized packages usually have many `po/LL.po' files, where +LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language. Unless +translations have been forbidden at `configure' time by using the +`--disable-nls' switch, all available translations are installed +together with the package. However, the environment variable `LINGUAS' +may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set. +`LINGUAS' should then contain a space separated list of two-letter +codes, stating which languages are allowed. + +1.3 Using This Package +====================== + +As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you +only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate +`LL_CC' combination. If you happen to have the `LC_ALL' or some other +`LC_xxx' environment variables set, you should unset them before +setting `LANG', otherwise the setting of `LANG' will not have the +desired effect. Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code, and +`CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code. For example, let's +suppose that you speak German and live in Germany. At the shell +prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de_DE' (in `csh'), +`export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de_DE' (in `bash'). +This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for +all. + + You might think that the country code specification is redundant. +But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries. For +example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil. The +country code serves to distinguish the dialects. + + The locale naming convention of `LL_CC', with `LL' denoting the +language and `CC' denoting the country, is the one use on systems based +on GNU libc. On other systems, some variations of this scheme are +used, such as `LL' or `LL_CC.ENCODING'. You can get the list of +locales supported by your system for your language by running the +command `locale -a | grep '^LL''. + + Not all programs have translations for all languages. By default, an +English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation. If you +understand other languages, you can set up a priority list of languages. +This is done through a different environment variable, called +`LANGUAGE'. GNU `gettext' gives preference to `LANGUAGE' over `LANG' +for the purpose of message handling, but you still need to have `LANG' +set to the primary language; this is required by other parts of the +system libraries. For example, some Swedish users who would rather +read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not +available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'. + + Special advice for Norwegian users: The language code for Norwegian +bokma*l changed from `no' to `nb' recently (in 2003). During the +transition period, while some message catalogs for this language are +installed under `nb' and some older ones under `no', it's recommended +for Norwegian users to set `LANGUAGE' to `nb:no' so that both newer and +older translations are used. + + In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG' +environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL' +to denote the language's main dialect. For example, `de' is equivalent +to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT' +(Portuguese as spoken in Portugal) in this context. + +1.4 Translating Teams +===================== + +For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested +people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also +able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language. +Each translation team has its own mailing list. The up-to-date list of +teams can be found at the Free Translation Project's homepage, +`http://translationproject.org/', in the "Teams" area. + + If you'd like to volunteer to _work_ at translating messages, you +should become a member of the translating team for your own language. +The subscribing address is _not_ the same as the list itself, it has +`-request' appended. For example, speakers of Swedish can send a +message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body: + + subscribe + + Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate +_actively_ in translations, or at solving translational difficulties, +rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and +you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to +get started, please write to `coordinator@translationproject.org' to +reach the coordinator for all translator teams. + + The English team is special. It works at improving and uniformizing +the terminology in use. Proven linguistic skills are praised more than +programming skills, here. + +1.5 Available Packages +====================== + +Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following +matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of November +2007. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages +PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a +translation percentage of at least 50%. + + Ready PO files af am ar az be bg bs ca cs cy da de el en en_GB eo + +----------------------------------------------------+ + Compendium | [] [] [] [] | + a2ps | [] [] [] [] [] | + aegis | () | + ant-phone | () | + anubis | [] | + ap-utils | | + aspell | [] [] [] [] [] | + bash | [] | + bfd | | + bibshelf | [] | + binutils | | + bison | [] [] | + bison-runtime | [] | + bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] | + cflow | [] | + clisp | [] [] [] | + console-tools | [] [] | + coreutils | [] [] [] [] | + cpio | | + cpplib | [] [] [] | + cryptonit | [] | + dialog | | + diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + doodle | [] | + e2fsprogs | [] [] | + enscript | [] [] [] [] | + fetchmail | [] [] () [] [] | + findutils | [] | + findutils_stable | [] [] [] | + flex | [] [] [] | + fslint | | + gas | | + gawk | [] [] [] | + gcal | [] | + gcc | [] | + gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] | + gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] | + gettext-tools | [] [] | + gip | [] | + gliv | [] [] | + glunarclock | [] | + gmult | [] [] | + gnubiff | () | + gnucash | [] [] () () [] | + gnuedu | | + gnulib | [] | + gnunet | | + gnunet-gtk | | + gnutls | [] | + gpe-aerial | [] [] | + gpe-beam | [] [] | + gpe-calendar | | + gpe-clock | [] [] | + gpe-conf | [] [] | + gpe-contacts | | + gpe-edit | [] | + gpe-filemanager | | + gpe-go | [] | + gpe-login | [] [] | + gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] | + gpe-package | | + gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | + gpe-su | [] [] | + gpe-taskmanager | [] [] | + gpe-timesheet | [] | + gpe-today | [] [] | + gpe-todo | | + gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] | + gprof | [] [] | + gpsdrive | | + gramadoir | [] [] | + grep | [] [] | + gretl | () | + gsasl | | + gss | | + gst-plugins-bad | [] [] | + gst-plugins-base | [] [] | + gst-plugins-good | [] [] [] | + gst-plugins-ugly | [] [] | + gstreamer | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gtick | () | + gtkam | [] [] [] [] | + gtkorphan | [] [] | + gtkspell | [] [] [] [] | + gutenprint | [] | + hello | [] [] [] [] [] | + herrie | [] | + hylafax | | + idutils | [] [] | + indent | [] [] [] [] | + iso_15924 | | + iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_3166_2 | | + iso_4217 | [] [] [] | + iso_639 | [] [] [] [] | + jpilot | [] | + jtag | | + jwhois | | + kbd | [] [] [] [] | + keytouch | [] [] | + keytouch-editor | [] | + keytouch-keyboa... | [] | + latrine | () | + ld | [] | + leafpad | [] [] [] [] [] | + libc | [] [] [] [] | + libexif | [] | + libextractor | [] | + libgpewidget | [] [] [] | + libgpg-error | [] | + libgphoto2 | [] [] | + libgphoto2_port | [] [] | + libgsasl | | + libiconv | [] [] | + libidn | [] [] [] | + lifelines | [] () | + lilypond | [] | + lingoteach | | + lprng | | + lynx | [] [] [] [] | + m4 | [] [] [] [] | + mailfromd | | + mailutils | [] | + make | [] [] | + man-db | [] [] [] | + minicom | [] [] [] | + nano | [] [] [] | + opcodes | [] | + parted | [] [] | + pilot-qof | | + popt | [] [] [] | + psmisc | [] | + pwdutils | | + qof | | + radius | [] | + recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + rpm | [] | + screem | | + scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sed | [] [] [] | + shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] () [] [] [] | + sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + shishi | | + skencil | [] () | + solfege | | + soundtracker | [] [] | + sp | [] | + system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + tar | [] [] | + texinfo | [] [] [] | + tin | () () | + tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + unicode-han-tra... | | + unicode-transla... | | + util-linux | [] [] [] [] | + util-linux-ng | [] [] [] [] | + vorbis-tools | [] | + wastesedge | () | + wdiff | [] [] [] [] | + wget | [] [] [] | + xchat | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + xkeyboard-config | [] | + xpad | [] [] [] | + +----------------------------------------------------+ + af am ar az be bg bs ca cs cy da de el en en_GB eo + 6 0 2 1 8 26 2 40 48 2 56 88 15 1 15 18 + + es et eu fa fi fr ga gl gu he hi hr hu id is it + +--------------------------------------------------+ + Compendium | [] [] [] [] [] | + a2ps | [] [] [] () | + aegis | | + ant-phone | [] | + anubis | [] | + ap-utils | [] [] | + aspell | [] [] [] | + bash | [] | + bfd | [] [] | + bibshelf | [] [] [] | + binutils | [] [] [] | + bison | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + bison-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] | + bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] | + cflow | [] | + clisp | [] [] | + console-tools | | + coreutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + cpio | [] [] [] | + cpplib | [] [] | + cryptonit | [] | + dialog | [] [] [] | + diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + doodle | [] [] | + e2fsprogs | [] [] [] | + enscript | [] [] [] | + fetchmail | [] | + findutils | [] [] [] | + findutils_stable | [] [] [] [] | + flex | [] [] [] | + fslint | | + gas | [] [] | + gawk | [] [] [] [] () | + gcal | [] [] | + gcc | [] | + gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gettext-tools | [] [] [] [] | + gip | [] [] [] [] | + gliv | () | + glunarclock | [] [] [] | + gmult | [] [] [] | + gnubiff | () () | + gnucash | () () () | + gnuedu | [] | + gnulib | [] [] [] | + gnunet | | + gnunet-gtk | | + gnutls | | + gpe-aerial | [] [] | + gpe-beam | [] [] | + gpe-calendar | | + gpe-clock | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-conf | [] | + gpe-contacts | [] [] | + gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-filemanager | [] | + gpe-go | [] [] [] | + gpe-login | [] [] [] | + gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-package | [] | + gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | + gpe-su | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] | + gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-today | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-todo | [] | + gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] [] | + gprof | [] [] [] [] [] | + gpsdrive | [] | + gramadoir | [] [] | + grep | [] [] [] | + gretl | [] [] [] () | + gsasl | [] [] | + gss | [] [] | + gst-plugins-bad | [] [] [] [] | + gst-plugins-base | [] [] [] [] | + gst-plugins-good | [] [] [] [] [] | + gst-plugins-ugly | [] [] [] [] | + gstreamer | [] [] [] | + gtick | [] [] [] | + gtkam | [] [] [] [] | + gtkorphan | [] [] | + gtkspell | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gutenprint | [] | + hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + herrie | [] | + hylafax | | + idutils | [] [] [] [] [] | + indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_15924 | [] | + iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_3166_2 | [] | + iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_639 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + jpilot | [] [] | + jtag | [] | + jwhois | [] [] [] [] [] | + kbd | [] [] | + keytouch | [] [] [] | + keytouch-editor | [] | + keytouch-keyboa... | [] [] | + latrine | [] [] | + ld | [] [] [] [] | + leafpad | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + libc | [] [] [] [] [] | + libexif | [] | + libextractor | [] | + libgpewidget | [] [] [] [] [] | + libgpg-error | [] | + libgphoto2 | [] [] [] | + libgphoto2_port | [] [] | + libgsasl | [] [] | + libiconv | [] [] [] | + libidn | [] [] | + lifelines | () | + lilypond | [] [] [] | + lingoteach | [] [] [] | + lprng | | + lynx | [] [] [] | + m4 | [] [] [] [] | + mailfromd | | + mailutils | [] [] | + make | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + man-db | [] | + minicom | [] [] [] [] | + nano | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + opcodes | [] [] [] [] | + parted | [] [] [] | + pilot-qof | | + popt | [] [] [] [] | + psmisc | [] [] | + pwdutils | | + qof | [] | + radius | [] [] | + recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + rpm | [] [] | + screem | | + scrollkeeper | [] [] [] | + sed | [] [] [] [] [] | + shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + shishi | [] | + skencil | [] [] | + solfege | [] | + soundtracker | [] [] [] | + sp | [] | + system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + tar | [] [] [] [] [] | + texinfo | [] [] [] | + tin | [] () | + tuxpaint | [] [] | + unicode-han-tra... | | + unicode-transla... | [] [] | + util-linux | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + util-linux-ng | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + vorbis-tools | | + wastesedge | () | + wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + xchat | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + xkeyboard-config | [] [] [] [] | + xpad | [] [] [] | + +--------------------------------------------------+ + es et eu fa fi fr ga gl gu he hi hr hu id is it + 85 22 14 2 48 101 61 12 2 8 2 6 53 29 1 52 + + ja ka ko ku ky lg lt lv mk mn ms mt nb ne nl nn + +--------------------------------------------------+ + Compendium | [] | + a2ps | () [] [] | + aegis | () | + ant-phone | [] | + anubis | [] [] [] | + ap-utils | [] | + aspell | [] [] | + bash | [] | + bfd | | + bibshelf | [] | + binutils | | + bison | [] [] [] | + bison-runtime | [] [] [] | + bluez-pin | [] [] [] | + cflow | | + clisp | [] | + console-tools | | + coreutils | [] | + cpio | [] | + cpplib | [] | + cryptonit | [] | + dialog | [] [] | + diffutils | [] [] [] | + doodle | | + e2fsprogs | [] | + enscript | [] | + fetchmail | [] [] | + findutils | [] | + findutils_stable | [] | + flex | [] [] | + fslint | | + gas | | + gawk | [] [] | + gcal | | + gcc | | + gettext-examples | [] [] [] | + gettext-runtime | [] [] [] | + gettext-tools | [] [] | + gip | [] [] | + gliv | [] | + glunarclock | [] [] | + gmult | [] [] [] | + gnubiff | | + gnucash | () () () | + gnuedu | | + gnulib | [] [] | + gnunet | | + gnunet-gtk | | + gnutls | [] | + gpe-aerial | [] | + gpe-beam | [] | + gpe-calendar | [] | + gpe-clock | [] [] [] | + gpe-conf | [] [] [] | + gpe-contacts | [] | + gpe-edit | [] [] [] | + gpe-filemanager | [] [] | + gpe-go | [] [] [] | + gpe-login | [] [] [] | + gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] | + gpe-package | [] [] | + gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | + gpe-su | [] [] [] | + gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-timesheet | [] | + gpe-today | [] [] | + gpe-todo | [] | + gphoto2 | [] [] | + gprof | [] | + gpsdrive | [] | + gramadoir | () | + grep | [] [] | + gretl | | + gsasl | [] | + gss | | + gst-plugins-bad | [] | + gst-plugins-base | [] | + gst-plugins-good | [] | + gst-plugins-ugly | [] | + gstreamer | [] | + gtick | [] | + gtkam | [] [] | + gtkorphan | [] | + gtkspell | [] [] | + gutenprint | [] | + hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + herrie | [] | + hylafax | | + idutils | [] | + indent | [] [] | + iso_15924 | [] | + iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_3166_2 | [] | + iso_4217 | [] [] [] | + iso_639 | [] [] [] [] | + jpilot | () () | + jtag | | + jwhois | [] | + kbd | [] | + keytouch | [] | + keytouch-editor | [] | + keytouch-keyboa... | | + latrine | [] | + ld | | + leafpad | [] [] | + libc | [] [] [] | + libexif | | + libextractor | | + libgpewidget | [] | + libgpg-error | | + libgphoto2 | [] | + libgphoto2_port | [] | + libgsasl | [] | + libiconv | [] | + libidn | [] [] | + lifelines | [] | + lilypond | [] | + lingoteach | [] | + lprng | | + lynx | [] [] | + m4 | [] [] | + mailfromd | | + mailutils | | + make | [] [] [] | + man-db | | + minicom | [] | + nano | [] [] [] | + opcodes | [] | + parted | [] [] | + pilot-qof | | + popt | [] [] [] | + psmisc | [] [] [] | + pwdutils | | + qof | | + radius | | + recode | [] | + rpm | [] [] | + screem | [] | + scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] | + sed | [] [] | + shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sharutils | [] [] | + shishi | | + skencil | | + solfege | () () | + soundtracker | | + sp | () | + system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] | + tar | [] [] [] | + texinfo | [] [] | + tin | | + tuxpaint | () [] [] | + unicode-han-tra... | | + unicode-transla... | | + util-linux | [] [] | + util-linux-ng | [] [] | + vorbis-tools | | + wastesedge | [] | + wdiff | [] [] | + wget | [] [] | + xchat | [] [] [] [] | + xkeyboard-config | [] [] [] | + xpad | [] [] [] | + +--------------------------------------------------+ + ja ka ko ku ky lg lt lv mk mn ms mt nb ne nl nn + 51 2 25 3 2 0 6 0 2 2 20 0 11 1 103 6 + + or pa pl pt pt_BR rm ro ru rw sk sl sq sr sv ta + +--------------------------------------------------+ + Compendium | [] [] [] [] [] | + a2ps | () [] [] [] [] [] [] | + aegis | () () | + ant-phone | [] [] | + anubis | [] [] [] | + ap-utils | () | + aspell | [] [] [] | + bash | [] [] | + bfd | | + bibshelf | [] | + binutils | [] [] | + bison | [] [] [] [] [] | + bison-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] | + bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + cflow | [] | + clisp | [] | + console-tools | [] | + coreutils | [] [] [] [] | + cpio | [] [] [] | + cpplib | [] | + cryptonit | [] [] | + dialog | [] | + diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + doodle | [] [] | + e2fsprogs | [] [] | + enscript | [] [] [] [] [] | + fetchmail | [] [] [] | + findutils | [] [] [] | + findutils_stable | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + flex | [] [] [] [] [] | + fslint | [] | + gas | | + gawk | [] [] [] [] | + gcal | [] | + gcc | [] [] | + gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gettext-tools | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gip | [] [] [] [] | + gliv | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + glunarclock | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gmult | [] [] [] [] | + gnubiff | () [] | + gnucash | () [] | + gnuedu | | + gnulib | [] [] [] | + gnunet | | + gnunet-gtk | [] | + gnutls | [] [] | + gpe-aerial | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-beam | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-calendar | [] [] [] [] | + gpe-clock | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-conf | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-contacts | [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-filemanager | [] [] | + gpe-go | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-login | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-package | [] [] | + gpe-sketchbook | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-su | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-today | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gpe-todo | [] [] [] [] | + gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gprof | [] [] [] | + gpsdrive | [] [] | + gramadoir | [] [] | + grep | [] [] [] [] | + gretl | [] [] [] | + gsasl | [] [] [] | + gss | [] [] [] [] | + gst-plugins-bad | [] [] [] | + gst-plugins-base | [] [] | + gst-plugins-good | [] [] | + gst-plugins-ugly | [] [] [] | + gstreamer | [] [] [] [] | + gtick | [] | + gtkam | [] [] [] [] [] | + gtkorphan | [] | + gtkspell | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + gutenprint | [] | + hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + herrie | [] [] [] | + hylafax | | + idutils | [] [] [] [] [] | + indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_15924 | | + iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_3166_2 | | + iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + iso_639 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + jpilot | | + jtag | [] | + jwhois | [] [] [] [] | + kbd | [] [] [] | + keytouch | [] | + keytouch-editor | [] | + keytouch-keyboa... | [] | + latrine | | + ld | [] | + leafpad | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + libc | [] [] [] [] | + libexif | [] [] | + libextractor | [] [] | + libgpewidget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + libgpg-error | [] [] [] | + libgphoto2 | [] | + libgphoto2_port | [] [] [] | + libgsasl | [] [] [] [] | + libiconv | [] [] [] | + libidn | [] [] () | + lifelines | [] [] | + lilypond | | + lingoteach | [] | + lprng | [] | + lynx | [] [] [] | + m4 | [] [] [] [] [] | + mailfromd | [] | + mailutils | [] [] [] | + make | [] [] [] [] | + man-db | [] [] [] [] | + minicom | [] [] [] [] [] | + nano | [] [] [] [] | + opcodes | [] [] | + parted | [] | + pilot-qof | | + popt | [] [] [] [] | + psmisc | [] [] | + pwdutils | [] [] | + qof | [] [] | + radius | [] [] | + recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + rpm | [] [] [] [] | + screem | | + scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + sharutils | [] [] [] [] | + shishi | [] | + skencil | [] [] [] | + solfege | [] | + soundtracker | [] [] | + sp | | + system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + tar | [] [] [] [] | + texinfo | [] [] [] [] | + tin | () | + tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] [] | + unicode-han-tra... | | + unicode-transla... | | + util-linux | [] [] [] [] | + util-linux-ng | [] [] [] [] | + vorbis-tools | [] | + wastesedge | | + wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + wget | [] [] [] [] | + xchat | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | + xkeyboard-config | [] [] [] | + xpad | [] [] [] | + +--------------------------------------------------+ + or pa pl pt pt_BR rm ro ru rw sk sl sq sr sv ta + 0 5 77 31 53 4 58 72 3 45 46 9 45 122 3 + + tg th tk tr uk ven vi wa xh zh_CN zh_HK zh_TW zu + +---------------------------------------------------+ + Compendium | [] [] [] [] | 19 + a2ps | [] [] [] | 19 + aegis | [] | 1 + ant-phone | [] [] | 6 + anubis | [] [] [] | 11 + ap-utils | () [] | 4 + aspell | [] [] [] | 16 + bash | [] | 6 + bfd | | 2 + bibshelf | [] | 7 + binutils | [] [] [] [] | 9 + bison | [] [] [] [] | 20 + bison-runtime | [] [] [] [] | 18 + bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 28 + cflow | [] [] | 5 + clisp | | 9 + console-tools | [] [] | 5 + coreutils | [] [] [] | 18 + cpio | [] [] [] [] | 11 + cpplib | [] [] [] [] [] | 12 + cryptonit | [] | 6 + dialog | [] [] [] | 9 + diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 29 + doodle | [] | 6 + e2fsprogs | [] [] | 10 + enscript | [] [] [] | 16 + fetchmail | [] [] | 12 + findutils | [] [] [] | 11 + findutils_stable | [] [] [] [] | 18 + flex | [] [] | 15 + fslint | [] | 2 + gas | [] | 3 + gawk | [] [] [] | 16 + gcal | [] | 5 + gcc | [] [] [] | 7 + gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 29 + gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 28 + gettext-tools | [] [] [] [] [] | 20 + gip | [] [] | 13 + gliv | [] [] | 11 + glunarclock | [] [] [] | 15 + gmult | [] [] [] [] | 16 + gnubiff | [] | 2 + gnucash | () [] | 5 + gnuedu | [] | 2 + gnulib | [] | 10 + gnunet | | 0 + gnunet-gtk | [] [] | 3 + gnutls | | 4 + gpe-aerial | [] [] | 14 + gpe-beam | [] [] | 14 + gpe-calendar | [] [] | 7 + gpe-clock | [] [] [] [] | 21 + gpe-conf | [] [] [] | 16 + gpe-contacts | [] [] | 10 + gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] [] | 22 + gpe-filemanager | [] [] | 7 + gpe-go | [] [] [] [] | 19 + gpe-login | [] [] [] [] [] | 21 + gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] | 21 + gpe-package | [] | 6 + gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | 16 + gpe-su | [] [] [] [] | 21 + gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] [] | 21 + gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] | 18 + gpe-today | [] [] [] [] [] | 21 + gpe-todo | [] [] | 8 + gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] | 21 + gprof | [] [] | 13 + gpsdrive | [] | 5 + gramadoir | [] | 7 + grep | [] | 12 + gretl | | 6 + gsasl | [] [] [] | 9 + gss | [] | 7 + gst-plugins-bad | [] [] [] | 13 + gst-plugins-base | [] [] | 11 + gst-plugins-good | [] [] [] [] [] | 16 + gst-plugins-ugly | [] [] [] | 13 + gstreamer | [] [] [] | 18 + gtick | [] [] | 7 + gtkam | [] | 16 + gtkorphan | [] | 7 + gtkspell | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 27 + gutenprint | | 4 + hello | [] [] [] [] [] | 38 + herrie | [] [] | 8 + hylafax | | 0 + idutils | [] [] | 15 + indent | [] [] [] [] [] | 28 + iso_15924 | [] [] | 4 + iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 54 + iso_3166_2 | [] [] | 4 + iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] | 24 + iso_639 | [] [] [] [] [] | 26 + jpilot | [] [] [] [] | 7 + jtag | [] | 3 + jwhois | [] [] [] | 13 + kbd | [] [] [] | 13 + keytouch | [] | 8 + keytouch-editor | [] | 5 + keytouch-keyboa... | [] | 5 + latrine | [] [] | 5 + ld | [] [] [] [] | 10 + leafpad | [] [] [] [] [] | 24 + libc | [] [] [] | 19 + libexif | [] | 5 + libextractor | [] | 5 + libgpewidget | [] [] [] | 20 + libgpg-error | [] | 6 + libgphoto2 | [] [] | 9 + libgphoto2_port | [] [] [] | 11 + libgsasl | [] | 8 + libiconv | [] [] | 11 + libidn | [] [] | 11 + lifelines | | 4 + lilypond | [] | 6 + lingoteach | [] | 6 + lprng | [] | 2 + lynx | [] [] [] | 15 + m4 | [] [] [] | 18 + mailfromd | [] [] | 3 + mailutils | [] [] | 8 + make | [] [] [] | 20 + man-db | [] | 9 + minicom | [] | 14 + nano | [] [] [] | 20 + opcodes | [] [] | 10 + parted | [] [] [] | 11 + pilot-qof | [] | 1 + popt | [] [] [] [] | 18 + psmisc | [] [] | 10 + pwdutils | [] | 3 + qof | [] | 4 + radius | [] [] | 7 + recode | [] [] [] | 25 + rpm | [] [] [] [] | 13 + screem | [] | 2 + scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] | 26 + sed | [] [] [] [] | 23 + shared-mime-info | [] [] [] | 29 + sharutils | [] [] [] | 23 + shishi | [] | 3 + skencil | [] | 7 + solfege | [] | 3 + soundtracker | [] [] | 9 + sp | [] | 3 + system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 38 + tar | [] [] [] | 17 + texinfo | [] [] [] | 15 + tin | | 1 + tuxpaint | [] [] [] | 19 + unicode-han-tra... | | 0 + unicode-transla... | | 2 + util-linux | [] [] [] | 20 + util-linux-ng | [] [] [] | 20 + vorbis-tools | [] [] | 4 + wastesedge | | 1 + wdiff | [] [] | 23 + wget | [] [] [] | 20 + xchat | [] [] [] [] | 29 + xkeyboard-config | [] [] [] | 14 + xpad | [] [] [] | 15 + +---------------------------------------------------+ + 76 teams tg th tk tr uk ven vi wa xh zh_CN zh_HK zh_TW zu + 163 domains 0 3 1 74 51 0 143 21 1 57 7 45 0 2036 + + Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of +visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are +used for implementing regional variants of languages, or language +dialects. + + For a PO file in the matrix above to be effective, the package to +which it applies should also have been internationalized and +distributed as such by its maintainer. There might be an observable +lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a +distribution. + + If November 2007 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy +of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. The most +up-to-date matrix with full percentage details can be found at +`http://translationproject.org/extra/matrix.html'. + +1.6 Using `gettext' in new packages +=================================== + +If you are writing a freely available program and want to +internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your +package. Of course you have to respect the GNU Library General Public +License which covers the use of the GNU `gettext' library. This means +in particular that even non-free programs can use `libintl' as a shared +library, whereas only free software can use `libintl' as a static +library or use modified versions of `libintl'. + + Once the sources are changed appropriately and the setup can handle +the use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations. The +Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not +developed inside the GNU project. Therefore the information given above +applies also for every other Free Software Project. Contact +`coordinator@translationproject.org' to make the `.pot' files available +to the translation teams. + @@ -1,3 +1,45 @@ +2010-05-15 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org> + + * configure.ac (AC_CONFIG_FILES): Add intl/Makefile. + +2010-05-15 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org> + + * configure.ac (AC_CONFIG_FILES): Add po/Makefile.in. + +2010-05-15 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org> + + * m4/gettext.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/iconv.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/lib-ld.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/lib-link.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/lib-prefix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/nls.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/po.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/progtest.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/codeset.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/glibc2.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/glibc21.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/intdiv0.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/intl.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/intldir.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/intlmacosx.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/intmax.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/inttypes_h.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/inttypes-pri.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/lcmessage.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/lock.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/longlong.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/printf-posix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/size_max.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/stdint_h.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/uintmax_t.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/visibility.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/wchar_t.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/wint_t.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * m4/xsize.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17. + * Makefile.am (ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS): New variable. + * configure.ac (AC_CONFIG_FILES): Add intl/Makefile. + version 0.4.0 multiple tabbed playlists added grouping of tracks using title-formatting strings diff --git a/Makefile.am b/Makefile.am index 94c44199..14682d92 100644 --- a/Makefile.am +++ b/Makefile.am @@ -1,9 +1,21 @@ SUBDIRS = pixmaps\ icons\ - ${PLUGINS_DIRS} + ${PLUGINS_DIRS}\ + po\ + intl bin_PROGRAMS = deadbeef +INTLTOOL_FILES = \ + intltool-extract.in \ + intltool-merge.in \ + intltool-update.in + +DISTCLEANFILES = \ + intltool-extract \ + intltool-merge \ + intltool-update + deadbeef_SOURCES =\ main.c common.h deadbeef.h\ plugins.c plugins.h moduleconf.h\ @@ -19,7 +31,8 @@ deadbeef_SOURCES =\ vfs.c vfs.h vfs_stdio.c\ timeline.c timeline.h\ md5/md5.c md5/md5.h\ - metacache.c metacache.h + metacache.c metacache.h\ + gettext.h sdkdir = $(pkgincludedir) sdk_HEADERS = deadbeef.h @@ -36,4 +49,6 @@ docs_DATA = README COPYING.GPLv2 help.txt about.txt ChangeLog COPYING.LGPLv2.1 desktopdir = $(datadir)/applications desktop_DATA = deadbeef.desktop -EXTRA_DIST = $(docs_DATA) $(desktop_DATA) +EXTRA_DIST = $(docs_DATA) $(desktop_DATA) $(INTLTOOL_FILES) + +ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 diff --git a/config.rpath b/config.rpath new file mode 100755 index 00000000..c547c688 --- /dev/null +++ b/config.rpath @@ -0,0 +1,666 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the +# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable. +# +# Copyright 1996-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001 +# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996 +# +# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives +# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without +# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. +# +# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# or +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld +# should be set by the caller. +# +# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script. + +# Known limitations: +# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer +# than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only +# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build +# directory and/or the installation directory. + +# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC, +# which needs '.lib'). +libext=a +shrext=.so + +host="$1" +host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'` +host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'` +host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'` + +# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME. + +for cc_temp in $CC""; do + case $cc_temp in + compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; + distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; + \-*) ;; + *) break;; + esac +done +cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'` + +# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC. + +wl= +if test "$GCC" = yes; then + wl='-Wl,' +else + case "$host_os" in + aix*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + darwin*) + case $cc_basename in + xlc*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + esac + ;; + mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2*) + ;; + hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + newsos6) + ;; + linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) + case $cc_basename in + icc* | ecc*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + pgcc | pgf77 | pgf90) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + ccc*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + como) + wl='-lopt=' + ;; + *) + case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in + *Sun\ C*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + esac + ;; + esac + ;; + osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + rdos*) + ;; + solaris*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + sunos4*) + wl='-Qoption ld ' + ;; + sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + sysv4*MP*) + ;; + sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + unicos*) + wl='-Wl,' + ;; + uts4*) + ;; + esac +fi + +# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS. + +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= +hardcode_libdir_separator= +hardcode_direct=no +hardcode_minus_L=no + +case "$host_os" in + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) + # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time + # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using + # Microsoft Visual C++. + if test "$GCC" != yes; then + with_gnu_ld=no + fi + ;; + interix*) + # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) + with_gnu_ld=yes + ;; + openbsd*) + with_gnu_ld=no + ;; +esac + +ld_shlibs=yes +if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then + # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These + # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them + # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. + # Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented + # option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath. + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + case "$host_os" in + aix3* | aix4* | aix5*) + # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken + if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + amigaos*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + # Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports + # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up + # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked + # with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the + # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we cannot use + # them. + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + beos*) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) + # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is + # no search path for DLLs. + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + interix[3-9]*) + hardcode_direct=no + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + ;; + gnu* | linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + netbsd*) + ;; + solaris*) + if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then + ld_shlibs=no + elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) + case `$LD -v 2>&1` in + *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*) + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + *) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`' + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + esac + ;; + sunos4*) + hardcode_direct=yes + ;; + *) + if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then + : + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + esac + if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= + fi +else + case "$host_os" in + aix3*) + # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there + # are no directories specified by -L. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a + # broken collect2. + hardcode_direct=unsupported + fi + ;; + aix4* | aix5*) + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't + # have to do anything special. + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + else + aix_use_runtimelinking=no + # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal + # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we + # need to do runtime linking. + case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*) + for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do + if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then + aix_use_runtimelinking=yes + break + fi + done + ;; + esac + fi + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_libdir_separator=':' + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) + collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` + if test -f "$collect2name" && \ + strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null + then + # We have reworked collect2 + : + else + # We have old collect2 + hardcode_direct=unsupported + hardcode_minus_L=yes + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator= + fi + ;; + esac + fi + # Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX. + echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c + ${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest + aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } +}'` + if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then + aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } +}'` + fi + if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then + aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib" + fi + rm -f conftest.c conftest + # End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX. + if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + else + if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' + else + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" + fi + fi + ;; + amigaos*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + bsdi[45]*) + ;; + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) + # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using + # Microsoft Visual C++. + # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is + # no search path for DLLs. + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' ' + libext=lib + ;; + darwin* | rhapsody*) + hardcode_direct=no + if test "$GCC" = yes ; then + : + else + case $cc_basename in + xlc*) + ;; + *) + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + esac + fi + ;; + dgux*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + ;; + freebsd1*) + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + freebsd2.2*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + ;; + freebsd2*) + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + freebsd* | dragonfly*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + ;; + hpux9*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_direct=yes + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + hpux10*) + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + hardcode_direct=yes + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + fi + ;; + hpux11*) + if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + case $host_cpu in + hppa*64*|ia64*) + hardcode_direct=no + ;; + *) + hardcode_direct=yes + # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, + # but as the default location of the library. + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + esac + fi + ;; + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + netbsd*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + ;; + newsos6) + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + openbsd*) + if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then + hardcode_direct=yes + if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + else + case "$host_os" in + openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + ;; + *) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' + ;; + esac + fi + else + ld_shlibs=no + fi + ;; + os2*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + osf3*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + osf4* | osf5*) + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' + else + # Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir' + fi + hardcode_libdir_separator=: + ;; + solaris*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' + ;; + sunos4*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + hardcode_direct=yes + hardcode_minus_L=yes + ;; + sysv4) + case $host_vendor in + sni) + hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true??? + ;; + siemens) + hardcode_direct=no + ;; + motorola) + hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie + ;; + esac + ;; + sysv4.3*) + ;; + sysv4*MP*) + if test -d /usr/nec; then + ld_shlibs=yes + fi + ;; + sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) + ;; + sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`' + hardcode_libdir_separator=':' + ;; + uts4*) + hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' + ;; + *) + ld_shlibs=no + ;; + esac +fi + +# Check dynamic linker characteristics +# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER. +# Unlike libtool.m4, here we don't care about _all_ names of the library, but +# only about the one the linker finds when passed -lNAME. This is the last +# element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4, or possibly two of them if the +# linker has special search rules. +library_names_spec= # the last element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4 +libname_spec='lib$name' +case "$host_os" in + aix3*) + library_names_spec='$libname.a' + ;; + aix4* | aix5*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + amigaos*) + library_names_spec='$libname.a' + ;; + beos*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + bsdi[45]*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*) + shrext=.dll + library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a $libname.lib' + ;; + darwin* | rhapsody*) + shrext=.dylib + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + dgux*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + freebsd1*) + ;; + freebsd* | dragonfly*) + case "$host_os" in + freebsd[123]*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' ;; + *) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; + esac + ;; + gnu*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) + case $host_cpu in + ia64*) + shrext=.so + ;; + hppa*64*) + shrext=.sl + ;; + *) + shrext=.sl + ;; + esac + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + interix[3-9]*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + case "$host_os" in + irix5* | nonstopux*) + libsuff= shlibsuff= + ;; + *) + case $LD in + *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; + *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;; + *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;; + *) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; + esac + ;; + esac + ;; + linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) + ;; + linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + knetbsd*-gnu) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + netbsd*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + newsos6) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + nto-qnx*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + openbsd*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' + ;; + os2*) + libname_spec='$name' + shrext=.dll + library_names_spec='$libname.a' + ;; + osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + rdos*) + ;; + solaris*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + sunos4*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' + ;; + sysv4 | sysv4.3*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + sysv4*MP*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; + uts4*) + library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' + ;; +esac + +sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g' +escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` +shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'` +escaped_libname_spec=`echo "X$libname_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` +escaped_library_names_spec=`echo "X$library_names_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` +escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` + +LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF + +# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler. +wl="$escaped_wl" + +# Static library suffix (normally "a"). +libext="$libext" + +# Shared library suffix (normally "so"). +shlibext="$shlibext" + +# Format of library name prefix. +libname_spec="$escaped_libname_spec" + +# Library names that the linker finds when passed -lNAME. +library_names_spec="$escaped_library_names_spec" + +# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking. +# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist. +hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" + +# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument. +hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator" + +# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the +# resulting binary. +hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct" + +# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the +# resulting binary. +hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L" + +EOF diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac index d10f8ed2..964f53ae 100644 --- a/configure.ac +++ b/configure.ac @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h) AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.11 dist-bzip2]) AM_MAINTAINER_MODE() +AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS AC_PROG_CC AC_PROG_CXX AC_STDC_HEADERS @@ -13,6 +14,10 @@ AC_PROG_INSTALL AC_PROG_LIBTOOL AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4]) AC_C_BIGENDIAN +AM_GNU_GETTEXT +test "$prefix" = NONE && prefix=/usr/local +AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LOCALEDIR, "${prefix}/${DATADIRNAME}/locale", [Name of gettext locale directory]) + if test "x$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE" = "xyes" ; then AM_PROG_VALAC([0.7.0]) if test "x$VALAC" = "x" ; then @@ -445,6 +450,8 @@ plugins/pulse/Makefile plugins/artwork/Makefile plugins/supereq/Makefile plugins/notify/Makefile +intl/Makefile +po/Makefile.in deadbeef.desktop ]) diff --git a/gettext.h b/gettext.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..837a6e7e --- /dev/null +++ b/gettext.h @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#ifndef _GETTEXT_H +#define _GETTEXT_H 1 + +#if ENABLE_NLS + +# include <libintl.h> +#define _(s) gettext(s) + +#else + +#define _(s) (s) + +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/intl/ChangeLog b/intl/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3ec9081d --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +2007-11-07 GNU <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org> + + * Version 0.17 released. + diff --git a/intl/VERSION b/intl/VERSION new file mode 100644 index 00000000..889d4e9a --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/VERSION @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +GNU gettext library from gettext-0.17 diff --git a/intl/bindtextdom.c b/intl/bindtextdom.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dab5d4f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/bindtextdom.c @@ -0,0 +1,340 @@ +/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function + Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <bits/libc-lock.h> +# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock +# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */ +#ifndef offsetof +# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ +gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain +# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset +# ifndef strdup +# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) +# endif +#else +# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain +# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset +#endif + +/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP + to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog. + If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not + modified, only the current value is returned. + If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither + modified nor returned. */ +static void +set_binding_values (const char *domainname, + const char **dirnamep, const char **codesetp) +{ + struct binding *binding; + int modified; + + /* Some sanity checks. */ + if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0') + { + if (dirnamep) + *dirnamep = NULL; + if (codesetp) + *codesetp = NULL; + return; + } + + gl_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); + + modified = 0; + + for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) + { + int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); + if (compare == 0) + /* We found it! */ + break; + if (compare < 0) + { + /* It is not in the list. */ + binding = NULL; + break; + } + } + + if (binding != NULL) + { + if (dirnamep) + { + const char *dirname = *dirnamep; + + if (dirname == NULL) + /* The current binding has be to returned. */ + *dirnamep = binding->dirname; + else + { + /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old + one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the + old binding. */ + char *result = binding->dirname; + if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0) + { + if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) + result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; + else + { +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (dirname); +#else + size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + memcpy (result, dirname, len); +#endif + } + + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + { + if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) + free (binding->dirname); + + binding->dirname = result; + modified = 1; + } + } + *dirnamep = result; + } + } + + if (codesetp) + { + const char *codeset = *codesetp; + + if (codeset == NULL) + /* The current binding has be to returned. */ + *codesetp = binding->codeset; + else + { + /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old + one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the + old binding. */ + char *result = binding->codeset; + if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0) + { +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (codeset); +#else + size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + memcpy (result, codeset, len); +#endif + + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + { + if (binding->codeset != NULL) + free (binding->codeset); + + binding->codeset = result; + modified = 1; + } + } + *codesetp = result; + } + } + } + else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL) + && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL)) + { + /* Simply return the default values. */ + if (dirnamep) + *dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname; + if (codesetp) + *codesetp = NULL; + } + else + { + /* We have to create a new binding. */ + size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; + struct binding *new_binding = + (struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len); + + if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0)) + goto failed; + + memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len); + + if (dirnamep) + { + const char *dirname = *dirnamep; + + if (dirname == NULL) + /* The default value. */ + dirname = _nl_default_dirname; + else + { + if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0) + dirname = _nl_default_dirname; + else + { + char *result; +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (dirname); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_dirname; +#else + size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_dirname; + memcpy (result, dirname, len); +#endif + dirname = result; + } + } + *dirnamep = dirname; + new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname; + } + else + /* The default value. */ + new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname; + + if (codesetp) + { + const char *codeset = *codesetp; + + if (codeset != NULL) + { + char *result; + +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (codeset); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_codeset; +#else + size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_codeset; + memcpy (result, codeset, len); +#endif + codeset = result; + } + *codesetp = codeset; + new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset; + } + else + new_binding->codeset = NULL; + + /* Now enqueue it. */ + if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL + || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0) + { + new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings; + _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding; + } + else + { + binding = _nl_domain_bindings; + while (binding->next != NULL + && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0) + binding = binding->next; + + new_binding->next = binding->next; + binding->next = new_binding; + } + + modified = 1; + + /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */ + if (0) + { + failed_codeset: + if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) + free (new_binding->dirname); + failed_dirname: + free (new_binding); + failed: + if (dirnamep) + *dirnamep = NULL; + if (codesetp) + *codesetp = NULL; + } + } + + /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */ + if (modified) + ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; + + gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); +} + +/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found + in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ +char * +BINDTEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname, const char *dirname) +{ + set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL); + return (char *) dirname; +} + +/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the + DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ +char * +BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (const char *domainname, const char *codeset) +{ + set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset); + return (char *) codeset; +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain); +weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset); +#endif diff --git a/intl/config.charset b/intl/config.charset new file mode 100755 index 00000000..e8c258b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/config.charset @@ -0,0 +1,640 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases. +# +# Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published +# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, +# USA. +# +# The table consists of lines of the form +# ALIAS CANONICAL +# +# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)". +# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way. +# +# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding. +# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is +# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case +# MIME charset name is preferred. +# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows. +# +# name MIME? used by which systems +# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# ISO-8859-1 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# ISO-8859-2 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# ISO-8859-3 Y glibc solaris +# ISO-8859-4 Y osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# ISO-8859-5 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# ISO-8859-6 Y glibc aix hpux solaris +# ISO-8859-7 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd darwin +# ISO-8859-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris +# ISO-8859-9 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris darwin +# ISO-8859-13 glibc netbsd darwin +# ISO-8859-14 glibc +# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd darwin +# KOI8-R Y glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# KOI8-U Y glibc freebsd netbsd darwin +# KOI8-T glibc +# CP437 dos +# CP775 dos +# CP850 aix osf dos +# CP852 dos +# CP855 dos +# CP856 aix +# CP857 dos +# CP861 dos +# CP862 dos +# CP864 dos +# CP865 dos +# CP866 freebsd netbsd darwin dos +# CP869 dos +# CP874 woe32 dos +# CP922 aix +# CP932 aix woe32 dos +# CP943 aix +# CP949 osf woe32 dos +# CP950 woe32 dos +# CP1046 aix +# CP1124 aix +# CP1125 dos +# CP1129 aix +# CP1250 woe32 +# CP1251 glibc solaris netbsd darwin woe32 +# CP1252 aix woe32 +# CP1253 woe32 +# CP1254 woe32 +# CP1255 glibc woe32 +# CP1256 woe32 +# CP1257 woe32 +# GB2312 Y glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# EUC-JP Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# EUC-KR Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd +# BIG5 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris +# GBK glibc aix osf solaris woe32 dos +# GB18030 glibc solaris netbsd +# SHIFT_JIS Y hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin +# JOHAB glibc solaris woe32 +# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris +# VISCII Y glibc +# TCVN5712-1 glibc +# GEORGIAN-PS glibc +# HP-ROMAN8 hpux +# HP-ARABIC8 hpux +# HP-GREEK8 hpux +# HP-HEBREW8 hpux +# HP-TURKISH8 hpux +# HP-KANA8 hpux +# DEC-KANJI osf +# DEC-HANYU osf +# UTF-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris netbsd darwin +# +# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in +# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.). +# +# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications +# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent. +# +# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# or +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM + +host="$1" +os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'` +echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases," +echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'." +echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset." +# List of references, updated during installation: +echo "# Packages using this file: " +case "$os" in + linux-gnulibc1*) + # Linux libc5 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore + # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name + # from the environment variables. + echo "C ASCII" + echo "POSIX ASCII" + for l in af af_ZA ca ca_ES da da_DK de de_AT de_BE de_CH de_DE de_LU \ + en en_AU en_BW en_CA en_DK en_GB en_IE en_NZ en_US en_ZA \ + en_ZW es es_AR es_BO es_CL es_CO es_DO es_EC es_ES es_GT \ + es_HN es_MX es_PA es_PE es_PY es_SV es_US es_UY es_VE et \ + et_EE eu eu_ES fi fi_FI fo fo_FO fr fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR \ + fr_LU ga ga_IE gl gl_ES id id_ID in in_ID is is_IS it it_CH \ + it_IT kl kl_GL nl nl_BE nl_NL no no_NO pt pt_BR pt_PT sv \ + sv_FI sv_SE; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.iso-8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.iso-8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "$l.iso-8859-15@euro ISO-8859-15" + echo "$l@euro ISO-8859-15" + echo "$l.cp-437 CP437" + echo "$l.cp-850 CP850" + echo "$l.cp-1252 CP1252" + echo "$l.cp-1252@euro CP1252" + #echo "$l.atari-st ATARI-ST" # not a commonly used encoding + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8" + done + for l in cs cs_CZ hr hr_HR hu hu_HU pl pl_PL ro ro_RO sk sk_SK sl \ + sl_SI sr sr_CS sr_YU; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-2" + echo "$l.iso-8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "$l.cp-852 CP852" + echo "$l.cp-1250 CP1250" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + for l in mk mk_MK ru ru_RU; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-5" + echo "$l.iso-8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "$l.koi8-r KOI8-R" + echo "$l.cp-866 CP866" + echo "$l.cp-1251 CP1251" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + for l in ar ar_SA; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-6" + echo "$l.iso-8859-6 ISO-8859-6" + echo "$l.cp-864 CP864" + #echo "$l.cp-868 CP868" # not a commonly used encoding + echo "$l.cp-1256 CP1256" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + for l in el el_GR gr gr_GR; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-7" + echo "$l.iso-8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "$l.cp-869 CP869" + echo "$l.cp-1253 CP1253" + echo "$l.cp-1253@euro CP1253" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8" + done + for l in he he_IL iw iw_IL; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-8" + echo "$l.iso-8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "$l.cp-862 CP862" + echo "$l.cp-1255 CP1255" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + for l in tr tr_TR; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-9" + echo "$l.iso-8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "$l.cp-857 CP857" + echo "$l.cp-1254 CP1254" + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + for l in lt lt_LT lv lv_LV; do + #echo "$l BALTIC" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name + echo "$l ISO-8859-13" + done + for l in ru_UA uk uk_UA; do + echo "$l KOI8-U" + done + for l in zh zh_CN; do + #echo "$l GB_2312-80" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name + echo "$l GB2312" + done + for l in ja ja_JP ja_JP.EUC; do + echo "$l EUC-JP" + done + for l in ko ko_KR; do + echo "$l EUC-KR" + done + for l in th th_TH; do + echo "$l TIS-620" + done + for l in fa fa_IR; do + #echo "$l ISIRI-3342" # a broken encoding + echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8" + done + ;; + linux* | *-gnu*) + # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization, + # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all + # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not + # need to install the alias file at all. + # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs. + echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII" + ;; + aix*) + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "IBM-850 CP850" + echo "IBM-856 CP856" + echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13" + echo "IBM-922 CP922" + echo "IBM-932 CP932" + echo "IBM-943 CP943" + echo "IBM-1046 CP1046" + echo "IBM-1124 CP1124" + echo "IBM-1129 CP1129" + echo "IBM-1252 CP1252" + echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312" + echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "big5 BIG5" + echo "GBK GBK" + echo "TIS-620 TIS-620" + echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" + ;; + hpux*) + echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1" + echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2" + echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5" + echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6" + echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7" + echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8" + echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9" + echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15" + echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8" + echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8" + echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8" + echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8" + echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8" + echo "kana8 HP-KANA8" + echo "tis620 TIS-620" + echo "big5 BIG5" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "hp15CN GB2312" + #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this? + echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "utf8 UTF-8" + ;; + irix*) + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "eucCN GB2312" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + ;; + osf*) + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "cp850 CP850" + echo "big5 BIG5" + echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU" + echo "dechanzi GB2312" + echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI" + echo "deckorean EUC-KR" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "GBK GBK" + echo "KSC5601 CP949" + echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP" + echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "TACTIS TIS-620" + echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" + ;; + solaris*) + echo "646 ASCII" + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3" + echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "koi8-r KOI8-R" + echo "ansi-1251 CP1251" + echo "BIG5 BIG5" + echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS" + echo "gb2312 GB2312" + echo "GBK GBK" + echo "GB18030 GB18030" + echo "cns11643 EUC-TW" + echo "5601 EUC-KR" + echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS" + echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620" + #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this? + echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" + ;; + freebsd* | os2*) + # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore + # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name + # from the environment variables. + # Likewise for OS/2. OS/2 has XFree86 just like FreeBSD. Just + # reuse FreeBSD's locale data for OS/2. + echo "C ASCII" + echo "US-ASCII ASCII" + for l in la_LN lt_LN; do + echo "$l.ASCII ASCII" + done + for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \ + fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \ + lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do + echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + done + for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do + echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + done + for l in la_LN lt_LT; do + echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + done + for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do + echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R" + echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "$l.CP866 CP866" + done + echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U" + echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5" + echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5" + echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312" + echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP" + echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR" + ;; + netbsd*) + echo "646 ASCII" + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "eucCN GB2312" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "BIG5 BIG5" + echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + ;; + darwin[56]*) + # Darwin 6.8 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore + # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name + # from the environment variables. + echo "C ASCII" + for l in en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US la_LN; do + echo "$l.US-ASCII ASCII" + done + for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \ + fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT nl_BE \ + nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do + echo "$l ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + done + for l in la_LN; do + echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + done + for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do + echo "$l.ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + done + for l in la_LN lt_LT; do + echo "$l.ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + done + for l in ru_RU; do + echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R" + echo "$l.ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "$l.CP866 CP866" + done + for l in bg_BG; do + echo "$l.CP1251 CP1251" + done + echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U" + echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5" + echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5" + echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312" + echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP" + echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR" + ;; + darwin*) + # Darwin 7.5 has nl_langinfo(CODESET), but it is useless: + # - It returns the empty string when LANG is set to a locale of the + # form ll_CC, although ll_CC/LC_CTYPE is a symlink to an UTF-8 + # LC_CTYPE file. + # - The environment variables LANG, LC_CTYPE, LC_ALL are not set by + # the system; nl_langinfo(CODESET) returns "US-ASCII" in this case. + # - The documentation says: + # "... all code that calls BSD system routines should ensure + # that the const *char parameters of these routines are in UTF-8 + # encoding. All BSD system functions expect their string + # parameters to be in UTF-8 encoding and nothing else." + # It also says + # "An additional caveat is that string parameters for files, + # paths, and other file-system entities must be in canonical + # UTF-8. In a canonical UTF-8 Unicode string, all decomposable + # characters are decomposed ..." + # but this is not true: You can pass non-decomposed UTF-8 strings + # to file system functions, and it is the OS which will convert + # them to decomposed UTF-8 before accessing the file system. + # - The Apple Terminal application displays UTF-8 by default. + # - However, other applications are free to use different encodings: + # - xterm uses ISO-8859-1 by default. + # - TextEdit uses MacRoman by default. + # We prefer UTF-8 over decomposed UTF-8-MAC because one should + # minimize the use of decomposed Unicode. Unfortunately, through the + # Darwin file system, decomposed UTF-8 strings are leaked into user + # space nevertheless. + echo "* UTF-8" + ;; + beos*) + # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding. + echo "* UTF-8" + ;; + msdosdjgpp*) + # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore + # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name + # from the environment variables. + echo "#" + echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct." + echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and" + echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just" + echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to" + echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <juan.guerrero@gmx.de>" + echo "# and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>." + echo "#" + echo "C ASCII" + # ISO-8859-1 languages + echo "ca CP850" + echo "ca_ES CP850" + echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "de CP850" + echo "de_AT CP850" + echo "de_CH CP850" + echo "de_DE CP850" + echo "en CP850" + echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "en_CA CP850" + echo "en_GB CP850" + echo "en_NZ CP437" + echo "en_US CP437" + echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "es CP850" + echo "es_AR CP850" + echo "es_BO CP850" + echo "es_CL CP850" + echo "es_CO CP850" + echo "es_CR CP850" + echo "es_CU CP850" + echo "es_DO CP850" + echo "es_EC CP850" + echo "es_ES CP850" + echo "es_GT CP850" + echo "es_HN CP850" + echo "es_MX CP850" + echo "es_NI CP850" + echo "es_PA CP850" + echo "es_PY CP850" + echo "es_PE CP850" + echo "es_SV CP850" + echo "es_UY CP850" + echo "es_VE CP850" + echo "et CP850" + echo "et_EE CP850" + echo "eu CP850" + echo "eu_ES CP850" + echo "fi CP850" + echo "fi_FI CP850" + echo "fr CP850" + echo "fr_BE CP850" + echo "fr_CA CP850" + echo "fr_CH CP850" + echo "fr_FR CP850" + echo "ga CP850" + echo "ga_IE CP850" + echo "gd CP850" + echo "gd_GB CP850" + echo "gl CP850" + echo "gl_ES CP850" + echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ?? + echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ?? + echo "it CP850" + echo "it_CH CP850" + echo "it_IT CP850" + echo "lt CP775" + echo "lt_LT CP775" + echo "lv CP775" + echo "lv_LV CP775" + echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "nl CP850" + echo "nl_BE CP850" + echo "nl_NL CP850" + echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "pt CP850" + echo "pt_BR CP850" + echo "pt_PT CP850" + echo "sv CP850" + echo "sv_SE CP850" + # ISO-8859-2 languages + echo "cs CP852" + echo "cs_CZ CP852" + echo "hr CP852" + echo "hr_HR CP852" + echo "hu CP852" + echo "hu_HU CP852" + echo "pl CP852" + echo "pl_PL CP852" + echo "ro CP852" + echo "ro_RO CP852" + echo "sk CP852" + echo "sk_SK CP852" + echo "sl CP852" + echo "sl_SI CP852" + echo "sq CP852" + echo "sq_AL CP852" + echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? + echo "sr_CS CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? + echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? + # ISO-8859-3 languages + echo "mt CP850" + echo "mt_MT CP850" + # ISO-8859-5 languages + echo "be CP866" + echo "be_BE CP866" + echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "ru CP866" + echo "ru_RU CP866" + echo "uk CP1125" + echo "uk_UA CP1125" + # ISO-8859-6 languages + echo "ar CP864" + echo "ar_AE CP864" + echo "ar_DZ CP864" + echo "ar_EG CP864" + echo "ar_IQ CP864" + echo "ar_IR CP864" + echo "ar_JO CP864" + echo "ar_KW CP864" + echo "ar_MA CP864" + echo "ar_OM CP864" + echo "ar_QA CP864" + echo "ar_SA CP864" + echo "ar_SY CP864" + # ISO-8859-7 languages + echo "el CP869" + echo "el_GR CP869" + # ISO-8859-8 languages + echo "he CP862" + echo "he_IL CP862" + # ISO-8859-9 languages + echo "tr CP857" + echo "tr_TR CP857" + # Japanese + echo "ja CP932" + echo "ja_JP CP932" + # Chinese + echo "zh_CN GBK" + echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ?? + # Korean + echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ?? + echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ?? + # Thai + echo "th CP874" + echo "th_TH CP874" + # Other + echo "eo CP850" + echo "eo_EO CP850" + ;; +esac diff --git a/intl/dcgettext.c b/intl/dcgettext.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c2a63f08 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dcgettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext +# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext +#else +# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext +# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY + locale. */ +char * +DCGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category) +{ + return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +INTDEF(__dcgettext) +weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/dcigettext.c b/intl/dcigettext.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..623e51da --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dcigettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,1689 @@ +/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +/* NL_LOCALE_NAME does not work in glibc-2.4. Ignore it. */ +#undef HAVE_NL_LOCALE_NAME + +#include <sys/types.h> + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +#else +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# include <malloc.h> +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +# include <alloca.h> +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#include <errno.h> +#ifndef errno +extern int errno; +#endif +#ifndef __set_errno +# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val) +#endif + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC +# include <unistd.h> +#endif + +#include <locale.h> + +#ifdef _LIBC + /* Guess whether integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE. + Set to 1 only if you know for sure. In case of doubt, set to 0. */ +# if defined __alpha__ || defined __arm__ || defined __i386__ \ + || defined __m68k__ || defined __s390__ +# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 1 +# else +# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 0 +# endif +#endif +#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE +# include <signal.h> +#endif + +#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC +# include <sys/param.h> +#endif + +#if !defined _LIBC +# if HAVE_NL_LOCALE_NAME +# include <langinfo.h> +# endif +# include "localcharset.h" +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#include "plural-exp.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +# include <libintl.h> +# endif +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif +#include "hash-string.h" + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <bits/libc-lock.h> +# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized __libc_rwlock_define_initialized +# define gl_rwlock_rdlock __libc_rwlock_rdlock +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock +# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +/* Alignment of types. */ +#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 +# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE) +#else +# define alignof(TYPE) \ + ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2) +#endif + +/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */ +#ifndef offsetof +# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# define getcwd __getcwd +# ifndef stpcpy +# define stpcpy __stpcpy +# endif +# define tfind __tfind +#else +# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD +char *getwd (); +# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf) +# else +# if VMS +# define getcwd(buf, max) (getcwd) (buf, max, 0) +# else +char *getcwd (); +# endif +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY +static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src); +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY +static void *mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n); +# endif +#endif + +/* Use a replacement if the system does not provide the `tsearch' function + family. */ +#if HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC +# include <search.h> +#else +# define tsearch libintl_tsearch +# define tfind libintl_tfind +# define tdelete libintl_tdelete +# define twalk libintl_twalk +# include "tsearch.h" +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# define tsearch __tsearch +#endif + +/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */ +#define PATH_INCR 32 + +/* The following is from pathmax.h. */ +/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define + PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is + later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */ +#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__) +# include <limits.h> +#endif + +#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX +# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255 +#endif + +#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX +# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX)) +#endif + +/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */ +#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN +# include <sys/param.h> +#endif + +#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN +# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN +#endif + +#ifndef PATH_MAX +# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX +#endif + +/* Pathname support. + ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. + IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not, + it may be concatenated to a directory pathname. + IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification. + */ +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') +# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ + ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ + && (P)[1] == ':') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \ + (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +#else + /* Unix */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0]) +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL) +#endif + +/* Whether to support different locales in different threads. */ +#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_NL_LOCALE_NAME || (HAVE_STRUCT___LOCALE_STRUCT___NAMES && defined USE_IN_GETTEXT_TESTS) || defined IN_LIBGLOCALE +# define HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE +#endif + +/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations + are stored. */ +struct known_translation_t +{ + /* Domain in which to search. */ + const char *domainname; + + /* The category. */ + int category; + +#ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE + /* Name of the relevant locale category, or "" for the global locale. */ + const char *localename; +#endif + +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + /* The character encoding. */ + const char *encoding; +#endif + + /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */ + int counter; + + /* Catalog where the string was found. */ + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; + + /* And finally the translation. */ + const char *translation; + size_t translation_length; + + /* Pointer to the string in question. */ + char msgid[ZERO]; +}; + +gl_rwlock_define_initialized (static, tree_lock) + +/* Root of the search tree with known translations. */ +static void *root; + +/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */ +static int +transcmp (const void *p1, const void *p2) +{ + const struct known_translation_t *s1; + const struct known_translation_t *s2; + int result; + + s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1; + s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2; + + result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid); + if (result == 0) + { + result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname); + if (result == 0) + { +#ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE + result = strcmp (s1->localename, s2->localename); + if (result == 0) +#endif + { +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + result = strcmp (s1->encoding, s2->encoding); + if (result == 0) +#endif + /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest + operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely + LC_MESSAGES). */ + result = s1->category - s2->category; + } + } + } + + return result; +} + +/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to + textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */ +const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden = "messages"; + +#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE +/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */ +const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden + = _nl_default_default_domain; +#endif + +/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ +#if defined __EMX__ +extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; +#else +# ifdef _LIBC +extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; +libc_hidden_proto (_nl_default_dirname) +# endif +const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR; +# ifdef _LIBC +libc_hidden_data_def (_nl_default_dirname) +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE +/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain() + calls. */ +struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; +#endif + +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static char *plural_lookup (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, + unsigned long int n, + const char *translation, size_t translation_len) + internal_function; + +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +static const char *guess_category_value (int category, + const char *categoryname, + const char *localename) + internal_function; +#else +static const char *guess_category_value (int category, + const char *categoryname) + internal_function; +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include "../locale/localeinfo.h" +# define category_to_name(category) \ + _nl_category_names.str + _nl_category_name_idxs[category] +#else +static const char *category_to_name (int category) internal_function; +#endif +#if (defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV) && !defined IN_LIBGLOCALE +static const char *get_output_charset (struct binding *domainbinding) + internal_function; +#endif + + +/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add + some additional code emulating it. */ +#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA +/* Nothing has to be done. */ +# define freea(p) /* nothing */ +# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */ +# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */ +#else +struct block_list +{ + void *address; + struct block_list *next; +}; +# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \ + do { \ + struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \ + /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \ + the list. */ \ + if (newp != NULL) { \ + newp->address = (addr); \ + newp->next = (list); \ + (list) = newp; \ + } \ + } while (0) +# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \ + do { \ + while (list != NULL) { \ + struct block_list *old = list; \ + list = list->next; \ + free (old->address); \ + free (old); \ + } \ + } while (0) +# undef alloca +# define alloca(size) (malloc (size)) +# define freea(p) free (p) +#endif /* have alloca */ + + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* List of blocks allocated for translations. */ +typedef struct transmem_list +{ + struct transmem_list *next; + char data[ZERO]; +} transmem_block_t; +static struct transmem_list *transmem_list; +#else +typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t; +#endif + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext +#else +# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext +#endif + +/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ +gl_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) + +/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides + easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure +# define DETERMINE_SECURE +#else +# ifndef HAVE_GETUID +# define getuid() 0 +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_GETGID +# define getgid() 0 +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID +# define geteuid() getuid() +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID +# define getegid() getgid() +# endif +static int enable_secure; +# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1) +# define DETERMINE_SECURE \ + if (enable_secure == 0) \ + { \ + if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \ + enable_secure = 1; \ + else \ + enable_secure = -1; \ + } +#endif + +/* Get the function to evaluate the plural expression. */ +#include "eval-plural.h" + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current + CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string + depending on the plural form determined by N. */ +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +char * +gl_dcigettext (const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, + int plural, unsigned long int n, + int category, + const char *localename, const char *encoding) +#else +char * +DCIGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, + int plural, unsigned long int n, int category) +#endif +{ +#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA + struct block_list *block_list = NULL; +#endif + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; + struct binding *binding; + const char *categoryname; + const char *categoryvalue; + const char *dirname; + char *xdomainname; + char *single_locale; + char *retval; + size_t retlen; + int saved_errno; + struct known_translation_t *search; + struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL; + size_t msgid_len; +#if defined HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE && !defined IN_LIBGLOCALE + const char *localename; +#endif + size_t domainname_len; + + /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */ + if (msgid1 == NULL) + return NULL; + +#ifdef _LIBC + if (category < 0 || category >= __LC_LAST || category == LC_ALL) + /* Bogus. */ + return (plural == 0 + ? (char *) msgid1 + /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ + : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); +#endif + + /* Preserve the `errno' value. */ + saved_errno = errno; + + gl_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock); + + /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If + CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the + definition left this undefined. */ + if (domainname == NULL) + domainname = _nl_current_default_domain; + + /* OS/2 specific: backward compatibility with older libintl versions */ +#ifdef LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT + if (category == LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT) + category = LC_MESSAGES; +#endif + + msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1; + + /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at + some time. */ + search = (struct known_translation_t *) + alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len); + memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); + search->domainname = domainname; + search->category = category; +#ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE +# ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE +# ifdef _LIBC + localename = __current_locale_name (category); +# else +# if HAVE_NL_LOCALE_NAME + /* NL_LOCALE_NAME is public glibc API introduced in glibc-2.4. */ + localename = nl_langinfo (NL_LOCALE_NAME (category)); +# else +# if HAVE_STRUCT___LOCALE_STRUCT___NAMES && defined USE_IN_GETTEXT_TESTS + /* The __names field is not public glibc API and must therefore not be used + in code that is installed in public locations. */ + { + locale_t thread_locale = uselocale (NULL); + if (thread_locale != LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE) + localename = thread_locale->__names[category]; + else + localename = ""; + } +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif + search->localename = localename; +# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + search->encoding = encoding; +# endif + + /* Since tfind/tsearch manage a balanced tree, concurrent tfind and + tsearch calls can be fatal. */ + gl_rwlock_rdlock (tree_lock); + + foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp); + + gl_rwlock_unlock (tree_lock); + + freea (search); + if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr) + { + /* Now deal with plural. */ + if (plural) + retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation, + (*foundp)->translation_length); + else + retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation; + + gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); + __set_errno (saved_errno); + return retval; + } +#endif + + /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */ + DETERMINE_SECURE; + + /* First find matching binding. */ +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + /* We can use a trivial binding, since _nl_find_msg will ignore it anyway, + and _nl_load_domain and _nl_find_domain just pass it through. */ + binding = NULL; + dirname = bindtextdomain (domainname, NULL); +#else + for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) + { + int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); + if (compare == 0) + /* We found it! */ + break; + if (compare < 0) + { + /* It is not in the list. */ + binding = NULL; + break; + } + } + + if (binding == NULL) + dirname = _nl_default_dirname; + else + { + dirname = binding->dirname; +#endif + if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (dirname)) + { + /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */ + size_t dirname_len = strlen (dirname) + 1; + size_t path_max; + char *resolved_dirname; + char *ret; + + path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX; + path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */ + + for (;;) + { + resolved_dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len); + ADD_BLOCK (block_list, tmp_dirname); + + __set_errno (0); + ret = getcwd (resolved_dirname, path_max); + if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE) + break; + + path_max += path_max / 2; + path_max += PATH_INCR; + } + + if (ret == NULL) + /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an + error but simply return the default string. */ + goto return_untranslated; + + stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (resolved_dirname, '\0'), "/"), dirname); + dirname = resolved_dirname; + } +#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE + } +#endif + + /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */ + categoryname = category_to_name (category); +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname, localename); +#else + categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname); +#endif + + domainname_len = strlen (domainname); + xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname) + + domainname_len + 5); + ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname); + + stpcpy ((char *) mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"), + domainname, domainname_len), + ".mo"); + + /* Creating working area. */ + single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1); + ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale); + + + /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps + got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */ + while (1) + { + /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */ + while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':') + ++categoryvalue; + if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0') + { + /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but + no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation + by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation + will take place. */ + single_locale[0] = 'C'; + single_locale[1] = '\0'; + } + else + { + char *cp = single_locale; + while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':') + *cp++ = *categoryvalue++; + *cp = '\0'; + + /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files + outside the dedicated directories. */ + if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale)) + /* Ingore this entry. */ + continue; + } + + /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a + domain. Return the MSGID. */ + if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0 + || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0) + break; + + /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the + DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */ + domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding); + + if (domain != NULL) + { +#if defined IN_LIBGLOCALE + retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, encoding, msgid1, &retlen); +#else + retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, 1, &retlen); +#endif + + if (retval == NULL) + { + int cnt; + + for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) + { +#if defined IN_LIBGLOCALE + retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding, + encoding, msgid1, &retlen); +#else + retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding, + msgid1, 1, &retlen); +#endif + + if (retval != NULL) + { + domain = domain->successor[cnt]; + break; + } + } + } + + /* Returning -1 means that some resource problem exists + (likely memory) and that the strings could not be + converted. Return the original strings. */ + if (__builtin_expect (retval == (char *) -1, 0)) + break; + + if (retval != NULL) + { + /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN: + starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */ + FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); + if (foundp == NULL) + { + /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */ + size_t size; + struct known_translation_t *newp; + + size = offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1; +#ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE + size += strlen (localename) + 1; +#endif + newp = (struct known_translation_t *) malloc (size); + if (newp != NULL) + { + char *new_domainname; +#ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE + char *new_localename; +#endif + + new_domainname = + (char *) mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); + memcpy (new_domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1); +#ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE + new_localename = new_domainname + domainname_len + 1; + strcpy (new_localename, localename); +#endif + newp->domainname = new_domainname; + newp->category = category; +#ifdef HAVE_PER_THREAD_LOCALE + newp->localename = new_localename; +#endif +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + newp->encoding = encoding; +#endif + newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + newp->domain = domain; + newp->translation = retval; + newp->translation_length = retlen; + + gl_rwlock_wrlock (tree_lock); + + /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */ + foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) + tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp); + + gl_rwlock_unlock (tree_lock); + + if (foundp == NULL + || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0)) + /* The insert failed. */ + free (newp); + } + } + else + { + /* We can update the existing entry. */ + (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + (*foundp)->domain = domain; + (*foundp)->translation = retval; + (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen; + } + + __set_errno (saved_errno); + + /* Now deal with plural. */ + if (plural) + retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen); + + gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); + return retval; + } + } + } + + return_untranslated: + /* Return the untranslated MSGID. */ + FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); + gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); +#ifndef _LIBC + if (!ENABLE_SECURE) + { + extern void _nl_log_untranslated (const char *logfilename, + const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, + int plural); + const char *logfilename = getenv ("GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED"); + + if (logfilename != NULL && logfilename[0] != '\0') + _nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural); + } +#endif + __set_errno (saved_errno); + return (plural == 0 + ? (char *) msgid1 + /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ + : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); +} + + +/* Look up the translation of msgid within DOMAIN_FILE and DOMAINBINDING. + Return it if found. Return NULL if not found or in case of a conversion + failure (problem in the particular message catalog). Return (char *) -1 + in case of a memory allocation failure during conversion (only if + ENCODING != NULL resp. CONVERT == true). */ +char * +internal_function +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct binding *domainbinding, const char *encoding, + const char *msgid, + size_t *lengthp) +#else +_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct binding *domainbinding, + const char *msgid, int convert, + size_t *lengthp) +#endif +{ + struct loaded_domain *domain; + nls_uint32 nstrings; + size_t act; + char *result; + size_t resultlen; + + if (domain_file->decided <= 0) + _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding); + + if (domain_file->data == NULL) + return NULL; + + domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data; + + nstrings = domain->nstrings; + + /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */ + if (domain->hash_tab != NULL) + { + /* Use the hashing table. */ + nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid); + nls_uint32 hash_val = __hash_string (msgid); + nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; + nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); + + while (1) + { + nls_uint32 nstr = + W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[idx]); + + if (nstr == 0) + /* Hash table entry is empty. */ + return NULL; + + nstr--; + + /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr. + We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries + are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */ + if (nstr < nstrings + ? W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr].length) >= len + && (strcmp (msgid, + domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, + domain->orig_tab[nstr].offset)) + == 0) + : domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].length > len + && (strcmp (msgid, + domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].pointer) + == 0)) + { + act = nstr; + goto found; + } + + if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) + idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; + else + idx += incr; + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + else + { + /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of + messages. */ + size_t top, bottom; + + bottom = 0; + top = nstrings; + while (bottom < top) + { + int cmp_val; + + act = (bottom + top) / 2; + cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data + + W (domain->must_swap, + domain->orig_tab[act].offset))); + if (cmp_val < 0) + top = act; + else if (cmp_val > 0) + bottom = act + 1; + else + goto found; + } + /* No translation was found. */ + return NULL; + } + + found: + /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the + string to use a different character set, this is the time. */ + if (act < nstrings) + { + result = (char *) + (domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset)); + resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1; + } + else + { + result = (char *) domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].pointer; + resultlen = domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].length; + } + +#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV +# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + if (encoding != NULL) +# else + if (convert) +# endif + { + /* We are supposed to do a conversion. */ +# ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE + const char *encoding = get_output_charset (domainbinding); +# endif + size_t nconversions; + struct converted_domain *convd; + size_t i; + + /* Protect against reallocation of the table. */ + gl_rwlock_rdlock (domain->conversions_lock); + + /* Search whether a table with converted translations for this + encoding has already been allocated. */ + nconversions = domain->nconversions; + convd = NULL; + + for (i = nconversions; i > 0; ) + { + i--; + if (strcmp (domain->conversions[i].encoding, encoding) == 0) + { + convd = &domain->conversions[i]; + break; + } + } + + gl_rwlock_unlock (domain->conversions_lock); + + if (convd == NULL) + { + /* We have to allocate a new conversions table. */ + gl_rwlock_wrlock (domain->conversions_lock); + + /* Maybe in the meantime somebody added the translation. + Recheck. */ + for (i = nconversions; i > 0; ) + { + i--; + if (strcmp (domain->conversions[i].encoding, encoding) == 0) + { + convd = &domain->conversions[i]; + goto found_convd; + } + } + + { + /* Allocate a table for the converted translations for this + encoding. */ + struct converted_domain *new_conversions = + (struct converted_domain *) + (domain->conversions != NULL + ? realloc (domain->conversions, + (nconversions + 1) * sizeof (struct converted_domain)) + : malloc ((nconversions + 1) * sizeof (struct converted_domain))); + + if (__builtin_expect (new_conversions == NULL, 0)) + { + /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. We cannot use the + translation because it might be encoded incorrectly. */ + unlock_fail: + gl_rwlock_unlock (domain->conversions_lock); + return (char *) -1; + } + + domain->conversions = new_conversions; + + /* Copy the 'encoding' string to permanent storage. */ + encoding = strdup (encoding); + if (__builtin_expect (encoding == NULL, 0)) + /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. We cannot use the + translation because it might be encoded incorrectly. */ + goto unlock_fail; + + convd = &new_conversions[nconversions]; + convd->encoding = encoding; + + /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with. + This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this + entry does not exist or if this does not contain the 'charset=' + information, we will assume the charset matches the one the + current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */ +# ifdef _LIBC + convd->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + convd->conv = (iconv_t) -1; +# endif +# endif + { + char *nullentry; + size_t nullentrylen; + + /* Get the header entry. This is a recursion, but it doesn't + reallocate domain->conversions because we pass + encoding = NULL or convert = 0, respectively. */ + nullentry = +# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, NULL, "", + &nullentrylen); +# else + _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", 0, &nullentrylen); +# endif + + if (nullentry != NULL) + { + const char *charsetstr; + + charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset="); + if (charsetstr != NULL) + { + size_t len; + char *charset; + const char *outcharset; + + charsetstr += strlen ("charset="); + len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n"); + + charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1); +# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY + *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0'; +# else + memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len); + charset[len] = '\0'; +# endif + + outcharset = encoding; + +# ifdef _LIBC + /* We always want to use transliteration. */ + outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT"); + charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, ""); + int r = __gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &convd->conv, + GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV); + if (__builtin_expect (r != __GCONV_OK, 0)) + { + /* If the output encoding is the same there is + nothing to do. Otherwise do not use the + translation at all. */ + if (__builtin_expect (r != __GCONV_NULCONV, 1)) + { + gl_rwlock_unlock (domain->conversions_lock); + free ((char *) encoding); + return NULL; + } + + convd->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; + } +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + /* When using GNU libc >= 2.2 or GNU libiconv >= 1.5, + we want to use transliteration. */ +# if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) || __GLIBC__ > 2 \ + || _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105 + if (strchr (outcharset, '/') == NULL) + { + char *tmp; + + len = strlen (outcharset); + tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1); + memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len); + memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1); + outcharset = tmp; + + convd->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset); + + freea (outcharset); + } + else +# endif + convd->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset); +# endif +# endif + + freea (charset); + } + } + } + convd->conv_tab = NULL; + /* Here domain->conversions is still == new_conversions. */ + domain->nconversions++; + } + + found_convd: + gl_rwlock_unlock (domain->conversions_lock); + } + + if ( +# ifdef _LIBC + convd->conv != (__gconv_t) -1 +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + convd->conv != (iconv_t) -1 +# endif +# endif + ) + { + /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an + appropriate table with the same structure as the table + of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers + to the converted strings in. + There is a slight complication with plural entries. They + are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We + handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including + NULs. */ + + if (convd->conv_tab == NULL + && ((convd->conv_tab = + (char **) calloc (nstrings + domain->n_sysdep_strings, + sizeof (char *))) + == NULL)) + /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */ + convd->conv_tab = (char **) -1; + + if (__builtin_expect (convd->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0)) + /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. We cannot use the + translation because it might be encoded incorrectly. */ + return (char *) -1; + + if (convd->conv_tab[act] == NULL) + { + /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not + translated yet. Do this now. */ + /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling. + We allocate always larger blocks which get used over + time. This is faster than many small allocations. */ + __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock) +# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080 + static unsigned char *freemem; + static size_t freemem_size; + + const unsigned char *inbuf; + unsigned char *outbuf; + int malloc_count; +# ifndef _LIBC + transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL; +# endif + + __libc_lock_lock (lock); + + inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result; + outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); + + malloc_count = 0; + while (1) + { + transmem_block_t *newmem; +# ifdef _LIBC + size_t non_reversible; + int res; + + if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) + goto resize_freemem; + + res = __gconv (convd->conv, + &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen, + &outbuf, + outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t), + &non_reversible); + + if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT) + break; + + if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT) + { + /* We should not use the translation at all, it + is incorrectly encoded. */ + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + return NULL; + } + + inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result; +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf; + size_t inleft = resultlen; + char *outptr = (char *) outbuf; + size_t outleft; + + if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) + goto resize_freemem; + + outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t); + if (iconv (convd->conv, + (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft, + &outptr, &outleft) + != (size_t) (-1)) + { + outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr; + break; + } + if (errno != E2BIG) + { + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + return NULL; + } +# endif +# endif + + resize_freemem: + /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */ + if (malloc_count > 0) + { + ++malloc_count; + freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; + newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list, + freemem_size); +# ifdef _LIBC + if (newmem != NULL) + transmem_list = transmem_list->next; + else + { + struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list; + + transmem_list = transmem_list->next; + free (old); + } +# endif + } + else + { + malloc_count = 1; + freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; + newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size); + } + if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0)) + { + freemem = NULL; + freemem_size = 0; + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + return (char *) -1; + } + +# ifdef _LIBC + /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free + at some point. */ + newmem->next = transmem_list; + transmem_list = newmem; + + freemem = (unsigned char *) newmem->data; + freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data); +# else + transmem_list = newmem; + freemem = newmem; +# endif + + outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); + } + + /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this + into the table of conversions. */ + *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t); + convd->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem; + /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */ + freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem; + freemem = outbuf; + freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1); + freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1); + + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + } + + /* Now convd->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all + the plural variants. */ + result = convd->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t); + resultlen = *(size_t *) convd->conv_tab[act]; + } + } + + /* The result string is converted. */ + +#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ + + *lengthp = resultlen; + return result; +} + + +/* Look up a plural variant. */ +static char * +internal_function +plural_lookup (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, unsigned long int n, + const char *translation, size_t translation_len) +{ + struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data; + unsigned long int index; + const char *p; + + index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n); + if (index >= domaindata->nplurals) + /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the + given maximum value do not match. */ + index = 0; + + /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */ + p = translation; + while (index-- > 0) + { +#ifdef _LIBC + p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0'); +#else + p = strchr (p, '\0'); +#endif + /* And skip over the NUL byte. */ + p++; + + if (p >= translation + translation_len) + /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression + evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants + available for MSGID1. */ + return (char *) translation; + } + return (char *) p; +} + +#ifndef _LIBC +/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */ +static const char * +internal_function +category_to_name (int category) +{ + const char *retval; + + switch (category) + { +#ifdef LC_COLLATE + case LC_COLLATE: + retval = "LC_COLLATE"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_CTYPE + case LC_CTYPE: + retval = "LC_CTYPE"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_MONETARY + case LC_MONETARY: + retval = "LC_MONETARY"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_NUMERIC + case LC_NUMERIC: + retval = "LC_NUMERIC"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_TIME + case LC_TIME: + retval = "LC_TIME"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_MESSAGES + case LC_MESSAGES: + retval = "LC_MESSAGES"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_RESPONSE + case LC_RESPONSE: + retval = "LC_RESPONSE"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_ALL + case LC_ALL: + /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other + value. */ + retval = "LC_ALL"; + break; +#endif + default: + /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */ + retval = "LC_XXX"; + } + + return retval; +} +#endif + +/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables + or system-dependent defaults. */ +static const char * +internal_function +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +guess_category_value (int category, const char *categoryname, + const char *locale) + +#else +guess_category_value (int category, const char *categoryname) +#endif +{ + const char *language; +#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE + const char *locale; +# ifndef _LIBC + const char *language_default; + int locale_defaulted; +# endif +#endif + + /* We use the settings in the following order: + 1. The value of the environment variable 'LANGUAGE'. This is a GNU + extension. Its value can be a colon-separated list of locale names. + 2. The value of the environment variable 'LC_ALL', 'LC_xxx', or 'LANG'. + More precisely, the first among these that is set to a non-empty value. + This is how POSIX specifies it. The value is a single locale name. + 3. A system-dependent preference list of languages. Its value can be a + colon-separated list of locale names. + 4. A system-dependent default locale name. + This way: + - System-dependent settings can be overridden by environment variables. + - If the system provides both a list of languages and a default locale, + the former is used. */ + +#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE + /* Fetch the locale name, through the POSIX method of looking to `LC_ALL', + `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the + `setlocale' function itself. */ +# ifdef _LIBC + locale = __current_locale_name (category); +# else +# if HAVE_STRUCT___LOCALE_STRUCT___NAMES && defined USE_IN_GETTEXT_TESTS + /* The __names field is not public glibc API and must therefore not be used + in code that is installed in public locations. */ + locale_t thread_locale = uselocale (NULL); + if (thread_locale != LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE) + { + locale = thread_locale->__names[category]; + locale_defaulted = 0; + } + else +# endif + { + locale = _nl_locale_name_posix (category, categoryname); + locale_defaulted = 0; + if (locale == NULL) + { + locale = _nl_locale_name_default (); + locale_defaulted = 1; + } + } +# endif +#endif + + /* Ignore LANGUAGE and its system-dependent analogon if the locale is set + to "C" because + 1. "C" locale usually uses the ASCII encoding, and most international + messages use non-ASCII characters. These characters get displayed + as question marks (if using glibc's iconv()) or as invalid 8-bit + characters (because other iconv()s refuse to convert most non-ASCII + characters to ASCII). In any case, the output is ugly. + 2. The precise output of some programs in the "C" locale is specified + by POSIX and should not depend on environment variables like + "LANGUAGE" or system-dependent information. We allow such programs + to use gettext(). */ + if (strcmp (locale, "C") == 0) + return locale; + + /* The highest priority value is the value of the 'LANGUAGE' environment + variable. */ + language = getenv ("LANGUAGE"); + if (language != NULL && language[0] != '\0') + return language; +#if !defined IN_LIBGLOCALE && !defined _LIBC + /* The next priority value is the locale name, if not defaulted. */ + if (locale_defaulted) + { + /* The next priority value is the default language preferences list. */ + language_default = _nl_language_preferences_default (); + if (language_default != NULL) + return language_default; + } + /* The least priority value is the locale name, if defaulted. */ +#endif + return locale; +} + +#if (defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV) && !defined IN_LIBGLOCALE +/* Returns the output charset. */ +static const char * +internal_function +get_output_charset (struct binding *domainbinding) +{ + /* The output charset should normally be determined by the locale. But + sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly set up, so we provide + a possibility for the user to override this: the OUTPUT_CHARSET + environment variable. Moreover, the value specified through + bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */ + if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL) + return domainbinding->codeset; + else + { + /* For speed reasons, we look at the value of OUTPUT_CHARSET only + once. This is a user variable that is not supposed to change + during a program run. */ + static char *output_charset_cache; + static int output_charset_cached; + + if (!output_charset_cached) + { + const char *value = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); + + if (value != NULL && value[0] != '\0') + { + size_t len = strlen (value) + 1; + char *value_copy = (char *) malloc (len); + + if (value_copy != NULL) + memcpy (value_copy, value, len); + output_charset_cache = value_copy; + } + output_charset_cached = 1; + } + + if (output_charset_cache != NULL) + return output_charset_cache; + else + { +# ifdef _LIBC + return _NL_CURRENT (LC_CTYPE, CODESET); +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + return locale_charset (); +# endif +# endif + } + } +} +#endif + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we + avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this + function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY + to be defined. */ +#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY +static char * +stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src) +{ + while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') + /* Do nothing. */ ; + return dest - 1; +} +#endif + +#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY +static void * +mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n) +{ + return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n); +} +#endif + +#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_TSEARCH +# include "tsearch.c" +#endif + + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at + program's end. */ +libc_freeres_fn (free_mem) +{ + void *old; + + while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL) + { + struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings; + _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next; + if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname) + /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */ + free (oldp->dirname); + free (oldp->codeset); + free (oldp); + } + + if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) + /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */ + free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain); + + /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */ + __tdestroy (root, free); + root = NULL; + + while (transmem_list != NULL) + { + old = transmem_list; + transmem_list = transmem_list->next; + free (old); + } +} +#endif diff --git a/intl/dcngettext.c b/intl/dcngettext.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eb368336 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dcngettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext +# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext +#else +# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext +# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY + locale. */ +char * +DCNGETTEXT (const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n, + int category) +{ + return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/dgettext.c b/intl/dgettext.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9b0d0de6 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dgettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" + +#include <locale.h> + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DGETTEXT __dgettext +# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext) +#else +# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext +# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. */ +char * +DGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid) +{ + return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/dngettext.c b/intl/dngettext.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3278438f --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dngettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" + +#include <locale.h> + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext +#else +# define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current + LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */ +char * +DNGETTEXT (const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) +{ + return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/eval-plural.h b/intl/eval-plural.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..21eecb3a --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/eval-plural.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/* Plural expression evaluation. + Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef STATIC +#define STATIC static +#endif + +/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */ +STATIC +unsigned long int +internal_function +plural_eval (const struct expression *pexp, unsigned long int n) +{ + switch (pexp->nargs) + { + case 0: + switch (pexp->operation) + { + case var: + return n; + case num: + return pexp->val.num; + default: + break; + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + break; + case 1: + { + /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */ + unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); + return ! arg; + } + case 2: + { + unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); + if (pexp->operation == lor) + return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); + else if (pexp->operation == land) + return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); + else + { + unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); + + switch (pexp->operation) + { + case mult: + return leftarg * rightarg; + case divide: +#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE + if (rightarg == 0) + raise (SIGFPE); +#endif + return leftarg / rightarg; + case module: +#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE + if (rightarg == 0) + raise (SIGFPE); +#endif + return leftarg % rightarg; + case plus: + return leftarg + rightarg; + case minus: + return leftarg - rightarg; + case less_than: + return leftarg < rightarg; + case greater_than: + return leftarg > rightarg; + case less_or_equal: + return leftarg <= rightarg; + case greater_or_equal: + return leftarg >= rightarg; + case equal: + return leftarg == rightarg; + case not_equal: + return leftarg != rightarg; + default: + break; + } + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + break; + } + case 3: + { + /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */ + unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); + return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n); + } + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + return 0; +} diff --git a/intl/explodename.c b/intl/explodename.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eb5dd755 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/explodename.c @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2001, 2003, 2005, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include "loadinfo.h" + +/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ +#ifndef NULL +# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ +# define NULL ((void *) 0) +# else +# define NULL 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the + rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language, + i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */ +static char *_nl_find_language (const char *name); + +static char * +_nl_find_language (const char *name) +{ + while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@' && name[0] != '.') + ++name; + + return (char *) name; +} + + +int +_nl_explode_name (char *name, + const char **language, const char **modifier, + const char **territory, const char **codeset, + const char **normalized_codeset) +{ + char *cp; + int mask; + + *modifier = NULL; + *territory = NULL; + *codeset = NULL; + *normalized_codeset = NULL; + + /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First + look for the language. Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'. */ + mask = 0; + *language = cp = name; + cp = _nl_find_language (*language); + + if (*language == cp) + /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use + this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */ + cp = strchr (*language, '\0'); + else + { + if (cp[0] == '_') + { + /* Next is the territory. */ + cp[0] = '\0'; + *territory = ++cp; + + while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@') + ++cp; + + mask |= XPG_TERRITORY; + } + + if (cp[0] == '.') + { + /* Next is the codeset. */ + cp[0] = '\0'; + *codeset = ++cp; + + while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@') + ++cp; + + mask |= XPG_CODESET; + + if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0') + { + *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset, + cp - *codeset); + if (*normalized_codeset == NULL) + return -1; + else if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0) + free ((char *) *normalized_codeset); + else + mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET; + } + } + } + + if (cp[0] == '@') + { + /* Next is the modifier. */ + cp[0] = '\0'; + *modifier = ++cp; + + if (cp[0] != '\0') + mask |= XPG_MODIFIER; + } + + if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0') + mask &= ~XPG_TERRITORY; + + if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0') + mask &= ~XPG_CODESET; + + return mask; +} diff --git a/intl/export.h b/intl/export.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b5c47ad5 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/export.h @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ + +#if @HAVE_VISIBILITY@ && BUILDING_LIBINTL +#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default"))) +#else +#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED +#endif diff --git a/intl/finddomain.c b/intl/finddomain.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cab2c999 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/finddomain.c @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +/* Handle list of needed message catalogs + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC +# include <unistd.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <bits/libc-lock.h> +# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized __libc_rwlock_define_initialized +# define gl_rwlock_rdlock __libc_rwlock_rdlock +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock +# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ +/* List of already loaded domains. */ +static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains; + + +/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by + the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently + established bindings. */ +struct loaded_l10nfile * +internal_function +_nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale, + const char *domainname, struct binding *domainbinding) +{ + struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; + const char *language; + const char *modifier; + const char *territory; + const char *codeset; + const char *normalized_codeset; + const char *alias_value; + int mask; + + /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax: + + language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier] + + Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If + the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are + looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to + the following order: + (1) codeset + (2) normalized codeset + (3) territory + (4) modifier + */ + + /* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data. */ + gl_rwlock_define_initialized (static, lock); + gl_rwlock_rdlock (lock); + + /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to + be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */ + retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, + strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL, + NULL, NULL, domainname, 0); + + gl_rwlock_unlock (lock); + + if (retval != NULL) + { + /* We know something about this locale. */ + int cnt; + + if (retval->decided <= 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); + + if (retval->data != NULL) + return retval; + + for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) + { + if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); + + if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) + break; + } + + return retval; + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + + /* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value + *overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is + done. */ + alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale); + if (alias_value != NULL) + { +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + locale = strdup (alias_value); + if (locale == NULL) + return NULL; +#else + size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1; + locale = (char *) malloc (len); + if (locale == NULL) + return NULL; + + memcpy (locale, alias_value, len); +#endif + } + + /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First + look for the language. Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'. */ + mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory, + &codeset, &normalized_codeset); + if (mask == -1) + /* This means we are out of core. */ + return NULL; + + /* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data. */ + gl_rwlock_wrlock (lock); + + /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in + generalization. */ + retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, + strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory, + codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, + domainname, 1); + + gl_rwlock_unlock (lock); + + if (retval == NULL) + /* This means we are out of core. */ + goto out; + + if (retval->decided <= 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); + if (retval->data == NULL) + { + int cnt; + for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) + { + if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); + if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) + break; + } + } + + /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */ + if (alias_value != NULL) + free (locale); + +out: + /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */ + if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) + free ((void *) normalized_codeset); + + return retval; +} + + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* This is called from iconv/gconv_db.c's free_mem, as locales must + be freed before freeing gconv steps arrays. */ +void __libc_freeres_fn_section +_nl_finddomain_subfreeres () +{ + struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains; + + while (runp != NULL) + { + struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp; + if (runp->data != NULL) + _nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data); + runp = runp->next; + free ((char *) here->filename); + free (here); + } +} +#endif diff --git a/intl/gettext.c b/intl/gettext.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d82d439c --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/gettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* Implementation of gettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# define __need_NULL +# include <stddef.h> +#else +# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */ +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define GETTEXT __gettext +# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext) +#else +# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext +# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default + text). */ +char * +GETTEXT (const char *msgid) +{ + return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__gettext, gettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/gettextP.h b/intl/gettextP.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5706fb50 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/gettextP.h @@ -0,0 +1,297 @@ +/* Header describing internals of libintl library. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H +#define _GETTEXTP_H + +#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h" +#else +# if HAVE_ICONV +# include <iconv.h> +# endif +#endif + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <bits/libc-lock.h> +# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +extern char *__gettext (const char *__msgid); +extern char *__dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid); +extern char *__dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, + int __category); +extern char *__ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n); +extern char *__dngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int n); +extern char *__dcngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n, int __category); +extern char *__dcigettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + int __plural, unsigned long int __n, + int __category); +extern char *__textdomain (const char *__domainname); +extern char *__bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, + const char *__dirname); +extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset); +extern void _nl_finddomain_subfreeres (void) attribute_hidden; +extern void _nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *__domain) + internal_function attribute_hidden; +#else +/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to + call them under their real name. */ +# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# include "libgnuintl.h" +# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +extern char *gl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + int __plural, unsigned long int __n, + int __category, + const char *__localename, const char *__encoding); +# else +extern char *libintl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + int __plural, unsigned long int __n, + int __category); +# endif +#endif + +#include "loadinfo.h" + +#include "gmo.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */ + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +#ifndef attribute_hidden +# define attribute_hidden +#endif + +/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is + almost always true or almost always false. */ +#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT +# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) +#endif + +#ifndef W +# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data)) +#endif + + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <byteswap.h> +# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i) +#else +static inline nls_uint32 +# ifdef __cplusplus +SWAP (nls_uint32 i) +# else +SWAP (i) + nls_uint32 i; +# endif +{ + return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24); +} +#endif + + +/* In-memory representation of system dependent string. */ +struct sysdep_string_desc +{ + /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */ + size_t length; + /* Pointer to addressed string. */ + const char *pointer; +}; + +/* Cache of translated strings after charset conversion. + Note: The strings are converted to the target encoding only on an as-needed + basis. */ +struct converted_domain +{ + /* The target encoding name. */ + const char *encoding; + /* The descriptor for conversion from the message catalog's encoding to + this target encoding. */ +#ifdef _LIBC + __gconv_t conv; +#else +# if HAVE_ICONV + iconv_t conv; +# endif +#endif + /* The table of translated strings after charset conversion. */ + char **conv_tab; +}; + +/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */ +struct loaded_domain +{ + /* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file. */ + const char *data; + /* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed. */ + int use_mmap; + /* Size of mmap()ed memory. */ + size_t mmap_size; + /* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine. */ + int must_swap; + /* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory. */ + void *malloced; + + /* Number of static strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 nstrings; + /* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file. */ + const struct string_desc *orig_tab; + /* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file. */ + const struct string_desc *trans_tab; + + /* Number of system dependent strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; + /* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings. */ + const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab; + /* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings. */ + const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab; + + /* Size of hash table. */ + nls_uint32 hash_size; + /* Pointer to hash table. */ + const nls_uint32 *hash_tab; + /* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine. */ + int must_swap_hash_tab; + + /* Cache of charset conversions of the translated strings. */ + struct converted_domain *conversions; + size_t nconversions; + gl_rwlock_define (, conversions_lock) + + const struct expression *plural; + unsigned long int nplurals; +}; + +/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C + doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define ZERO 0 +#else +# define ZERO 1 +#endif + +/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings + from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */ +struct binding +{ + struct binding *next; + char *dirname; + char *codeset; + char domainname[ZERO]; +}; + +/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations + become invalid. + This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */ +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +# include <glocale/config.h> +extern LIBGLOCALE_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; +#else +extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; +#endif + +#ifndef _LIBC +extern const char *_nl_language_preferences_default (void); +# define gl_locale_name_canonicalize _nl_locale_name_canonicalize +extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name); +# define gl_locale_name_posix _nl_locale_name_posix +extern const char *_nl_locale_name_posix (int category, + const char *categoryname); +# define gl_locale_name_default _nl_locale_name_default +extern const char *_nl_locale_name_default (void); +# define gl_locale_name _nl_locale_name +extern const char *_nl_locale_name (int category, const char *categoryname); +#endif + +struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain (const char *__dirname, char *__locale, + const char *__domainname, + struct binding *__domainbinding) + internal_function; +void _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain, + struct binding *__domainbinding) + internal_function; + +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE +char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct binding *domainbinding, const char *encoding, + const char *msgid, + size_t *lengthp) + internal_function; +#else +char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct binding *domainbinding, const char *msgid, + int convert, size_t *lengthp) + internal_function; +#endif + +/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different + names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs + using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ +#if !defined _LIBC +# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname +# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings +#endif + +/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ +extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; +#ifdef _LIBC +libc_hidden_proto (_nl_default_dirname) +#endif + +/* List with bindings of specific domains. */ +extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; + +/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different + names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs + using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ +#if !defined _LIBC +# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain +# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain +#endif + +/* Name of the default text domain. */ +extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden; + +/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */ +extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden; + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +#endif /* gettextP.h */ diff --git a/intl/gmo.h b/intl/gmo.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..da9dbaa9 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/gmo.h @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002, 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _GETTEXT_H +#define _GETTEXT_H 1 + +#include <limits.h> + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */ +#define _MAGIC 0x950412de +#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495 + +/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */ +#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0 +#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER_WITH_SYSDEP_I 1 + +/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor + to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An + alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but + as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work + when cross-compiling. */ + +#if __STDC__ +# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U +#else +# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF +#endif + +/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type. + This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because + that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems + (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */ + +#ifndef UINT_MAX +# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS +#endif + +#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS +typedef unsigned nls_uint32; +#else +# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS +typedef unsigned short nls_uint32; +# else +# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS +typedef unsigned long nls_uint32; +# else + /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is + not portable enough. */ + "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type." +# endif +# endif +#endif + + +/* Header for binary .mo file format. */ +struct mo_file_header +{ + /* The magic number. */ + nls_uint32 magic; + /* The revision number of the file format. */ + nls_uint32 revision; + + /* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0 or 1. */ + + /* The number of strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 nstrings; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */ + nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings. */ + nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset; + /* Size of hash table. */ + nls_uint32 hash_tab_size; + /* Offset of first hash table entry. */ + nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset; + + /* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */ + + /* The number of system dependent segments. */ + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments; + /* Offset of table describing system dependent segments. */ + nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset; + /* The number of system dependent strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings. */ + nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings. */ + nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset; +}; + +/* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file. */ +struct string_desc +{ + /* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL. */ + nls_uint32 length; + /* Offset of string in file. */ + nls_uint32 offset; +}; + +/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */ + +/* Descriptor for system dependent string segment. */ +struct sysdep_segment +{ + /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */ + nls_uint32 length; + /* Offset of string in file. */ + nls_uint32 offset; +}; + +/* Pair of a static and a system dependent segment, in struct sysdep_string. */ +struct segment_pair +{ + /* Size of static segment. */ + nls_uint32 segsize; + /* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */ + nls_uint32 sysdepref; +}; + +/* Descriptor for system dependent string. */ +struct sysdep_string +{ + /* Offset of static string segments in file. */ + nls_uint32 offset; + /* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments. + The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL. */ + struct segment_pair segments[1]; +}; + +/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array. This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF, + regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit. */ +#define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0) + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +#endif /* gettext.h */ diff --git a/intl/hash-string.c b/intl/hash-string.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c513f09 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/hash-string.c @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* Implements a string hashing function. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + + The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Lesser General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free + Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +/* Specification. */ +#include "hash-string.h" + + +/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger + [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools, + 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */ +unsigned long int +__hash_string (const char *str_param) +{ + unsigned long int hval, g; + const char *str = str_param; + + /* Compute the hash value for the given string. */ + hval = 0; + while (*str != '\0') + { + hval <<= 4; + hval += (unsigned char) *str++; + g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4)); + if (g != 0) + { + hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8); + hval ^= g; + } + } + return hval; +} diff --git a/intl/hash-string.h b/intl/hash-string.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..98c07e4a --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/hash-string.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997-1998, 2000-2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */ +#define HASHWORDBITS 32 + + +#ifndef _LIBC +# ifdef IN_LIBINTL +# define __hash_string libintl_hash_string +# else +# define __hash_string hash_string +# endif +#endif + +/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger + [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools, + 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */ +extern unsigned long int __hash_string (const char *str_param); diff --git a/intl/intl-compat.c b/intl/intl-compat.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9b9ecbb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/intl-compat.c @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext + Library. + Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003, 2005 Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix) to those + defined in the included GNU libintl library (with "libintl_" prefix). + It is compiled into libintl in order to make the AM_GNU_GETTEXT test + of gettext <= 0.11.2 work with the libintl library >= 0.11.3 which + has the redirections primarily in the <libintl.h> include file. + It is also compiled into libgnuintl so that libgnuintl.so can be used + as LD_PRELOADable library on glibc systems, to provide the extra + features that the functions in the libc don't have (namely, logging). */ + + +#undef gettext +#undef dgettext +#undef dcgettext +#undef ngettext +#undef dngettext +#undef dcngettext +#undef textdomain +#undef bindtextdomain +#undef bind_textdomain_codeset + + +/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because + the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we + don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */ +#if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL +# define DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default"))) +#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL +# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport) +#else +# define DLL_EXPORTED +#endif + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +gettext (const char *msgid) +{ + return libintl_gettext (msgid); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +dgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid) +{ + return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +dcgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category) +{ + return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +ngettext (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) +{ + return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +dngettext (const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) +{ + return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +dcngettext (const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n, + int category) +{ + return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +textdomain (const char *domainname) +{ + return libintl_textdomain (domainname); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +bindtextdomain (const char *domainname, const char *dirname) +{ + return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *domainname, const char *codeset) +{ + return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset); +} diff --git a/intl/intl-exports.c b/intl/intl-exports.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..71765899 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/intl-exports.c @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* List of exported symbols of libintl on Cygwin. + Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + + /* IMP(x) is a symbol that contains the address of x. */ +#define IMP(x) _imp__##x + + /* Ensure that the variable x is exported from the library, and that a + pseudo-variable IMP(x) is available. */ +#define VARIABLE(x) \ + /* Export x without redefining x. This code was found by compiling a \ + snippet: \ + extern __declspec(dllexport) int x; int x = 42; */ \ + asm (".section .drectve\n"); \ + asm (".ascii \" -export:" #x ",data\"\n"); \ + asm (".data\n"); \ + /* Allocate a pseudo-variable IMP(x). */ \ + extern int x; \ + void * IMP(x) = &x; + +VARIABLE(libintl_version) diff --git a/intl/l10nflist.c b/intl/l10nflist.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..365aeb70 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/l10nflist.c @@ -0,0 +1,400 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <string.h> + +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H +# include <argz.h> +#endif +#include <ctype.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include "loadinfo.h" + +/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ +#ifndef NULL +# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ +# define NULL ((void *) 0) +# else +# define NULL 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# ifndef stpcpy +# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src) +# endif +#else +# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY +static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src); +# endif +#endif + +/* Pathname support. + ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. + IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not, + it may be concatenated to a directory pathname. + */ +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') +# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ + ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ + && (P)[1] == ':') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +#else + /* Unix */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0]) +#endif + +/* Define function which are usually not available. */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +# define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len) +#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT +# undef __argz_count +# define __argz_count argz_count +#else +/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */ +static size_t +argz_count__ (const char *argz, size_t len) +{ + size_t count = 0; + while (len > 0) + { + size_t part_len = strlen (argz); + argz += part_len + 1; + len -= part_len + 1; + count++; + } + return count; +} +# undef __argz_count +# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len) +#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \ + INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep) +#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY +# undef __argz_stringify +# define __argz_stringify argz_stringify +#else +/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's + except the last into the character SEP. */ +static void +argz_stringify__ (char *argz, size_t len, int sep) +{ + while (len > 0) + { + size_t part_len = strlen (argz); + argz += part_len; + len -= part_len + 1; + if (len > 0) + *argz++ = sep; + } +} +# undef __argz_stringify +# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) +#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT +# undef __argz_next +# define __argz_next argz_next +#else +static char * +argz_next__ (char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry) +{ + if (entry) + { + if (entry < argz + argz_len) + entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1; + + return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry; + } + else + if (argz_len > 0) + return argz; + else + return 0; +} +# undef __argz_next +# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry) +#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT */ + + +/* Return number of bits set in X. */ +static inline int +pop (int x) +{ + /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */ + x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555); + x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333); + x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f; + x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff; + + return x; +} + + +struct loaded_l10nfile * +_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, + const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, + int mask, const char *language, const char *territory, + const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset, + const char *modifier, + const char *filename, int do_allocate) +{ + char *abs_filename; + struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp; + struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; + char *cp; + size_t dirlist_count; + size_t entries; + int cnt; + + /* If LANGUAGE contains an absolute directory specification, we ignore + DIRLIST. */ + if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (language)) + dirlist_len = 0; + + /* Allocate room for the full file name. */ + abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len + + strlen (language) + + ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0 + ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0) + + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 + ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0) + + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0 + ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0) + + ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0 + ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0) + + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1); + + if (abs_filename == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* Construct file name. */ + cp = abs_filename; + if (dirlist_len > 0) + { + memcpy (cp, dirlist, dirlist_len); + __argz_stringify (cp, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR); + cp += dirlist_len; + cp[-1] = '/'; + } + + cp = stpcpy (cp, language); + + if ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '_'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, territory); + } + if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '.'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset); + } + if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '.'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset); + } + if ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '@'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier); + } + + *cp++ = '/'; + stpcpy (cp, filename); + + /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already + available. */ + lastp = l10nfile_list; + for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next) + if (retval->filename != NULL) + { + int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename); + if (compare == 0) + /* We found it! */ + break; + if (compare < 0) + { + /* It's not in the list. */ + retval = NULL; + break; + } + + lastp = &retval->next; + } + + if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0) + { + free (abs_filename); + return retval; + } + + dirlist_count = (dirlist_len > 0 ? __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) : 1); + + /* Allocate a new loaded_l10nfile. */ + retval = + (struct loaded_l10nfile *) + malloc (sizeof (*retval) + + (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0)) + * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *))); + if (retval == NULL) + { + free (abs_filename); + return NULL; + } + + retval->filename = abs_filename; + + /* We set retval->data to NULL here; it is filled in later. + Setting retval->decided to 1 here means that retval does not + correspond to a real file (dirlist_count > 1) or is not worth + looking up (if an unnormalized codeset was specified). */ + retval->decided = (dirlist_count > 1 + || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 + && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)); + retval->data = NULL; + + retval->next = *lastp; + *lastp = retval; + + entries = 0; + /* Recurse to fill the inheritance list of RETVAL. + If the DIRLIST is a real list (i.e. DIRLIST_COUNT > 1), the RETVAL + entry does not correspond to a real file; retval->filename contains + colons. In this case we loop across all elements of DIRLIST and + across all bit patterns dominated by MASK. + If the DIRLIST is a single directory or entirely redundant (i.e. + DIRLIST_COUNT == 1), we loop across all bit patterns dominated by + MASK, excluding MASK itself. + In either case, we loop down from MASK to 0. This has the effect + that the extra bits in the locale name are dropped in this order: + first the modifier, then the territory, then the codeset, then the + normalized_codeset. */ + for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt) + if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0 + && !((cnt & XPG_CODESET) != 0 && (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)) + { + if (dirlist_count > 1) + { + /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */ + char *dir = NULL; + + while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir)) + != NULL) + retval->successor[entries++] + = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, + cnt, language, territory, codeset, + normalized_codeset, modifier, filename, + 1); + } + else + retval->successor[entries++] + = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, + cnt, language, territory, codeset, + normalized_codeset, modifier, filename, 1); + } + retval->successor[entries] = NULL; + + return retval; +} + +/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset + names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common + names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be + freed by the caller. */ +const char * +_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, size_t name_len) +{ + int len = 0; + int only_digit = 1; + char *retval; + char *wp; + size_t cnt; + + for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) + if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) + { + ++len; + + if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) + only_digit = 0; + } + + retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1); + + if (retval != NULL) + { + if (only_digit) + wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso"); + else + wp = retval; + + for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) + if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) + *wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]); + else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) + *wp++ = codeset[cnt]; + + *wp = '\0'; + } + + return (const char *) retval; +} + + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we + avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this + function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY + to be defined. */ +#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY +static char * +stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src) +{ + while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') + /* Do nothing. */ ; + return dest - 1; +} +#endif diff --git a/intl/langprefs.c b/intl/langprefs.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..59c8def2 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/langprefs.c @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +/* Determine the user's language preferences. + Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#if HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE +# include <string.h> +# include <CoreFoundation/CFPreferences.h> +# include <CoreFoundation/CFPropertyList.h> +# include <CoreFoundation/CFArray.h> +# include <CoreFoundation/CFString.h> +extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name); +#endif + +/* Determine the user's language preferences, as a colon separated list of + locale names in XPG syntax + language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier] + The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. + The LANGUAGE environment variable does not need to be considered; it is + already taken into account by the caller. */ + +const char * +_nl_language_preferences_default (void) +{ +#if HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE /* MacOS X 10.2 or newer */ + { + /* Cache the preferences list, since CoreFoundation calls are expensive. */ + static const char *cached_languages; + static int cache_initialized; + + if (!cache_initialized) + { + CFTypeRef preferences = + CFPreferencesCopyAppValue (CFSTR ("AppleLanguages"), + kCFPreferencesCurrentApplication); + if (preferences != NULL + && CFGetTypeID (preferences) == CFArrayGetTypeID ()) + { + CFArrayRef prefArray = (CFArrayRef)preferences; + int n = CFArrayGetCount (prefArray); + char buf[256]; + size_t size = 0; + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + CFTypeRef element = CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i); + if (element != NULL + && CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID () + && CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element, + buf, sizeof (buf), + kCFStringEncodingASCII)) + { + _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf); + size += strlen (buf) + 1; + /* Most GNU programs use msgids in English and don't ship + an en.mo message catalog. Therefore when we see "en" + in the preferences list, arrange for gettext() to + return the msgid, and ignore all further elements of + the preferences list. */ + if (strcmp (buf, "en") == 0) + break; + } + else + break; + } + if (size > 0) + { + char *languages = (char *) malloc (size); + + if (languages != NULL) + { + char *p = languages; + + for (i = 0; i < n; i++) + { + CFTypeRef element = + CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i); + if (element != NULL + && CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID () + && CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element, + buf, sizeof (buf), + kCFStringEncodingASCII)) + { + _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf); + strcpy (p, buf); + p += strlen (buf); + *p++ = ':'; + if (strcmp (buf, "en") == 0) + break; + } + else + break; + } + *--p = '\0'; + + cached_languages = languages; + } + } + } + cache_initialized = 1; + } + if (cached_languages != NULL) + return cached_languages; + } +#endif + + return NULL; +} diff --git a/intl/libgnuintl.h.in b/intl/libgnuintl.h.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c9da7983 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/libgnuintl.h.in @@ -0,0 +1,419 @@ +/* Message catalogs for internationalization. + Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _LIBINTL_H +#define _LIBINTL_H 1 + +#include <locale.h> + +/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions + gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C. + On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead. + On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5) + then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines + LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES + in this case. */ +#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun)) +# define LC_MESSAGES 1729 +#endif + +/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU + implementation of gettext. */ +#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 + +/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the + maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */ +#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \ + ((major) == 0 || (major) == 1 ? 1 : -1) + +/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes + precedence over _conio_gettext. */ +#ifdef __DJGPP__ +# undef gettext +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* Version number: (major<<16) + (minor<<8) + subminor */ +#define LIBINTL_VERSION 0x001100 +extern int libintl_version; + + +/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is + necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C + library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer). + If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the + definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so + shared library. Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked + up in the following order: + 1. in the executable, + 2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order, + 3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link + command line, + 4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were + dlopen()ed. + The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if + either + * -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or + * -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or + * libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not + linked to the executable at link time. + Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this + would be unacceptable. + + The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext + is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in + C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or + class methods called 'gettext'. */ + +/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS. + If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is + _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */ +#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS) +# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !(__APPLE_CC__ > 1) && !defined __MINGW32__ && !(__GNUC__ == 2 && defined _AIX) && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus) +# define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM +# else +# ifdef __cplusplus +# define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +# else +# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# endif +# endif +#endif +/* Auxiliary macros. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM +# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname)) +# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring +# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix +#else +# define _INTL_ASM(cname) +#endif + +/* _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) declares that the given function may return + its n-th argument literally. This enables GCC to warn for example about + printf (gettext ("foo %y")). */ +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 && !(__APPLE_CC__ > 1 && defined __cplusplus) +# define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) __attribute__ ((__format_arg__ (n))) +#else +# define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default + text). */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1); +static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid) +{ + return libintl_gettext (__msgid); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define gettext libintl_gettext +#endif +extern char *gettext (const char *__msgid) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1); +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2); +static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid) +{ + return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define dgettext libintl_dgettext +#endif +extern char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2); +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY + locale. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, + int __category) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2); +static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, + int __category) +{ + return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext +#endif +extern char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, + int __category) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2); +#endif + + +/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the + number N. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2); +static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n) +{ + return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define ngettext libintl_ngettext +#endif +extern char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2); +#endif + +/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the + number N. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, + const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3); +static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, + const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n) +{ + return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define dngettext libintl_dngettext +#endif +extern char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3); +#endif + +/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the + number N. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n, int __category) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3); +static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n, int __category) +{ + return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext +#endif +extern char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n, int __category) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext) + _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3); +#endif + + +#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE + +/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. + If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. + If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname); +static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname) +{ + return libintl_textdomain (__domainname); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define textdomain libintl_textdomain +#endif +extern char *textdomain (const char *__domainname) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain); +#endif + +/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found + in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, + const char *__dirname); +static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, + const char *__dirname) +{ + return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain +#endif +extern char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain); +#endif + +/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the + DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset); +static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset) +{ + return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset +#endif +extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset); +#endif + +#endif /* IN_LIBGLOCALE */ + + +/* Support for format strings with positions in *printf(), following the + POSIX/XSI specification. + Note: These replacements for the *printf() functions are visible only + in source files that #include <libintl.h> or #include "gettext.h". + Packages that use *printf() in source files that don't refer to _() + or gettext() but for which the format string could be the return value + of _() or gettext() need to add this #include. Oh well. */ + +#if !@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stddef.h> + +/* Get va_list. */ +#if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER +# include <stdarg.h> +#else +# include <varargs.h> +#endif + +#undef fprintf +#define fprintf libintl_fprintf +extern int fprintf (FILE *, const char *, ...); +#undef vfprintf +#define vfprintf libintl_vfprintf +extern int vfprintf (FILE *, const char *, va_list); + +#undef printf +#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __BEOS__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__ +/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))). + This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin, + mingw does not have a function __printf__. */ +# define libintl_printf __printf__ +#endif +#define printf libintl_printf +extern int printf (const char *, ...); +#undef vprintf +#define vprintf libintl_vprintf +extern int vprintf (const char *, va_list); + +#undef sprintf +#define sprintf libintl_sprintf +extern int sprintf (char *, const char *, ...); +#undef vsprintf +#define vsprintf libintl_vsprintf +extern int vsprintf (char *, const char *, va_list); + +#if @HAVE_SNPRINTF@ + +#undef snprintf +#define snprintf libintl_snprintf +extern int snprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, ...); +#undef vsnprintf +#define vsnprintf libintl_vsnprintf +extern int vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list); + +#endif + +#if @HAVE_ASPRINTF@ + +#undef asprintf +#define asprintf libintl_asprintf +extern int asprintf (char **, const char *, ...); +#undef vasprintf +#define vasprintf libintl_vasprintf +extern int vasprintf (char **, const char *, va_list); + +#endif + +#if @HAVE_WPRINTF@ + +#undef fwprintf +#define fwprintf libintl_fwprintf +extern int fwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, ...); +#undef vfwprintf +#define vfwprintf libintl_vfwprintf +extern int vfwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, va_list); + +#undef wprintf +#define wprintf libintl_wprintf +extern int wprintf (const wchar_t *, ...); +#undef vwprintf +#define vwprintf libintl_vwprintf +extern int vwprintf (const wchar_t *, va_list); + +#undef swprintf +#define swprintf libintl_swprintf +extern int swprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, ...); +#undef vswprintf +#define vswprintf libintl_vswprintf +extern int vswprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, va_list); + +#endif + +#endif + + +/* Support for relocatable packages. */ + +/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. + Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix + by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both + prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" + instead of "/"). */ +#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix +extern void + libintl_set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix, + const char *curr_prefix); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* libintl.h */ diff --git a/intl/libintl.rc b/intl/libintl.rc new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f00f0b37 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/libintl.rc @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/* Resources for intl.dll */ + +#include <winver.h> + +VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO + FILEVERSION PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR,PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR,PACKAGE_VERSION_SUBMINOR,0 + PRODUCTVERSION PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR,PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR,PACKAGE_VERSION_SUBMINOR,0 + FILEFLAGSMASK 0x3fL /* VS_FFI_FILEFLAGSMASK */ +#ifdef _DEBUG + FILEFLAGS 0x1L /* VS_FF_DEBUG */ +#else + FILEFLAGS 0x0L +#endif + FILEOS 0x10004L /* VOS_DOS_WINDOWS32 */ + FILETYPE 0x2L /* VFT_DLL */ + FILESUBTYPE 0x0L /* VFT2_UNKNOWN */ +BEGIN + BLOCK "StringFileInfo" + BEGIN + BLOCK "04090000" /* Lang = US English, Charset = ASCII */ + BEGIN + VALUE "Comments", "This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License. You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA\0" + VALUE "CompanyName", "Free Software Foundation\0" + VALUE "FileDescription", "LGPLed libintl for Windows NT/2000/XP/Vista and Windows 95/98/ME\0" + VALUE "FileVersion", PACKAGE_VERSION_STRING "\0" + VALUE "InternalName", "intl.dll\0" + VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Copyright (C) 1995-2007\0" + VALUE "LegalTrademarks", "\0" + VALUE "OriginalFilename", "intl.dll\0" + VALUE "ProductName", "libintl: accessing NLS message catalogs\0" + VALUE "ProductVersion", PACKAGE_VERSION_STRING "\0" + END + END + BLOCK "VarFileInfo" + BEGIN + VALUE "Translation", 0x0409, 0 /* US English, ASCII */ + END +END diff --git a/intl/loadinfo.h b/intl/loadinfo.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a7a19703 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/loadinfo.h @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _LOADINFO_H +#define _LOADINFO_H 1 + +/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions. + Implemented in + + localealias.c Possibly replace a locale name by another. + explodename.c Split a locale name into its various fields. + l10nflist.c Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs. + finddomain.c Find and open the relevant message catalogs. + + The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared + in gettextP.h. + */ + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +#ifndef LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED +# define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED +#endif + +/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is + almost always true or almost always false. */ +#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT +# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) +#endif + +/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */ +#if ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && !defined __CYGWIN__) || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ +# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';' +#else + /* Unix */ +# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' +#endif + +/* Encoding of locale name parts. */ +#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 1 +#define XPG_CODESET 2 +#define XPG_TERRITORY 4 +#define XPG_MODIFIER 8 + + +struct loaded_l10nfile +{ + const char *filename; + int decided; + + const void *data; + + struct loaded_l10nfile *next; + struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1]; +}; + + +/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset + names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common + names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be + freed by the caller. */ +extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, + size_t name_len); + +/* Lookup a locale dependent file. + *L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent + files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename. + DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to + look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0). + MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER + are the pieces of the locale name, as produced by _nl_explode_name(). + FILENAME is the filename suffix. + The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST, + or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL. + If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and + its ->next field denotes the chaining inside *L10NFILE_LIST, and + furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup + results from which this lookup result inherits. */ +extern struct loaded_l10nfile * +_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, + const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask, + const char *language, const char *territory, + const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset, + const char *modifier, + const char *filename, int do_allocate); + +/* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if + NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name). + The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed. */ +/* Part of the libintl ABI only for the sake of the gettext.m4 macro. */ +extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *name); + +/* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier, + territory, codeset. + NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and + there. *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME. Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY, + *CODESET gets assigned either a pointer into the old NAME string, or + NULL. *NORMALIZED_CODESET gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it + is different from *CODESET; this one is dynamically allocated and has + to be freed by the caller. + The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one + filled-in value: + XPG_MODIFIER for *MODIFIER, + XPG_TERRITORY for *TERRITORY, + XPG_CODESET for *CODESET, + XPG_NORM_CODESET for *NORMALIZED_CODESET. + */ +extern int _nl_explode_name (char *name, const char **language, + const char **modifier, const char **territory, + const char **codeset, + const char **normalized_codeset); + +#endif /* loadinfo.h */ diff --git a/intl/loadmsgcat.c b/intl/loadmsgcat.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3432a8c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/loadmsgcat.c @@ -0,0 +1,1336 @@ +/* Load needed message catalogs. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# undef alloca +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +#else +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# include <malloc.h> +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +# include <alloca.h> +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC +# include <unistd.h> +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <langinfo.h> +# include <locale.h> +#endif + +#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ + || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES) +# include <sys/mman.h> +# undef HAVE_MMAP +# define HAVE_MMAP 1 +#else +# undef HAVE_MMAP +#endif + +#if defined HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX || defined _LIBC +# include <stdint.h> +#endif +#if defined HAVE_INTTYPES_H || defined _LIBC +# include <inttypes.h> +#endif + +#include "gmo.h" +#include "gettextP.h" +#include "hash-string.h" +#include "plural-exp.h" + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include "../locale/localeinfo.h" +# include <not-cancel.h> +#endif + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <bits/libc-lock.h> +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +/* Provide fallback values for macros that ought to be defined in <inttypes.h>. + Note that our fallback values need not be literal strings, because we don't + use them with preprocessor string concatenation. */ +#if !defined PRId8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRId8 +# define PRId8 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIi8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIi8 +# define PRIi8 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIo8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIo8 +# define PRIo8 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIu8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIu8 +# define PRIu8 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIx8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIx8 +# define PRIx8 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIX8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIX8 +# define PRIX8 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRId16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRId16 +# define PRId16 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIi16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIi16 +# define PRIi16 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIo16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIo16 +# define PRIo16 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIu16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIu16 +# define PRIu16 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIx16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIx16 +# define PRIx16 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIX16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIX16 +# define PRIX16 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRId32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRId32 +# define PRId32 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIi32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIi32 +# define PRIi32 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIo32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIo32 +# define PRIo32 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIu32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIu32 +# define PRIu32 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIx32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIx32 +# define PRIx32 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIX32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIX32 +# define PRIX32 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRId64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRId64 +# define PRId64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "ld" : "lld") +#endif +#if !defined PRIi64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIi64 +# define PRIi64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "li" : "lli") +#endif +#if !defined PRIo64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIo64 +# define PRIo64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lo" : "llo") +#endif +#if !defined PRIu64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIu64 +# define PRIu64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lu" : "llu") +#endif +#if !defined PRIx64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIx64 +# define PRIx64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lx" : "llx") +#endif +#if !defined PRIX64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIX64 +# define PRIX64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lX" : "llX") +#endif +#if !defined PRIdLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdLEAST8 +# define PRIdLEAST8 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiLEAST8 +# define PRIiLEAST8 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoLEAST8 +# define PRIoLEAST8 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuLEAST8 +# define PRIuLEAST8 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxLEAST8 +# define PRIxLEAST8 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXLEAST8 +# define PRIXLEAST8 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdLEAST16 +# define PRIdLEAST16 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiLEAST16 +# define PRIiLEAST16 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoLEAST16 +# define PRIoLEAST16 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuLEAST16 +# define PRIuLEAST16 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxLEAST16 +# define PRIxLEAST16 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXLEAST16 +# define PRIXLEAST16 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdLEAST32 +# define PRIdLEAST32 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiLEAST32 +# define PRIiLEAST32 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoLEAST32 +# define PRIoLEAST32 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuLEAST32 +# define PRIuLEAST32 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxLEAST32 +# define PRIxLEAST32 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXLEAST32 +# define PRIXLEAST32 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdLEAST64 +# define PRIdLEAST64 PRId64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIiLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiLEAST64 +# define PRIiLEAST64 PRIi64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIoLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoLEAST64 +# define PRIoLEAST64 PRIo64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIuLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuLEAST64 +# define PRIuLEAST64 PRIu64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIxLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxLEAST64 +# define PRIxLEAST64 PRIx64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIXLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXLEAST64 +# define PRIXLEAST64 PRIX64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIdFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdFAST8 +# define PRIdFAST8 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiFAST8 +# define PRIiFAST8 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoFAST8 +# define PRIoFAST8 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuFAST8 +# define PRIuFAST8 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxFAST8 +# define PRIxFAST8 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXFAST8 +# define PRIXFAST8 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdFAST16 +# define PRIdFAST16 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiFAST16 +# define PRIiFAST16 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoFAST16 +# define PRIoFAST16 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuFAST16 +# define PRIuFAST16 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxFAST16 +# define PRIxFAST16 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXFAST16 +# define PRIXFAST16 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdFAST32 +# define PRIdFAST32 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiFAST32 +# define PRIiFAST32 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoFAST32 +# define PRIoFAST32 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuFAST32 +# define PRIuFAST32 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxFAST32 +# define PRIxFAST32 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXFAST32 +# define PRIXFAST32 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdFAST64 +# define PRIdFAST64 PRId64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIiFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiFAST64 +# define PRIiFAST64 PRIi64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIoFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoFAST64 +# define PRIoFAST64 PRIo64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIuFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuFAST64 +# define PRIuFAST64 PRIu64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIxFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxFAST64 +# define PRIxFAST64 PRIx64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIXFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXFAST64 +# define PRIXFAST64 PRIX64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIdMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdMAX +# define PRIdMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : "lld") +#endif +#if !defined PRIiMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiMAX +# define PRIiMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : "lli") +#endif +#if !defined PRIoMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoMAX +# define PRIoMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : "llo") +#endif +#if !defined PRIuMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuMAX +# define PRIuMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : "llu") +#endif +#if !defined PRIxMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxMAX +# define PRIxMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : "llx") +#endif +#if !defined PRIXMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXMAX +# define PRIXMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : "llX") +#endif +#if !defined PRIdPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdPTR +# define PRIdPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "d" : \ + "lld") +#endif +#if !defined PRIiPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiPTR +# define PRIiPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "i" : \ + "lli") +#endif +#if !defined PRIoPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoPTR +# define PRIoPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "o" : \ + "llo") +#endif +#if !defined PRIuPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuPTR +# define PRIuPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "u" : \ + "llu") +#endif +#if !defined PRIxPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxPTR +# define PRIxPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "x" : \ + "llx") +#endif +#if !defined PRIXPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXPTR +# define PRIXPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "X" : \ + "llX") +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# define open(name, flags) open_not_cancel_2 (name, flags) +# define close(fd) close_not_cancel_no_status (fd) +# define read(fd, buf, n) read_not_cancel (fd, buf, n) +# define mmap(addr, len, prot, flags, fd, offset) \ + __mmap (addr, len, prot, flags, fd, offset) +# define munmap(addr, len) __munmap (addr, len) +#endif + +/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add + some additional code emulating it. */ +#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA +# define freea(p) /* nothing */ +#else +# define alloca(n) malloc (n) +# define freea(p) free (p) +#endif + +/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O. + O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */ +#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY + /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */ +# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY +# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT +#endif +#ifdef __BEOS__ + /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */ +# undef O_BINARY +# undef O_TEXT +#endif +/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */ +#ifndef O_BINARY +# define O_BINARY 0 +#endif + + +/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated + with all translations. This is important if the translations are + cached by one of GCC's features. */ +int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + + +/* Expand a system dependent string segment. Return NULL if unsupported. */ +static const char * +get_sysdep_segment_value (const char *name) +{ + /* Test for an ISO C 99 section 7.8.1 format string directive. + Syntax: + P R I { d | i | o | u | x | X } + { { | LEAST | FAST } { 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 } | MAX | PTR } */ + /* We don't use a table of 14 times 6 'const char *' strings here, because + data relocations cost startup time. */ + if (name[0] == 'P' && name[1] == 'R' && name[2] == 'I') + { + if (name[3] == 'd' || name[3] == 'i' || name[3] == 'o' || name[3] == 'u' + || name[3] == 'x' || name[3] == 'X') + { + if (name[4] == '8' && name[5] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRId8; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIi8; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIo8; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIu8; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIx8; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIX8; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == '1' && name[5] == '6' && name[6] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRId16; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIi16; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIo16; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIu16; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIx16; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIX16; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == '3' && name[5] == '2' && name[6] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRId32; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIi32; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIo32; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIu32; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIx32; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIX32; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == '6' && name[5] == '4' && name[6] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRId64; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIi64; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIo64; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIu64; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIx64; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIX64; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == 'L' && name[5] == 'E' && name[6] == 'A' + && name[7] == 'S' && name[8] == 'T') + { + if (name[9] == '8' && name[10] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXLEAST8; + abort (); + } + if (name[9] == '1' && name[10] == '6' && name[11] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXLEAST16; + abort (); + } + if (name[9] == '3' && name[10] == '2' && name[11] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXLEAST32; + abort (); + } + if (name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '4' && name[11] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXLEAST64; + abort (); + } + } + if (name[4] == 'F' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'S' + && name[7] == 'T') + { + if (name[8] == '8' && name[9] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXFAST8; + abort (); + } + if (name[8] == '1' && name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXFAST16; + abort (); + } + if (name[8] == '3' && name[9] == '2' && name[10] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXFAST32; + abort (); + } + if (name[8] == '6' && name[9] == '4' && name[10] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXFAST64; + abort (); + } + } + if (name[4] == 'M' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'X' + && name[7] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdMAX; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiMAX; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoMAX; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuMAX; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxMAX; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXMAX; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == 'P' && name[5] == 'T' && name[6] == 'R' + && name[7] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdPTR; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiPTR; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoPTR; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuPTR; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxPTR; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXPTR; + abort (); + } + } + } + /* Test for a glibc specific printf() format directive flag. */ + if (name[0] == 'I' && name[1] == '\0') + { +#if defined _LIBC || __GLIBC__ > 2 || (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) + /* The 'I' flag, in numeric format directives, replaces ASCII digits + with the 'outdigits' defined in the LC_CTYPE locale facet. This is + used for Farsi (Persian) and maybe Arabic. */ + return "I"; +#else + return ""; +#endif + } + /* Other system dependent strings are not valid. */ + return NULL; +} + +/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid + message catalog do nothing. */ +void +internal_function +_nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct binding *domainbinding) +{ + __libc_lock_define_initialized_recursive (static, lock) + int fd = -1; + size_t size; +#ifdef _LIBC + struct stat64 st; +#else + struct stat st; +#endif + struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1; + int use_mmap = 0; + struct loaded_domain *domain; + int revision; + const char *nullentry; + size_t nullentrylen; + + __libc_lock_lock_recursive (lock); + if (domain_file->decided != 0) + { + /* There are two possibilities: + + + this is the same thread calling again during this initialization + via _nl_find_msg. We have initialized everything this call needs. + + + this is another thread which tried to initialize this object. + Not necessary anymore since if the lock is available this + is finished. + */ + goto done; + } + + domain_file->decided = -1; + domain_file->data = NULL; + + /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file + because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after + a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */ + + /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME + might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given + specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN + syntax. */ + if (domain_file->filename == NULL) + goto out; + + /* Try to open the addressed file. */ + fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY); + if (fd == -1) + goto out; + + /* We must know about the size of the file. */ + if ( +#ifdef _LIBC + __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0) +#else + __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0) +#endif + || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0) + || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0)) + /* Something went wrong. */ + goto out; + +#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + /* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try + this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */ + data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ, + MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0); + + if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1)) + { + /* mmap() call was successful. */ + close (fd); + fd = -1; + use_mmap = 1; + } +#endif + + /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load + it manually. */ + if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1) + { + size_t to_read; + char *read_ptr; + + data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size); + if (data == NULL) + goto out; + + to_read = size; + read_ptr = (char *) data; + do + { + long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read); + if (nb <= 0) + { +#ifdef EINTR + if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR) + continue; +#endif + goto out; + } + read_ptr += nb; + to_read -= nb; + } + while (to_read > 0); + + close (fd); + fd = -1; + } + + /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message + catalog file. */ + if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED, + 0)) + { + /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */ +#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + if (use_mmap) + munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); + else +#endif + free (data); + goto out; + } + + domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain)); + if (domain == NULL) + goto out; + domain_file->data = domain; + + domain->data = (char *) data; + domain->use_mmap = use_mmap; + domain->mmap_size = size; + domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC; + domain->malloced = NULL; + + /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */ + revision = W (domain->must_swap, data->revision); + /* We support only the major revisions 0 and 1. */ + switch (revision >> 16) + { + case 0: + case 1: + domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings); + domain->orig_tab = (const struct string_desc *) + ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset)); + domain->trans_tab = (const struct string_desc *) + ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset)); + domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size); + domain->hash_tab = + (domain->hash_size > 2 + ? (const nls_uint32 *) + ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset)) + : NULL); + domain->must_swap_hash_tab = domain->must_swap; + + /* Now dispatch on the minor revision. */ + switch (revision & 0xffff) + { + case 0: + domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; + domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; + domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; + break; + case 1: + default: + { + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; + + if (domain->hash_tab == NULL) + /* This is invalid. These minor revisions need a hash table. */ + goto invalid; + + n_sysdep_strings = + W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_strings); + if (n_sysdep_strings > 0) + { + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments; + const struct sysdep_segment *sysdep_segments; + const char **sysdep_segment_values; + const nls_uint32 *orig_sysdep_tab; + const nls_uint32 *trans_sysdep_tab; + nls_uint32 n_inmem_sysdep_strings; + size_t memneed; + char *mem; + struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_orig_sysdep_tab; + struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_trans_sysdep_tab; + nls_uint32 *inmem_hash_tab; + unsigned int i, j; + + /* Get the values of the system dependent segments. */ + n_sysdep_segments = + W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_segments); + sysdep_segments = (const struct sysdep_segment *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, data->sysdep_segments_offset)); + sysdep_segment_values = + (const char **) + alloca (n_sysdep_segments * sizeof (const char *)); + for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_segments; i++) + { + const char *name = + (char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].offset); + nls_uint32 namelen = + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].length); + + if (!(namelen > 0 && name[namelen - 1] == '\0')) + { + freea (sysdep_segment_values); + goto invalid; + } + + sysdep_segment_values[i] = get_sysdep_segment_value (name); + } + + orig_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_sysdep_tab_offset)); + trans_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_sysdep_tab_offset)); + + /* Compute the amount of additional memory needed for the + system dependent strings and the augmented hash table. + At the same time, also drop string pairs which refer to + an undefined system dependent segment. */ + n_inmem_sysdep_strings = 0; + memneed = domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32); + for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++) + { + int valid = 1; + size_t needs[2]; + + for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) + { + const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = + (const struct sysdep_string *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, + j == 0 + ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] + : trans_sysdep_tab[i])); + size_t need = 0; + const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments; + + if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) != SEGMENTS_END) + for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) + { + nls_uint32 sysdepref; + + need += W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); + + sysdepref = W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); + if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) + break; + + if (sysdepref >= n_sysdep_segments) + { + /* Invalid. */ + freea (sysdep_segment_values); + goto invalid; + } + + if (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref] == NULL) + { + /* This particular string pair is invalid. */ + valid = 0; + break; + } + + need += strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]); + } + + needs[j] = need; + if (!valid) + break; + } + + if (valid) + { + n_inmem_sysdep_strings++; + memneed += needs[0] + needs[1]; + } + } + memneed += 2 * n_inmem_sysdep_strings + * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); + + if (n_inmem_sysdep_strings > 0) + { + unsigned int k; + + /* Allocate additional memory. */ + mem = (char *) malloc (memneed); + if (mem == NULL) + goto invalid; + + domain->malloced = mem; + inmem_orig_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem; + mem += n_inmem_sysdep_strings + * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); + inmem_trans_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem; + mem += n_inmem_sysdep_strings + * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); + inmem_hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) mem; + mem += domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32); + + /* Compute the system dependent strings. */ + k = 0; + for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++) + { + int valid = 1; + + for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) + { + const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = + (const struct sysdep_string *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, + j == 0 + ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] + : trans_sysdep_tab[i])); + const struct segment_pair *p = + sysdep_string->segments; + + if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) + != SEGMENTS_END) + for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) + { + nls_uint32 sysdepref; + + sysdepref = + W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); + if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) + break; + + if (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref] == NULL) + { + /* This particular string pair is + invalid. */ + valid = 0; + break; + } + } + + if (!valid) + break; + } + + if (valid) + { + for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) + { + const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = + (const struct sysdep_string *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, + j == 0 + ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] + : trans_sysdep_tab[i])); + const char *static_segments = + (char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_string->offset); + const struct segment_pair *p = + sysdep_string->segments; + + /* Concatenate the segments, and fill + inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[k] (for j == 0) and + inmem_trans_sysdep_tab[k] (for j == 1). */ + + struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_tab_entry = + (j == 0 + ? inmem_orig_sysdep_tab + : inmem_trans_sysdep_tab) + + k; + + if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) + == SEGMENTS_END) + { + /* Only one static segment. */ + inmem_tab_entry->length = + W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); + inmem_tab_entry->pointer = static_segments; + } + else + { + inmem_tab_entry->pointer = mem; + + for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) + { + nls_uint32 segsize = + W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); + nls_uint32 sysdepref = + W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); + size_t n; + + if (segsize > 0) + { + memcpy (mem, static_segments, segsize); + mem += segsize; + static_segments += segsize; + } + + if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) + break; + + n = strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]); + memcpy (mem, sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref], n); + mem += n; + } + + inmem_tab_entry->length = + mem - inmem_tab_entry->pointer; + } + } + + k++; + } + } + if (k != n_inmem_sysdep_strings) + abort (); + + /* Compute the augmented hash table. */ + for (i = 0; i < domain->hash_size; i++) + inmem_hash_tab[i] = + W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[i]); + for (i = 0; i < n_inmem_sysdep_strings; i++) + { + const char *msgid = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer; + nls_uint32 hash_val = __hash_string (msgid); + nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; + nls_uint32 incr = + 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); + + for (;;) + { + if (inmem_hash_tab[idx] == 0) + { + /* Hash table entry is empty. Use it. */ + inmem_hash_tab[idx] = 1 + domain->nstrings + i; + break; + } + + if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) + idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; + else + idx += incr; + } + } + + domain->n_sysdep_strings = n_inmem_sysdep_strings; + domain->orig_sysdep_tab = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab; + domain->trans_sysdep_tab = inmem_trans_sysdep_tab; + + domain->hash_tab = inmem_hash_tab; + domain->must_swap_hash_tab = 0; + } + else + { + domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; + domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; + domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; + } + + freea (sysdep_segment_values); + } + else + { + domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; + domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; + domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; + } + } + break; + } + break; + default: + /* This is an invalid revision. */ + invalid: + /* This is an invalid .mo file. */ + if (domain->malloced) + free (domain->malloced); +#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + if (use_mmap) + munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); + else +#endif + free (data); + free (domain); + domain_file->data = NULL; + goto out; + } + + /* No caches of converted translations so far. */ + domain->conversions = NULL; + domain->nconversions = 0; + gl_rwlock_init (domain->conversions_lock); + + /* Get the header entry and look for a plural specification. */ +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + nullentry = + _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, NULL, "", &nullentrylen); +#else + nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", 0, &nullentrylen); +#endif + EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, &domain->plural, &domain->nplurals); + + out: + if (fd != -1) + close (fd); + + domain_file->decided = 1; + + done: + __libc_lock_unlock_recursive (lock); +} + + +#ifdef _LIBC +void +internal_function __libc_freeres_fn_section +_nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *domain) +{ + size_t i; + + if (domain->plural != &__gettext_germanic_plural) + __gettext_free_exp ((struct expression *) domain->plural); + + for (i = 0; i < domain->nconversions; i++) + { + struct converted_domain *convd = &domain->conversions[i]; + + free (convd->encoding); + if (convd->conv_tab != NULL && convd->conv_tab != (char **) -1) + free (convd->conv_tab); + if (convd->conv != (__gconv_t) -1) + __gconv_close (convd->conv); + } + if (domain->conversions != NULL) + free (domain->conversions); + __libc_rwlock_fini (domain->conversions_lock); + + if (domain->malloced) + free (domain->malloced); + +# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES + if (domain->use_mmap) + munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size); + else +# endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */ + free ((void *) domain->data); + + free (domain); +} +#endif diff --git a/intl/localcharset.c b/intl/localcharset.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e796ae71 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/localcharset.c @@ -0,0 +1,461 @@ +/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. + + Copyright (C) 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include "localcharset.h" + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ +# define WIN32_NATIVE +#endif + +#if defined __EMX__ +/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS. */ +# define OS2 +#endif + +#if !defined WIN32_NATIVE +# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET +# include <langinfo.h> +# else +# if 0 /* see comment below */ +# include <locale.h> +# endif +# endif +# ifdef __CYGWIN__ +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include <windows.h> +# endif +#elif defined WIN32_NATIVE +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include <windows.h> +#endif +#if defined OS2 +# define INCL_DOS +# include <os2.h> +#endif + +#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE +# include "relocatable.h" +#else +# define relocate(pathname) (pathname) +#endif + +/* Get LIBDIR. */ +#ifndef LIBDIR +# include "configmake.h" +#endif + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') +#endif + +#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR +# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/' +#endif + +#ifndef ISSLASH +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR) +#endif + +#if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED +# undef getc +# define getc getc_unlocked +#endif + +/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a + possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we + are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize + 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value, + and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases' + are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */ +#if __STDC__ != 1 +# define volatile /* empty */ +#endif +/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been + read, else NULL. Its format is: + ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */ +static const char * volatile charset_aliases; + +/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */ +static const char * +get_charset_aliases (void) +{ + const char *cp; + + cp = charset_aliases; + if (cp == NULL) + { +#if !(defined VMS || defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__) + FILE *fp; + const char *dir; + const char *base = "charset.alias"; + char *file_name; + + /* Make it possible to override the charset.alias location. This is + necessary for running the testsuite before "make install". */ + dir = getenv ("CHARSETALIASDIR"); + if (dir == NULL || dir[0] == '\0') + dir = relocate (LIBDIR); + + /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */ + { + size_t dir_len = strlen (dir); + size_t base_len = strlen (base); + int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1])); + file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1); + if (file_name != NULL) + { + memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len); + if (add_slash) + file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR; + memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1); + } + } + + if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL) + /* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */ + cp = ""; + else + { + /* Parse the file's contents. */ + char *res_ptr = NULL; + size_t res_size = 0; + + for (;;) + { + int c; + char buf1[50+1]; + char buf2[50+1]; + size_t l1, l2; + char *old_res_ptr; + + c = getc (fp); + if (c == EOF) + break; + if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t') + continue; + if (c == '#') + { + /* Skip comment, to end of line. */ + do + c = getc (fp); + while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n')); + if (c == EOF) + break; + continue; + } + ungetc (c, fp); + if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2) + break; + l1 = strlen (buf1); + l2 = strlen (buf2); + old_res_ptr = res_ptr; + if (res_size == 0) + { + res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; + res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1); + } + else + { + res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; + res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1); + } + if (res_ptr == NULL) + { + /* Out of memory. */ + res_size = 0; + if (old_res_ptr != NULL) + free (old_res_ptr); + break; + } + strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1); + strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2); + } + fclose (fp); + if (res_size == 0) + cp = ""; + else + { + *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0'; + cp = res_ptr; + } + } + + if (file_name != NULL) + free (file_name); + +#else + +# if defined VMS + /* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the + sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here. */ + /* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation + "Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems" + section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets". */ + cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0" + "ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0" + "ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0" + "ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0" + "ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0" + "ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0" + /* Japanese */ + "eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" + "SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0" + "DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0" + "SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" + /* Chinese */ + "eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0" + "DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0" + "DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0" + /* Korean */ + "DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"; +# endif + +# if defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__ + /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same + directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at + runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */ + + cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0" + "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0" + "CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0" + "CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0" + "CP20936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0" + "CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0" + "CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0" + "CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0" + "CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0" + "CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0" + "CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0" + "CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0" + "CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0" + "CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0" + "CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0" + "CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0" + "CP38598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0" + "CP51932" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" + "CP51936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0" + "CP51949" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0" + "CP51950" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0" + "CP54936" "\0" "GB18030" "\0" + "CP65001" "\0" "UTF-8" "\0"; +# endif +#endif + + charset_aliases = cp; + } + + return cp; +} + +/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it + into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset. + The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. + If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical + name. */ + +#ifdef STATIC +STATIC +#endif +const char * +locale_charset (void) +{ + const char *codeset; + const char *aliases; + +#if !(defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined OS2) + +# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET + + /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */ + codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET); + +# ifdef __CYGWIN__ + /* Cygwin 2006 does not have locales. nl_langinfo (CODESET) always + returns "US-ASCII". As long as this is not fixed, return the suffix + of the locale name from the environment variables (if present) or + the codepage as a number. */ + if (codeset != NULL && strcmp (codeset, "US-ASCII") == 0) + { + const char *locale; + static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; + + locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + { + locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + locale = getenv ("LANG"); + } + if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0') + { + /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return + it. */ + const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.'); + + if (dot != NULL) + { + const char *modifier; + + dot++; + /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */ + modifier = strchr (dot, '@'); + if (modifier == NULL) + return dot; + if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf)) + { + memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot); + buf [modifier - dot] = '\0'; + return buf; + } + } + } + + /* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ + sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ()); + codeset = buf; + } +# endif + +# else + + /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */ + const char *locale = NULL; + + /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some + (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't + use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the + locale name the user has set. */ +# if 0 + locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL); +# endif + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + { + locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + { + locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + locale = getenv ("LANG"); + } + } + + /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others, + you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it + through the charset.alias file. */ + codeset = locale; + +# endif + +#elif defined WIN32_NATIVE + + static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; + + /* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ + sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ()); + codeset = buf; + +#elif defined OS2 + + const char *locale; + static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; + ULONG cp[3]; + ULONG cplen; + + /* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system, + with standard language environment variables. */ + locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + { + locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + locale = getenv ("LANG"); + } + if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0') + { + /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it. */ + const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.'); + + if (dot != NULL) + { + const char *modifier; + + dot++; + /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */ + modifier = strchr (dot, '@'); + if (modifier == NULL) + return dot; + if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf)) + { + memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot); + buf [modifier - dot] = '\0'; + return buf; + } + } + + /* Resolve through the charset.alias file. */ + codeset = locale; + } + else + { + /* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ + if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen)) + codeset = ""; + else + { + sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]); + codeset = buf; + } + } + +#endif + + if (codeset == NULL) + /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */ + codeset = ""; + + /* Resolve alias. */ + for (aliases = get_charset_aliases (); + *aliases != '\0'; + aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1) + if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0 + || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0')) + { + codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1; + break; + } + + /* Don't return an empty string. GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret + the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding", + thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time. */ + if (codeset[0] == '\0') + codeset = "ASCII"; + + return codeset; +} diff --git a/intl/localcharset.h b/intl/localcharset.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..129e4a4a --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/localcharset.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. + Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H +#define _LOCALCHARSET_H + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it + into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset. + The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. + If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical + name. */ +extern const char * locale_charset (void); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + + +#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */ diff --git a/intl/locale.alias b/intl/locale.alias new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1044a40c --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/locale.alias @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +# Locale name alias data base. +# Copyright (C) 1996-2001,2003,2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published +# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, +# USA. + +# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of +# the X Window System, which normally can be found in +# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias +# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value. +# All entries are case independent. + +# Note: This file is obsolete and is kept around for the time being for +# backward compatibility. Nobody should rely on the names defined here. +# Locales should always be specified by their full name. + +# Packages using this file: + +bokmal nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 +bokml nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 +catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1 +croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 +czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2 +danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1 +dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1 +deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1 +dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1 +eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1 +estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1 +finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1 +franais fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 +french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 +galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 +galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 +german de_DE.ISO-8859-1 +greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7 +hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8 +hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 +hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2 +icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1 +italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1 +japanese ja_JP.eucJP +japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP +ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP +ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP +japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS +korean ko_KR.eucKR +korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR +ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR +lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13 +no_NO nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 +no_NO.ISO-8859-1 nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 +norwegian nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 +nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1 +polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2 +portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1 +romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2 +russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5 +slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2 +slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 +slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 +spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1 +swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1 +thai th_TH.TIS-620 +turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9 diff --git a/intl/localealias.c b/intl/localealias.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..910db530 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/localealias.c @@ -0,0 +1,439 @@ +/* Handle aliases for locale names. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING +# include <stdio_ext.h> +#endif +#include <sys/types.h> + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# undef alloca +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +#else +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# include <malloc.h> +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +# include <alloca.h> +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "gettextP.h" + +#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE +# include "relocatable.h" +#else +# define relocate(pathname) (pathname) +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp + +# ifndef mempcpy +# define mempcpy __mempcpy +# endif +# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1 +# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING 1 +#endif + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <bits/libc-lock.h> +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +/* Some optimizations for glibc. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define FEOF(fp) feof_unlocked (fp) +# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp) +#else +# define FEOF(fp) feof (fp) +# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets (buf, n, fp) +#endif + +/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add + some additional code emulating it. */ +#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA +# define freea(p) /* nothing */ +#else +# define alloca(n) malloc (n) +# define freea(p) free (p) +#endif + +#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED +# undef fgets +# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s) +#endif +#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED +# undef feof +# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s) +#endif + + +__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock) + + +struct alias_map +{ + const char *alias; + const char *value; +}; + + +#ifndef _LIBC +# define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl +#endif + +libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space); +static size_t string_space_act; +static size_t string_space_max; +libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map); +static size_t nmap; +static size_t maxmap; + + +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static size_t read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len) + internal_function; +static int extend_alias_table (void); +static int alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1, + const struct alias_map *map2); + + +const char * +_nl_expand_alias (const char *name) +{ + static const char *locale_alias_path; + struct alias_map *retval; + const char *result = NULL; + size_t added; + + __libc_lock_lock (lock); + + if (locale_alias_path == NULL) + locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; + + do + { + struct alias_map item; + + item.alias = name; + + if (nmap > 0) + retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap, + sizeof (struct alias_map), + (int (*) (const void *, + const void *) + ) alias_compare); + else + retval = NULL; + + /* We really found an alias. Return the value. */ + if (retval != NULL) + { + result = retval->value; + break; + } + + /* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */ + added = 0; + while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0') + { + const char *start; + + while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR) + ++locale_alias_path; + start = locale_alias_path; + + while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' + && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR) + ++locale_alias_path; + + if (start < locale_alias_path) + added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start); + } + } + while (added != 0); + + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + + return result; +} + + +static size_t +internal_function +read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len) +{ + FILE *fp; + char *full_fname; + size_t added; + static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias"; + + full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile); +#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY + mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len), + aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); +#else + memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len); + memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC + /* Note the file is opened with cancellation in the I/O functions + disabled. */ + fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "rc"); +#else + fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r"); +#endif + freea (full_fname); + if (fp == NULL) + return 0; + +#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING + /* No threads present. */ + __fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER); +#endif + + added = 0; + while (!FEOF (fp)) + { + /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because + a) we are only interested in the first two fields + b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not + be that long + We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up + stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of + memory. */ + char buf[400]; + char *alias; + char *value; + char *cp; + int complete_line; + + if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) + /* EOF reached. */ + break; + + /* Determine whether the line is complete. */ + complete_line = strchr (buf, '\n') != NULL; + + cp = buf; + /* Ignore leading white space. */ + while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + + /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */ + if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#') + { + alias = cp++; + while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + /* Terminate alias name. */ + if (cp[0] != '\0') + *cp++ = '\0'; + + /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */ + while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + + if (cp[0] != '\0') + { + value = cp++; + while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + /* Terminate value. */ + if (cp[0] == '\n') + { + /* This has to be done to make the following test + for the end of line possible. We are looking for + the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */ + *cp++ = '\0'; + *cp = '\n'; + } + else if (cp[0] != '\0') + *cp++ = '\0'; + +#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE + /* glibc's locale.alias contains entries for ja_JP and ko_KR + that make it impossible to use a Japanese or Korean UTF-8 + locale under the name "ja_JP" or "ko_KR". Ignore these + entries. */ + if (strchr (alias, '_') == NULL) +#endif + { + size_t alias_len; + size_t value_len; + + if (nmap >= maxmap) + if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0)) + goto out; + + alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1; + value_len = strlen (value) + 1; + + if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max) + { + /* Increase size of memory pool. */ + size_t new_size = (string_space_max + + (alias_len + value_len > 1024 + ? alias_len + value_len : 1024)); + char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size); + if (new_pool == NULL) + goto out; + + if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0)) + { + size_t i; + + for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++) + { + map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space; + map[i].value += new_pool - string_space; + } + } + + string_space = new_pool; + string_space_max = new_size; + } + + map[nmap].alias = + (const char *) memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], + alias, alias_len); + string_space_act += alias_len; + + map[nmap].value = + (const char *) memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], + value, value_len); + string_space_act += value_len; + + ++nmap; + ++added; + } + } + } + + /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore + the rest of the line. */ + if (! complete_line) + do + if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) + /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop + will exit at the `feof' test. */ + break; + while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL); + } + + out: + /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore + errors. --drepper */ + fclose (fp); + + if (added > 0) + qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map), + (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) alias_compare); + + return added; +} + + +static int +extend_alias_table () +{ + size_t new_size; + struct alias_map *new_map; + + new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap; + new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size + * sizeof (struct alias_map))); + if (new_map == NULL) + /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */ + return -1; + + map = new_map; + maxmap = new_size; + return 0; +} + + +static int +alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1, const struct alias_map *map2) +{ +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP + return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias); +#else + const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias; + const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias; + unsigned char c1, c2; + + if (p1 == p2) + return 0; + + do + { + /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in + some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */ + c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1; + c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2; + if (c1 == '\0') + break; + ++p1; + ++p2; + } + while (c1 == c2); + + return c1 - c2; +#endif +} diff --git a/intl/localename.c b/intl/localename.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..af4c229a --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/localename.c @@ -0,0 +1,1507 @@ +/* Determine name of the currently selected locale. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995. */ +/* Win32 code written by Tor Lillqvist <tml@iki.fi>. */ +/* MacOS X code written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#ifdef IN_LIBINTL +# include "gettextP.h" +#else +# include "localename.h" +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <locale.h> + +#if HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT || HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE +# include <string.h> +# include <CoreFoundation/CFString.h> +# if HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT +# include <CoreFoundation/CFLocale.h> +# elif HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE +# include <CoreFoundation/CFPreferences.h> +# endif +#endif + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ +# define WIN32_NATIVE +#endif + +#ifdef WIN32_NATIVE +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include <windows.h> +/* List of language codes, sorted by value: + 0x01 LANG_ARABIC + 0x02 LANG_BULGARIAN + 0x03 LANG_CATALAN + 0x04 LANG_CHINESE + 0x05 LANG_CZECH + 0x06 LANG_DANISH + 0x07 LANG_GERMAN + 0x08 LANG_GREEK + 0x09 LANG_ENGLISH + 0x0a LANG_SPANISH + 0x0b LANG_FINNISH + 0x0c LANG_FRENCH + 0x0d LANG_HEBREW + 0x0e LANG_HUNGARIAN + 0x0f LANG_ICELANDIC + 0x10 LANG_ITALIAN + 0x11 LANG_JAPANESE + 0x12 LANG_KOREAN + 0x13 LANG_DUTCH + 0x14 LANG_NORWEGIAN + 0x15 LANG_POLISH + 0x16 LANG_PORTUGUESE + 0x17 LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE + 0x18 LANG_ROMANIAN + 0x19 LANG_RUSSIAN + 0x1a LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN + 0x1b LANG_SLOVAK + 0x1c LANG_ALBANIAN + 0x1d LANG_SWEDISH + 0x1e LANG_THAI + 0x1f LANG_TURKISH + 0x20 LANG_URDU + 0x21 LANG_INDONESIAN + 0x22 LANG_UKRAINIAN + 0x23 LANG_BELARUSIAN + 0x24 LANG_SLOVENIAN + 0x25 LANG_ESTONIAN + 0x26 LANG_LATVIAN + 0x27 LANG_LITHUANIAN + 0x28 LANG_TAJIK + 0x29 LANG_FARSI + 0x2a LANG_VIETNAMESE + 0x2b LANG_ARMENIAN + 0x2c LANG_AZERI + 0x2d LANG_BASQUE + 0x2e LANG_SORBIAN + 0x2f LANG_MACEDONIAN + 0x30 LANG_SUTU + 0x31 LANG_TSONGA + 0x32 LANG_TSWANA + 0x33 LANG_VENDA + 0x34 LANG_XHOSA + 0x35 LANG_ZULU + 0x36 LANG_AFRIKAANS + 0x37 LANG_GEORGIAN + 0x38 LANG_FAEROESE + 0x39 LANG_HINDI + 0x3a LANG_MALTESE + 0x3b LANG_SAAMI + 0x3c LANG_GAELIC + 0x3d LANG_YIDDISH + 0x3e LANG_MALAY + 0x3f LANG_KAZAK + 0x40 LANG_KYRGYZ + 0x41 LANG_SWAHILI + 0x42 LANG_TURKMEN + 0x43 LANG_UZBEK + 0x44 LANG_TATAR + 0x45 LANG_BENGALI + 0x46 LANG_PUNJABI + 0x47 LANG_GUJARATI + 0x48 LANG_ORIYA + 0x49 LANG_TAMIL + 0x4a LANG_TELUGU + 0x4b LANG_KANNADA + 0x4c LANG_MALAYALAM + 0x4d LANG_ASSAMESE + 0x4e LANG_MARATHI + 0x4f LANG_SANSKRIT + 0x50 LANG_MONGOLIAN + 0x51 LANG_TIBETAN + 0x52 LANG_WELSH + 0x53 LANG_CAMBODIAN + 0x54 LANG_LAO + 0x55 LANG_BURMESE + 0x56 LANG_GALICIAN + 0x57 LANG_KONKANI + 0x58 LANG_MANIPURI + 0x59 LANG_SINDHI + 0x5a LANG_SYRIAC + 0x5b LANG_SINHALESE + 0x5c LANG_CHEROKEE + 0x5d LANG_INUKTITUT + 0x5e LANG_AMHARIC + 0x5f LANG_TAMAZIGHT + 0x60 LANG_KASHMIRI + 0x61 LANG_NEPALI + 0x62 LANG_FRISIAN + 0x63 LANG_PASHTO + 0x64 LANG_TAGALOG + 0x65 LANG_DIVEHI + 0x66 LANG_EDO + 0x67 LANG_FULFULDE + 0x68 LANG_HAUSA + 0x69 LANG_IBIBIO + 0x6a LANG_YORUBA + 0x70 LANG_IGBO + 0x71 LANG_KANURI + 0x72 LANG_OROMO + 0x73 LANG_TIGRINYA + 0x74 LANG_GUARANI + 0x75 LANG_HAWAIIAN + 0x76 LANG_LATIN + 0x77 LANG_SOMALI + 0x78 LANG_YI + 0x79 LANG_PAPIAMENTU +*/ +/* Mingw headers don't have latest language and sublanguage codes. */ +# ifndef LANG_AFRIKAANS +# define LANG_AFRIKAANS 0x36 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ALBANIAN +# define LANG_ALBANIAN 0x1c +# endif +# ifndef LANG_AMHARIC +# define LANG_AMHARIC 0x5e +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ARABIC +# define LANG_ARABIC 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ARMENIAN +# define LANG_ARMENIAN 0x2b +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ASSAMESE +# define LANG_ASSAMESE 0x4d +# endif +# ifndef LANG_AZERI +# define LANG_AZERI 0x2c +# endif +# ifndef LANG_BASQUE +# define LANG_BASQUE 0x2d +# endif +# ifndef LANG_BELARUSIAN +# define LANG_BELARUSIAN 0x23 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_BENGALI +# define LANG_BENGALI 0x45 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_BURMESE +# define LANG_BURMESE 0x55 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_CAMBODIAN +# define LANG_CAMBODIAN 0x53 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_CATALAN +# define LANG_CATALAN 0x03 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_CHEROKEE +# define LANG_CHEROKEE 0x5c +# endif +# ifndef LANG_DIVEHI +# define LANG_DIVEHI 0x65 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_EDO +# define LANG_EDO 0x66 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ESTONIAN +# define LANG_ESTONIAN 0x25 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_FAEROESE +# define LANG_FAEROESE 0x38 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_FARSI +# define LANG_FARSI 0x29 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_FRISIAN +# define LANG_FRISIAN 0x62 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_FULFULDE +# define LANG_FULFULDE 0x67 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_GAELIC +# define LANG_GAELIC 0x3c +# endif +# ifndef LANG_GALICIAN +# define LANG_GALICIAN 0x56 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_GEORGIAN +# define LANG_GEORGIAN 0x37 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_GUARANI +# define LANG_GUARANI 0x74 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_GUJARATI +# define LANG_GUJARATI 0x47 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_HAUSA +# define LANG_HAUSA 0x68 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_HAWAIIAN +# define LANG_HAWAIIAN 0x75 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_HEBREW +# define LANG_HEBREW 0x0d +# endif +# ifndef LANG_HINDI +# define LANG_HINDI 0x39 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_IBIBIO +# define LANG_IBIBIO 0x69 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_IGBO +# define LANG_IGBO 0x70 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_INDONESIAN +# define LANG_INDONESIAN 0x21 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_INUKTITUT +# define LANG_INUKTITUT 0x5d +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KANNADA +# define LANG_KANNADA 0x4b +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KANURI +# define LANG_KANURI 0x71 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KASHMIRI +# define LANG_KASHMIRI 0x60 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KAZAK +# define LANG_KAZAK 0x3f +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KONKANI +# define LANG_KONKANI 0x57 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KYRGYZ +# define LANG_KYRGYZ 0x40 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_LAO +# define LANG_LAO 0x54 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_LATIN +# define LANG_LATIN 0x76 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_LATVIAN +# define LANG_LATVIAN 0x26 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_LITHUANIAN +# define LANG_LITHUANIAN 0x27 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MACEDONIAN +# define LANG_MACEDONIAN 0x2f +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MALAY +# define LANG_MALAY 0x3e +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MALAYALAM +# define LANG_MALAYALAM 0x4c +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MALTESE +# define LANG_MALTESE 0x3a +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MANIPURI +# define LANG_MANIPURI 0x58 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MARATHI +# define LANG_MARATHI 0x4e +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MONGOLIAN +# define LANG_MONGOLIAN 0x50 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_NEPALI +# define LANG_NEPALI 0x61 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ORIYA +# define LANG_ORIYA 0x48 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_OROMO +# define LANG_OROMO 0x72 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_PAPIAMENTU +# define LANG_PAPIAMENTU 0x79 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_PASHTO +# define LANG_PASHTO 0x63 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_PUNJABI +# define LANG_PUNJABI 0x46 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE +# define LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE 0x17 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SAAMI +# define LANG_SAAMI 0x3b +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SANSKRIT +# define LANG_SANSKRIT 0x4f +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SERBIAN +# define LANG_SERBIAN 0x1a +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SINDHI +# define LANG_SINDHI 0x59 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SINHALESE +# define LANG_SINHALESE 0x5b +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SLOVAK +# define LANG_SLOVAK 0x1b +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SOMALI +# define LANG_SOMALI 0x77 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SORBIAN +# define LANG_SORBIAN 0x2e +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SUTU +# define LANG_SUTU 0x30 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SWAHILI +# define LANG_SWAHILI 0x41 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SYRIAC +# define LANG_SYRIAC 0x5a +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TAGALOG +# define LANG_TAGALOG 0x64 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TAJIK +# define LANG_TAJIK 0x28 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TAMAZIGHT +# define LANG_TAMAZIGHT 0x5f +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TAMIL +# define LANG_TAMIL 0x49 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TATAR +# define LANG_TATAR 0x44 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TELUGU +# define LANG_TELUGU 0x4a +# endif +# ifndef LANG_THAI +# define LANG_THAI 0x1e +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TIBETAN +# define LANG_TIBETAN 0x51 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TIGRINYA +# define LANG_TIGRINYA 0x73 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TSONGA +# define LANG_TSONGA 0x31 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TSWANA +# define LANG_TSWANA 0x32 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TURKMEN +# define LANG_TURKMEN 0x42 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_UKRAINIAN +# define LANG_UKRAINIAN 0x22 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_URDU +# define LANG_URDU 0x20 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_UZBEK +# define LANG_UZBEK 0x43 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_VENDA +# define LANG_VENDA 0x33 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_VIETNAMESE +# define LANG_VIETNAMESE 0x2a +# endif +# ifndef LANG_WELSH +# define LANG_WELSH 0x52 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_XHOSA +# define LANG_XHOSA 0x34 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_YI +# define LANG_YI 0x78 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_YIDDISH +# define LANG_YIDDISH 0x3d +# endif +# ifndef LANG_YORUBA +# define LANG_YORUBA 0x6a +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ZULU +# define LANG_ZULU 0x35 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x03 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x04 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x05 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x06 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x07 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN 0x08 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x09 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x0a +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x0b +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x0c +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x0d +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE 0x0e +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x0f +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR 0x10 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN +# define SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC +# define SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_BENGALI_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_BENGALI_INDIA 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_BENGALI_BANGLADESH +# define SUBLANG_BENGALI_BANGLADESH 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU +# define SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU 0x05 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x07 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x08 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x09 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x0a +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x0b +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x0c +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x0d +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDONESIA +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDONESIA 0x0e +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_HONGKONG +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_HONGKONG 0x0f +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDIA 0x10 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA 0x11 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE 0x12 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x05 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO 0x06 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_WESTINDIES +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_WESTINDIES 0x07 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_REUNION +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_REUNION 0x08 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_CONGO +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_CONGO 0x09 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_SENEGAL +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_SENEGAL 0x0a +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_CAMEROON +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_CAMEROON 0x0b +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_COTEDIVOIRE +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_COTEDIVOIRE 0x0c +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MALI +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MALI 0x0d +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MOROCCO +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MOROCCO 0x0e +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_HAITI +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_HAITI 0x0f +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG +# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x04 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN +# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN 0x05 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA +# define SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM +# define SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_PUNJABI_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_PUNJABI_INDIA 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN +# define SUBLANG_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA +# define SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_MOLDOVA +# define SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_MOLDOVA 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN +# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC +# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC 0x03 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SINDHI_PAKISTAN +# define SUBLANG_SINDHI_PAKISTAN 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SINDHI_AFGHANISTAN +# define SUBLANG_SINDHI_AFGHANISTAN 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x04 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x05 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x06 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x07 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x08 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x09 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU 0x0a +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x0b +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x0c +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE 0x0d +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x0e +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x0f +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x10 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x11 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x12 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x13 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x14 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND +# define SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_ARABIC +# define SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_ARABIC 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_ALGERIA_LATIN +# define SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_ALGERIA_LATIN 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ETHIOPIA +# define SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ETHIOPIA 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ERITREA +# define SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ERITREA 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN +# define SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN +# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC +# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC 0x02 +# endif +#endif + +# if HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT || HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE +/* MacOS X 10.2 or newer */ + +/* Canonicalize a MacOS X locale name to a Unix locale name. + NAME is a sufficiently large buffer. + On input, it contains the MacOS X locale name. + On output, it contains the Unix locale name. */ +# if !defined IN_LIBINTL +static +# endif +void +gl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name) +{ + /* This conversion is based on a posting by + Deborah GoldSmith <goldsmit@apple.com> on 2005-03-08, + http://lists.apple.com/archives/carbon-dev/2005/Mar/msg00293.html */ + + /* Convert legacy (NeXTstep inherited) English names to Unix (ISO 639 and + ISO 3166) names. Prior to MacOS X 10.3, there is no API for doing this. + Therefore we do it ourselves, using a table based on the results of the + MacOS X 10.3.8 function + CFLocaleCreateCanonicalLocaleIdentifierFromString(). */ + typedef struct { const char legacy[21+1]; const char unixy[5+1]; } + legacy_entry; + static const legacy_entry legacy_table[] = { + { "Afrikaans", "af" }, + { "Albanian", "sq" }, + { "Amharic", "am" }, + { "Arabic", "ar" }, + { "Armenian", "hy" }, + { "Assamese", "as" }, + { "Aymara", "ay" }, + { "Azerbaijani", "az" }, + { "Basque", "eu" }, + { "Belarusian", "be" }, + { "Belorussian", "be" }, + { "Bengali", "bn" }, + { "Brazilian Portugese", "pt_BR" }, + { "Brazilian Portuguese", "pt_BR" }, + { "Breton", "br" }, + { "Bulgarian", "bg" }, + { "Burmese", "my" }, + { "Byelorussian", "be" }, + { "Catalan", "ca" }, + { "Chewa", "ny" }, + { "Chichewa", "ny" }, + { "Chinese", "zh" }, + { "Chinese, Simplified", "zh_CN" }, + { "Chinese, Traditional", "zh_TW" }, + { "Chinese, Tradtional", "zh_TW" }, + { "Croatian", "hr" }, + { "Czech", "cs" }, + { "Danish", "da" }, + { "Dutch", "nl" }, + { "Dzongkha", "dz" }, + { "English", "en" }, + { "Esperanto", "eo" }, + { "Estonian", "et" }, + { "Faroese", "fo" }, + { "Farsi", "fa" }, + { "Finnish", "fi" }, + { "Flemish", "nl_BE" }, + { "French", "fr" }, + { "Galician", "gl" }, + { "Gallegan", "gl" }, + { "Georgian", "ka" }, + { "German", "de" }, + { "Greek", "el" }, + { "Greenlandic", "kl" }, + { "Guarani", "gn" }, + { "Gujarati", "gu" }, + { "Hawaiian", "haw" }, /* Yes, "haw", not "cpe". */ + { "Hebrew", "he" }, + { "Hindi", "hi" }, + { "Hungarian", "hu" }, + { "Icelandic", "is" }, + { "Indonesian", "id" }, + { "Inuktitut", "iu" }, + { "Irish", "ga" }, + { "Italian", "it" }, + { "Japanese", "ja" }, + { "Javanese", "jv" }, + { "Kalaallisut", "kl" }, + { "Kannada", "kn" }, + { "Kashmiri", "ks" }, + { "Kazakh", "kk" }, + { "Khmer", "km" }, + { "Kinyarwanda", "rw" }, + { "Kirghiz", "ky" }, + { "Korean", "ko" }, + { "Kurdish", "ku" }, + { "Latin", "la" }, + { "Latvian", "lv" }, + { "Lithuanian", "lt" }, + { "Macedonian", "mk" }, + { "Malagasy", "mg" }, + { "Malay", "ms" }, + { "Malayalam", "ml" }, + { "Maltese", "mt" }, + { "Manx", "gv" }, + { "Marathi", "mr" }, + { "Moldavian", "mo" }, + { "Mongolian", "mn" }, + { "Nepali", "ne" }, + { "Norwegian", "nb" }, /* Yes, "nb", not the obsolete "no". */ + { "Nyanja", "ny" }, + { "Nynorsk", "nn" }, + { "Oriya", "or" }, + { "Oromo", "om" }, + { "Panjabi", "pa" }, + { "Pashto", "ps" }, + { "Persian", "fa" }, + { "Polish", "pl" }, + { "Portuguese", "pt" }, + { "Portuguese, Brazilian", "pt_BR" }, + { "Punjabi", "pa" }, + { "Pushto", "ps" }, + { "Quechua", "qu" }, + { "Romanian", "ro" }, + { "Ruanda", "rw" }, + { "Rundi", "rn" }, + { "Russian", "ru" }, + { "Sami", "se_NO" }, /* Not just "se". */ + { "Sanskrit", "sa" }, + { "Scottish", "gd" }, + { "Serbian", "sr" }, + { "Simplified Chinese", "zh_CN" }, + { "Sindhi", "sd" }, + { "Sinhalese", "si" }, + { "Slovak", "sk" }, + { "Slovenian", "sl" }, + { "Somali", "so" }, + { "Spanish", "es" }, + { "Sundanese", "su" }, + { "Swahili", "sw" }, + { "Swedish", "sv" }, + { "Tagalog", "tl" }, + { "Tajik", "tg" }, + { "Tajiki", "tg" }, + { "Tamil", "ta" }, + { "Tatar", "tt" }, + { "Telugu", "te" }, + { "Thai", "th" }, + { "Tibetan", "bo" }, + { "Tigrinya", "ti" }, + { "Tongan", "to" }, + { "Traditional Chinese", "zh_TW" }, + { "Turkish", "tr" }, + { "Turkmen", "tk" }, + { "Uighur", "ug" }, + { "Ukrainian", "uk" }, + { "Urdu", "ur" }, + { "Uzbek", "uz" }, + { "Vietnamese", "vi" }, + { "Welsh", "cy" }, + { "Yiddish", "yi" } + }; + + /* Convert new-style locale names with language tags (ISO 639 and ISO 15924) + to Unix (ISO 639 and ISO 3166) names. */ + typedef struct { const char langtag[7+1]; const char unixy[12+1]; } + langtag_entry; + static const langtag_entry langtag_table[] = { + /* MacOS X has "az-Arab", "az-Cyrl", "az-Latn". + The default script for az on Unix is Latin. */ + { "az-Latn", "az" }, + /* MacOS X has "ga-dots". Does not yet exist on Unix. */ + { "ga-dots", "ga" }, + /* MacOS X has "kk-Cyrl". Does not yet exist on Unix. */ + /* MacOS X has "mn-Cyrl", "mn-Mong". + The default script for mn on Unix is Cyrillic. */ + { "mn-Cyrl", "mn" }, + /* MacOS X has "ms-Arab", "ms-Latn". + The default script for ms on Unix is Latin. */ + { "ms-Latn", "ms" }, + /* MacOS X has "tg-Cyrl". + The default script for tg on Unix is Cyrillic. */ + { "tg-Cyrl", "tg" }, + /* MacOS X has "tk-Cyrl". Does not yet exist on Unix. */ + /* MacOS X has "tt-Cyrl". + The default script for tt on Unix is Cyrillic. */ + { "tt-Cyrl", "tt" }, + /* MacOS X has "zh-Hans", "zh-Hant". + Country codes are used to distinguish these on Unix. */ + { "zh-Hans", "zh_CN" }, + { "zh-Hant", "zh_TW" } + }; + + /* Convert script names (ISO 15924) to Unix conventions. + See http://www.unicode.org/iso15924/iso15924-codes.html */ + typedef struct { const char script[4+1]; const char unixy[9+1]; } + script_entry; + static const script_entry script_table[] = { + { "Arab", "arabic" }, + { "Cyrl", "cyrillic" }, + { "Mong", "mongolian" } + }; + + /* Step 1: Convert using legacy_table. */ + if (name[0] >= 'A' && name[0] <= 'Z') + { + unsigned int i1, i2; + i1 = 0; + i2 = sizeof (legacy_table) / sizeof (legacy_entry); + while (i2 - i1 > 1) + { + /* At this point we know that if name occurs in legacy_table, + its index must be >= i1 and < i2. */ + unsigned int i = (i1 + i2) >> 1; + const legacy_entry *p = &legacy_table[i]; + if (strcmp (name, p->legacy) < 0) + i2 = i; + else + i1 = i; + } + if (strcmp (name, legacy_table[i1].legacy) == 0) + { + strcpy (name, legacy_table[i1].unixy); + return; + } + } + + /* Step 2: Convert using langtag_table and script_table. */ + if (strlen (name) == 7 && name[2] == '-') + { + unsigned int i1, i2; + i1 = 0; + i2 = sizeof (langtag_table) / sizeof (langtag_entry); + while (i2 - i1 > 1) + { + /* At this point we know that if name occurs in langtag_table, + its index must be >= i1 and < i2. */ + unsigned int i = (i1 + i2) >> 1; + const langtag_entry *p = &langtag_table[i]; + if (strcmp (name, p->langtag) < 0) + i2 = i; + else + i1 = i; + } + if (strcmp (name, langtag_table[i1].langtag) == 0) + { + strcpy (name, langtag_table[i1].unixy); + return; + } + + i1 = 0; + i2 = sizeof (script_table) / sizeof (script_entry); + while (i2 - i1 > 1) + { + /* At this point we know that if (name + 3) occurs in script_table, + its index must be >= i1 and < i2. */ + unsigned int i = (i1 + i2) >> 1; + const script_entry *p = &script_table[i]; + if (strcmp (name + 3, p->script) < 0) + i2 = i; + else + i1 = i; + } + if (strcmp (name + 3, script_table[i1].script) == 0) + { + name[2] = '@'; + strcpy (name + 3, script_table[i1].unixy); + return; + } + } + + /* Step 3: Convert new-style dash to Unix underscore. */ + { + char *p; + for (p = name; *p != '\0'; p++) + if (*p == '-') + *p = '_'; + } +} + +#endif + +/* XPG3 defines the result of 'setlocale (category, NULL)' as: + "Directs 'setlocale()' to query 'category' and return the current + setting of 'local'." + However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and + ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g. + those using GNU C Library). */ +#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2) +# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL +#endif + +/* Determine the current locale's name, and canonicalize it into XPG syntax + language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier] + The codeset part in the result is not reliable; the locale_charset() + should be used for codeset information instead. + The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. */ + +const char * +gl_locale_name_posix (int category, const char *categoryname) +{ + /* Use the POSIX methods of looking to 'LC_ALL', 'LC_xxx', and 'LANG'. + On some systems this can be done by the 'setlocale' function itself. */ +#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL + return setlocale (category, NULL); +#else + const char *retval; + + /* Setting of LC_ALL overrides all other. */ + retval = getenv ("LC_ALL"); + if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') + return retval; + /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */ + retval = getenv (categoryname); + if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') + return retval; + /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */ + retval = getenv ("LANG"); + if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') + return retval; + + return NULL; +#endif +} + +const char * +gl_locale_name_default (void) +{ + /* POSIX:2001 says: + "All implementations shall define a locale as the default locale, to be + invoked when no environment variables are set, or set to the empty + string. This default locale can be the POSIX locale or any other + implementation-defined locale. Some implementations may provide + facilities for local installation administrators to set the default + locale, customizing it for each location. POSIX:2001 does not require + such a facility. */ + +#if !(HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT || HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE || defined(WIN32_NATIVE)) + + /* The system does not have a way of setting the locale, other than the + POSIX specified environment variables. We use C as default locale. */ + return "C"; + +#else + + /* Return an XPG style locale name language[_territory][@modifier]. + Don't even bother determining the codeset; it's not useful in this + context, because message catalogs are not specific to a single + codeset. */ + +# if HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT || HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE + /* MacOS X 10.2 or newer */ + { + /* Cache the locale name, since CoreFoundation calls are expensive. */ + static const char *cached_localename; + + if (cached_localename == NULL) + { + char namebuf[256]; +# if HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT /* MacOS X 10.3 or newer */ + CFLocaleRef locale = CFLocaleCopyCurrent (); + CFStringRef name = CFLocaleGetIdentifier (locale); + + if (CFStringGetCString (name, namebuf, sizeof(namebuf), + kCFStringEncodingASCII)) + { + gl_locale_name_canonicalize (namebuf); + cached_localename = strdup (namebuf); + } + CFRelease (locale); +# elif HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE /* MacOS X 10.2 or newer */ + CFTypeRef value = + CFPreferencesCopyAppValue (CFSTR ("AppleLocale"), + kCFPreferencesCurrentApplication); + if (value != NULL + && CFGetTypeID (value) == CFStringGetTypeID () + && CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)value, namebuf, sizeof(namebuf), + kCFStringEncodingASCII)) + { + gl_locale_name_canonicalize (namebuf); + cached_localename = strdup (namebuf); + } +# endif + if (cached_localename == NULL) + cached_localename = "C"; + } + return cached_localename; + } + +# endif + +# if defined(WIN32_NATIVE) /* WIN32, not Cygwin */ + { + LCID lcid; + LANGID langid; + int primary, sub; + + /* Use native Win32 API locale ID. */ + lcid = GetThreadLocale (); + + /* Strip off the sorting rules, keep only the language part. */ + langid = LANGIDFROMLCID (lcid); + + /* Split into language and territory part. */ + primary = PRIMARYLANGID (langid); + sub = SUBLANGID (langid); + + /* Dispatch on language. + See also http://www.unicode.org/unicode/onlinedat/languages.html . + For details about languages, see http://www.ethnologue.com/ . */ + switch (primary) + { + case LANG_AFRIKAANS: return "af_ZA"; + case LANG_ALBANIAN: return "sq_AL"; + case LANG_AMHARIC: return "am_ET"; + case LANG_ARABIC: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA: return "ar_SA"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ: return "ar_IQ"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT: return "ar_EG"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA: return "ar_LY"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA: return "ar_DZ"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO: return "ar_MA"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA: return "ar_TN"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN: return "ar_OM"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN: return "ar_YE"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA: return "ar_SY"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN: return "ar_JO"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON: return "ar_LB"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT: return "ar_KW"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE: return "ar_AE"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN: return "ar_BH"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR: return "ar_QA"; + } + return "ar"; + case LANG_ARMENIAN: return "hy_AM"; + case LANG_ASSAMESE: return "as_IN"; + case LANG_AZERI: + switch (sub) + { + /* FIXME: Adjust this when Azerbaijani locales appear on Unix. */ + case SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN: return "az_AZ@latin"; + case SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC: return "az_AZ@cyrillic"; + } + return "az"; + case LANG_BASQUE: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "eu_ES"; + } + return "eu"; /* Ambiguous: could be "eu_ES" or "eu_FR". */ + case LANG_BELARUSIAN: return "be_BY"; + case LANG_BENGALI: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_BENGALI_INDIA: return "bn_IN"; + case SUBLANG_BENGALI_BANGLADESH: return "bn_BD"; + } + return "bn"; + case LANG_BULGARIAN: return "bg_BG"; + case LANG_BURMESE: return "my_MM"; + case LANG_CAMBODIAN: return "km_KH"; + case LANG_CATALAN: return "ca_ES"; + case LANG_CHEROKEE: return "chr_US"; + case LANG_CHINESE: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL: return "zh_TW"; + case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED: return "zh_CN"; + case SUBLANG_CHINESE_HONGKONG: return "zh_HK"; + case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SINGAPORE: return "zh_SG"; + case SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU: return "zh_MO"; + } + return "zh"; + case LANG_CROATIAN: /* LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN + * What used to be called Serbo-Croatian + * should really now be two separate + * languages because of political reasons. + * (Says tml, who knows nothing about Serbian + * or Croatian.) + * (I can feel those flames coming already.) + */ + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "hr_HR"; + case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN: return "sr_CS"; + case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC: return "sr_CS@cyrillic"; + } + return "hr"; + case LANG_CZECH: return "cs_CZ"; + case LANG_DANISH: return "da_DK"; + case LANG_DIVEHI: return "dv_MV"; + case LANG_DUTCH: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DUTCH: return "nl_NL"; + case SUBLANG_DUTCH_BELGIAN: /* FLEMISH, VLAAMS */ return "nl_BE"; + } + return "nl"; + case LANG_EDO: return "bin_NG"; + case LANG_ENGLISH: + switch (sub) + { + /* SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. Heh. I thought + * English was the language spoken in England. + * Oh well. + */ + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US: return "en_US"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_UK: return "en_GB"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_AUS: return "en_AU"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CAN: return "en_CA"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_NZ: return "en_NZ"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_EIRE: return "en_IE"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA: return "en_ZA"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA: return "en_JM"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN: return "en_GD"; /* Grenada? */ + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE: return "en_BZ"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD: return "en_TT"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE: return "en_ZW"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES: return "en_PH"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDONESIA: return "en_ID"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_HONGKONG: return "en_HK"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_INDIA: return "en_IN"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA: return "en_MY"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE: return "en_SG"; + } + return "en"; + case LANG_ESTONIAN: return "et_EE"; + case LANG_FAEROESE: return "fo_FO"; + case LANG_FARSI: return "fa_IR"; + case LANG_FINNISH: return "fi_FI"; + case LANG_FRENCH: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_FRENCH: return "fr_FR"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_BELGIAN: /* WALLOON */ return "fr_BE"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CANADIAN: return "fr_CA"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SWISS: return "fr_CH"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG: return "fr_LU"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO: return "fr_MC"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_WESTINDIES: return "fr"; /* Caribbean? */ + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_REUNION: return "fr_RE"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CONGO: return "fr_CG"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SENEGAL: return "fr_SN"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CAMEROON: return "fr_CM"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_COTEDIVOIRE: return "fr_CI"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MALI: return "fr_ML"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MOROCCO: return "fr_MA"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_HAITI: return "fr_HT"; + } + return "fr"; + case LANG_FRISIAN: return "fy_NL"; + case LANG_FULFULDE: + /* Spoken in Nigeria, Guinea, Senegal, Mali, Niger, Cameroon, Benin. */ + return "ff_NG"; + case LANG_GAELIC: + switch (sub) + { + case 0x01: /* SCOTTISH */ return "gd_GB"; + case 0x02: /* IRISH */ return "ga_IE"; + } + return "C"; + case LANG_GALICIAN: return "gl_ES"; + case LANG_GEORGIAN: return "ka_GE"; + case LANG_GERMAN: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_GERMAN: return "de_DE"; + case SUBLANG_GERMAN_SWISS: return "de_CH"; + case SUBLANG_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN: return "de_AT"; + case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG: return "de_LU"; + case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN: return "de_LI"; + } + return "de"; + case LANG_GREEK: return "el_GR"; + case LANG_GUARANI: return "gn_PY"; + case LANG_GUJARATI: return "gu_IN"; + case LANG_HAUSA: return "ha_NG"; + case LANG_HAWAIIAN: + /* FIXME: Do they mean Hawaiian ("haw_US", 1000 speakers) + or Hawaii Creole English ("cpe_US", 600000 speakers)? */ + return "cpe_US"; + case LANG_HEBREW: return "he_IL"; + case LANG_HINDI: return "hi_IN"; + case LANG_HUNGARIAN: return "hu_HU"; + case LANG_IBIBIO: return "nic_NG"; + case LANG_ICELANDIC: return "is_IS"; + case LANG_IGBO: return "ig_NG"; + case LANG_INDONESIAN: return "id_ID"; + case LANG_INUKTITUT: return "iu_CA"; + case LANG_ITALIAN: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_ITALIAN: return "it_IT"; + case SUBLANG_ITALIAN_SWISS: return "it_CH"; + } + return "it"; + case LANG_JAPANESE: return "ja_JP"; + case LANG_KANNADA: return "kn_IN"; + case LANG_KANURI: return "kr_NG"; + case LANG_KASHMIRI: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ks_PK"; + case SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA: return "ks_IN"; + } + return "ks"; + case LANG_KAZAK: return "kk_KZ"; + case LANG_KONKANI: + /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ + return "kok_IN"; + case LANG_KOREAN: return "ko_KR"; + case LANG_KYRGYZ: return "ky_KG"; + case LANG_LAO: return "lo_LA"; + case LANG_LATIN: return "la_VA"; + case LANG_LATVIAN: return "lv_LV"; + case LANG_LITHUANIAN: return "lt_LT"; + case LANG_MACEDONIAN: return "mk_MK"; + case LANG_MALAY: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA: return "ms_MY"; + case SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM: return "ms_BN"; + } + return "ms"; + case LANG_MALAYALAM: return "ml_IN"; + case LANG_MALTESE: return "mt_MT"; + case LANG_MANIPURI: + /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ + return "mni_IN"; + case LANG_MARATHI: return "mr_IN"; + case LANG_MONGOLIAN: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "mn_MN"; + } + return "mn"; /* Ambiguous: could be "mn_CN" or "mn_MN". */ + case LANG_NEPALI: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ne_NP"; + case SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA: return "ne_IN"; + } + return "ne"; + case LANG_NORWEGIAN: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL: return "nb_NO"; + case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK: return "nn_NO"; + } + return "no"; + case LANG_ORIYA: return "or_IN"; + case LANG_OROMO: return "om_ET"; + case LANG_PAPIAMENTU: return "pap_AN"; + case LANG_PASHTO: + return "ps"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ps_PK" or "ps_AF". */ + case LANG_POLISH: return "pl_PL"; + case LANG_PORTUGUESE: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE: return "pt_PT"; + /* Hmm. SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. + Same phenomenon as SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. */ + case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN: return "pt_BR"; + } + return "pt"; + case LANG_PUNJABI: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_PUNJABI_INDIA: return "pa_IN"; /* Gurmukhi script */ + case SUBLANG_PUNJABI_PAKISTAN: return "pa_PK"; /* Arabic script */ + } + return "pa"; + case LANG_RHAETO_ROMANCE: return "rm_CH"; + case LANG_ROMANIAN: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA: return "ro_RO"; + case SUBLANG_ROMANIAN_MOLDOVA: return "ro_MD"; + } + return "ro"; + case LANG_RUSSIAN: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ru_RU"; + } + return "ru"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ru_RU" or "ru_UA" or "ru_MD". */ + case LANG_SAAMI: /* actually Northern Sami */ return "se_NO"; + case LANG_SANSKRIT: return "sa_IN"; + case LANG_SINDHI: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_SINDHI_PAKISTAN: return "sd_PK"; + case SUBLANG_SINDHI_AFGHANISTAN: return "sd_AF"; + } + return "sd"; + case LANG_SINHALESE: return "si_LK"; + case LANG_SLOVAK: return "sk_SK"; + case LANG_SLOVENIAN: return "sl_SI"; + case LANG_SOMALI: return "so_SO"; + case LANG_SORBIAN: + /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ + return "wen_DE"; + case LANG_SPANISH: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_SPANISH: return "es_ES"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MEXICAN: return "es_MX"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MODERN: + return "es_ES@modern"; /* not seen on Unix */ + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA: return "es_GT"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA: return "es_CR"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA: return "es_PA"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC: return "es_DO"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA: return "es_VE"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA: return "es_CO"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU: return "es_PE"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA: return "es_AR"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR: return "es_EC"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE: return "es_CL"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY: return "es_UY"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY: return "es_PY"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA: return "es_BO"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR: return "es_SV"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS: return "es_HN"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA: return "es_NI"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO: return "es_PR"; + } + return "es"; + case LANG_SUTU: return "bnt_TZ"; /* or "st_LS" or "nso_ZA"? */ + case LANG_SWAHILI: return "sw_KE"; + case LANG_SWEDISH: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "sv_SE"; + case SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND: return "sv_FI"; + } + return "sv"; + case LANG_SYRIAC: return "syr_TR"; /* An extinct language. */ + case LANG_TAGALOG: return "tl_PH"; + case LANG_TAJIK: return "tg_TJ"; + case LANG_TAMAZIGHT: + switch (sub) + { + /* FIXME: Adjust this when Tamazight locales appear on Unix. */ + case SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_ARABIC: return "ber_MA@arabic"; + case SUBLANG_TAMAZIGHT_ALGERIA_LATIN: return "ber_DZ@latin"; + } + return "ber_MA"; + case LANG_TAMIL: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ta_IN"; + } + return "ta"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ta_IN" or "ta_LK" or "ta_SG". */ + case LANG_TATAR: return "tt_RU"; + case LANG_TELUGU: return "te_IN"; + case LANG_THAI: return "th_TH"; + case LANG_TIBETAN: return "bo_CN"; + case LANG_TIGRINYA: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ETHIOPIA: return "ti_ET"; + case SUBLANG_TIGRINYA_ERITREA: return "ti_ER"; + } + return "ti"; + case LANG_TSONGA: return "ts_ZA"; + case LANG_TSWANA: return "tn_BW"; + case LANG_TURKISH: return "tr_TR"; + case LANG_TURKMEN: return "tk_TM"; + case LANG_UKRAINIAN: return "uk_UA"; + case LANG_URDU: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN: return "ur_PK"; + case SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA: return "ur_IN"; + } + return "ur"; + case LANG_UZBEK: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN: return "uz_UZ"; + case SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC: return "uz_UZ@cyrillic"; + } + return "uz"; + case LANG_VENDA: return "ve_ZA"; + case LANG_VIETNAMESE: return "vi_VN"; + case LANG_WELSH: return "cy_GB"; + case LANG_XHOSA: return "xh_ZA"; + case LANG_YI: return "sit_CN"; + case LANG_YIDDISH: return "yi_IL"; + case LANG_YORUBA: return "yo_NG"; + case LANG_ZULU: return "zu_ZA"; + default: return "C"; + } + } +# endif +#endif +} + +const char * +gl_locale_name (int category, const char *categoryname) +{ + const char *retval; + + retval = gl_locale_name_posix (category, categoryname); + if (retval != NULL) + return retval; + + return gl_locale_name_default (); +} diff --git a/intl/lock.c b/intl/lock.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f60a8d9b --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/lock.c @@ -0,0 +1,922 @@ +/* Locking in multithreaded situations. + Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005. + Based on GCC's gthr-posix.h, gthr-posix95.h, gthr-solaris.h, + gthr-win32.h. */ + +#include <config.h> + +#include "lock.h" + +/* ========================================================================= */ + +#if USE_POSIX_THREADS + +/* Use the POSIX threads library. */ + +# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD + +/* The function to be executed by a dummy thread. */ +static void * +dummy_thread_func (void *arg) +{ + return arg; +} + +int +glthread_in_use (void) +{ + static int tested; + static int result; /* 1: linked with -lpthread, 0: only with libc */ + + if (!tested) + { + pthread_t thread; + + if (pthread_create (&thread, NULL, dummy_thread_func, NULL) != 0) + /* Thread creation failed. */ + result = 0; + else + { + /* Thread creation works. */ + void *retval; + if (pthread_join (thread, &retval) != 0) + abort (); + result = 1; + } + tested = 1; + } + return result; +} + +# endif + +/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ + +# if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK + +# if !defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER + +void +glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (pthread_rwlock_init (&lock->rwlock, NULL) != 0) + abort (); + lock->initialized = 1; +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->initialized) + { + if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard) != 0) + abort (); + if (!lock->initialized) + glthread_rwlock_init (lock); + if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard) != 0) + abort (); + } + if (pthread_rwlock_rdlock (&lock->rwlock) != 0) + abort (); +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->initialized) + { + if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard) != 0) + abort (); + if (!lock->initialized) + glthread_rwlock_init (lock); + if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard) != 0) + abort (); + } + if (pthread_rwlock_wrlock (&lock->rwlock) != 0) + abort (); +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->initialized) + abort (); + if (pthread_rwlock_unlock (&lock->rwlock) != 0) + abort (); +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->initialized) + abort (); + if (pthread_rwlock_destroy (&lock->rwlock) != 0) + abort (); + lock->initialized = 0; +} + +# endif + +# else + +void +glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (pthread_mutex_init (&lock->lock, NULL) != 0) + abort (); + if (pthread_cond_init (&lock->waiting_readers, NULL) != 0) + abort (); + if (pthread_cond_init (&lock->waiting_writers, NULL) != 0) + abort (); + lock->waiting_writers_count = 0; + lock->runcount = 0; +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock) != 0) + abort (); + /* Test whether only readers are currently running, and whether the runcount + field will not overflow. */ + /* POSIX says: "It is implementation-defined whether the calling thread + acquires the lock when a writer does not hold the lock and there are + writers blocked on the lock." Let's say, no: give the writers a higher + priority. */ + while (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0 && lock->waiting_writers_count == 0)) + { + /* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the + waiting_readers. */ + if (pthread_cond_wait (&lock->waiting_readers, &lock->lock) != 0) + abort (); + } + lock->runcount++; + if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock) != 0) + abort (); +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock) != 0) + abort (); + /* Test whether no readers or writers are currently running. */ + while (!(lock->runcount == 0)) + { + /* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the + waiting_writers. */ + lock->waiting_writers_count++; + if (pthread_cond_wait (&lock->waiting_writers, &lock->lock) != 0) + abort (); + lock->waiting_writers_count--; + } + lock->runcount--; /* runcount becomes -1 */ + if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock) != 0) + abort (); +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock) != 0) + abort (); + if (lock->runcount < 0) + { + /* Drop a writer lock. */ + if (!(lock->runcount == -1)) + abort (); + lock->runcount = 0; + } + else + { + /* Drop a reader lock. */ + if (!(lock->runcount > 0)) + abort (); + lock->runcount--; + } + if (lock->runcount == 0) + { + /* POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take precedence over read + locks", to avoid "writer starvation". */ + if (lock->waiting_writers_count > 0) + { + /* Wake up one of the waiting writers. */ + if (pthread_cond_signal (&lock->waiting_writers) != 0) + abort (); + } + else + { + /* Wake up all waiting readers. */ + if (pthread_cond_broadcast (&lock->waiting_readers) != 0) + abort (); + } + } + if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock) != 0) + abort (); +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->lock) != 0) + abort (); + if (pthread_cond_destroy (&lock->waiting_readers) != 0) + abort (); + if (pthread_cond_destroy (&lock->waiting_writers) != 0) + abort (); +} + +# endif + +/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ + +# if HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE + +# if !(defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP) + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + pthread_mutexattr_t attributes; + + if (pthread_mutexattr_init (&attributes) != 0) + abort (); + if (pthread_mutexattr_settype (&attributes, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) != 0) + abort (); + if (pthread_mutex_init (&lock->recmutex, &attributes) != 0) + abort (); + if (pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes) != 0) + abort (); + lock->initialized = 1; +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->initialized) + { + if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard) != 0) + abort (); + if (!lock->initialized) + glthread_recursive_lock_init (lock); + if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard) != 0) + abort (); + } + if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->recmutex) != 0) + abort (); +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->initialized) + abort (); + if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->recmutex) != 0) + abort (); +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->initialized) + abort (); + if (pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->recmutex) != 0) + abort (); + lock->initialized = 0; +} + +# endif + +# else + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (pthread_mutex_init (&lock->mutex, NULL) != 0) + abort (); + lock->owner = (pthread_t) 0; + lock->depth = 0; +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + pthread_t self = pthread_self (); + if (lock->owner != self) + { + if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->mutex) != 0) + abort (); + lock->owner = self; + } + if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */ + abort (); +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (lock->owner != pthread_self ()) + abort (); + if (lock->depth == 0) + abort (); + if (--(lock->depth) == 0) + { + lock->owner = (pthread_t) 0; + if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->mutex) != 0) + abort (); + } +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (lock->owner != (pthread_t) 0) + abort (); + if (pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->mutex) != 0) + abort (); +} + +# endif + +/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +static const pthread_once_t fresh_once = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT; + +int +glthread_once_singlethreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control) +{ + /* We don't know whether pthread_once_t is an integer type, a floating-point + type, a pointer type, or a structure type. */ + char *firstbyte = (char *)once_control; + if (*firstbyte == *(const char *)&fresh_once) + { + /* First time use of once_control. Invert the first byte. */ + *firstbyte = ~ *(const char *)&fresh_once; + return 1; + } + else + return 0; +} + +#endif + +/* ========================================================================= */ + +#if USE_PTH_THREADS + +/* Use the GNU Pth threads library. */ + +/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ + +/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ + +/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +void +glthread_once_call (void *arg) +{ + void (**gl_once_temp_addr) (void) = (void (**) (void)) arg; + void (*initfunction) (void) = *gl_once_temp_addr; + initfunction (); +} + +int +glthread_once_singlethreaded (pth_once_t *once_control) +{ + /* We know that pth_once_t is an integer type. */ + if (*once_control == PTH_ONCE_INIT) + { + /* First time use of once_control. Invert the marker. */ + *once_control = ~ PTH_ONCE_INIT; + return 1; + } + else + return 0; +} + +#endif + +/* ========================================================================= */ + +#if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS + +/* Use the old Solaris threads library. */ + +/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ + +/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (mutex_init (&lock->mutex, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) != 0) + abort (); + lock->owner = (thread_t) 0; + lock->depth = 0; +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + thread_t self = thr_self (); + if (lock->owner != self) + { + if (mutex_lock (&lock->mutex) != 0) + abort (); + lock->owner = self; + } + if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */ + abort (); +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (lock->owner != thr_self ()) + abort (); + if (lock->depth == 0) + abort (); + if (--(lock->depth) == 0) + { + lock->owner = (thread_t) 0; + if (mutex_unlock (&lock->mutex) != 0) + abort (); + } +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (lock->owner != (thread_t) 0) + abort (); + if (mutex_destroy (&lock->mutex) != 0) + abort (); +} + +/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +void +glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void)) +{ + if (!once_control->inited) + { + /* Use the mutex to guarantee that if another thread is already calling + the initfunction, this thread waits until it's finished. */ + if (mutex_lock (&once_control->mutex) != 0) + abort (); + if (!once_control->inited) + { + once_control->inited = 1; + initfunction (); + } + if (mutex_unlock (&once_control->mutex) != 0) + abort (); + } +} + +int +glthread_once_singlethreaded (gl_once_t *once_control) +{ + /* We know that gl_once_t contains an integer type. */ + if (!once_control->inited) + { + /* First time use of once_control. Invert the marker. */ + once_control->inited = ~ 0; + return 1; + } + else + return 0; +} + +#endif + +/* ========================================================================= */ + +#if USE_WIN32_THREADS + +/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +void +glthread_lock_init (gl_lock_t *lock) +{ + InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + lock->guard.done = 1; +} + +void +glthread_lock_lock (gl_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->guard.done) + { + if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0) + /* This thread is the first one to need this lock. Initialize it. */ + glthread_lock_init (lock); + else + /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish + initializing this lock. */ + while (!lock->guard.done) + Sleep (0); + } + EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock); +} + +void +glthread_lock_unlock (gl_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->guard.done) + abort (); + LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); +} + +void +glthread_lock_destroy (gl_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->guard.done) + abort (); + DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + lock->guard.done = 0; +} + +/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ + +static inline void +gl_waitqueue_init (gl_waitqueue_t *wq) +{ + wq->array = NULL; + wq->count = 0; + wq->alloc = 0; + wq->offset = 0; +} + +/* Enqueues the current thread, represented by an event, in a wait queue. + Returns INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE if an allocation failure occurs. */ +static HANDLE +gl_waitqueue_add (gl_waitqueue_t *wq) +{ + HANDLE event; + unsigned int index; + + if (wq->count == wq->alloc) + { + unsigned int new_alloc = 2 * wq->alloc + 1; + HANDLE *new_array = + (HANDLE *) realloc (wq->array, new_alloc * sizeof (HANDLE)); + if (new_array == NULL) + /* No more memory. */ + return INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; + /* Now is a good opportunity to rotate the array so that its contents + starts at offset 0. */ + if (wq->offset > 0) + { + unsigned int old_count = wq->count; + unsigned int old_alloc = wq->alloc; + unsigned int old_offset = wq->offset; + unsigned int i; + if (old_offset + old_count > old_alloc) + { + unsigned int limit = old_offset + old_count - old_alloc; + for (i = 0; i < limit; i++) + new_array[old_alloc + i] = new_array[i]; + } + for (i = 0; i < old_count; i++) + new_array[i] = new_array[old_offset + i]; + wq->offset = 0; + } + wq->array = new_array; + wq->alloc = new_alloc; + } + event = CreateEvent (NULL, TRUE, FALSE, NULL); + if (event == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + /* No way to allocate an event. */ + return INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; + index = wq->offset + wq->count; + if (index >= wq->alloc) + index -= wq->alloc; + wq->array[index] = event; + wq->count++; + return event; +} + +/* Notifies the first thread from a wait queue and dequeues it. */ +static inline void +gl_waitqueue_notify_first (gl_waitqueue_t *wq) +{ + SetEvent (wq->array[wq->offset + 0]); + wq->offset++; + wq->count--; + if (wq->count == 0 || wq->offset == wq->alloc) + wq->offset = 0; +} + +/* Notifies all threads from a wait queue and dequeues them all. */ +static inline void +gl_waitqueue_notify_all (gl_waitqueue_t *wq) +{ + unsigned int i; + + for (i = 0; i < wq->count; i++) + { + unsigned int index = wq->offset + i; + if (index >= wq->alloc) + index -= wq->alloc; + SetEvent (wq->array[index]); + } + wq->count = 0; + wq->offset = 0; +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + gl_waitqueue_init (&lock->waiting_readers); + gl_waitqueue_init (&lock->waiting_writers); + lock->runcount = 0; + lock->guard.done = 1; +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->guard.done) + { + if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0) + /* This thread is the first one to need this lock. Initialize it. */ + glthread_rwlock_init (lock); + else + /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish + initializing this lock. */ + while (!lock->guard.done) + Sleep (0); + } + EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + /* Test whether only readers are currently running, and whether the runcount + field will not overflow. */ + if (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0)) + { + /* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the + waiting_readers. */ + HANDLE event = gl_waitqueue_add (&lock->waiting_readers); + if (event != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + { + DWORD result; + LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + /* Wait until another thread signals this event. */ + result = WaitForSingleObject (event, INFINITE); + if (result == WAIT_FAILED || result == WAIT_TIMEOUT) + abort (); + CloseHandle (event); + /* The thread which signalled the event already did the bookkeeping: + removed us from the waiting_readers, incremented lock->runcount. */ + if (!(lock->runcount > 0)) + abort (); + return; + } + else + { + /* Allocation failure. Weird. */ + do + { + LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + Sleep (1); + EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + } + while (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0)); + } + } + lock->runcount++; + LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->guard.done) + { + if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0) + /* This thread is the first one to need this lock. Initialize it. */ + glthread_rwlock_init (lock); + else + /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish + initializing this lock. */ + while (!lock->guard.done) + Sleep (0); + } + EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + /* Test whether no readers or writers are currently running. */ + if (!(lock->runcount == 0)) + { + /* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the + waiting_writers. */ + HANDLE event = gl_waitqueue_add (&lock->waiting_writers); + if (event != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) + { + DWORD result; + LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + /* Wait until another thread signals this event. */ + result = WaitForSingleObject (event, INFINITE); + if (result == WAIT_FAILED || result == WAIT_TIMEOUT) + abort (); + CloseHandle (event); + /* The thread which signalled the event already did the bookkeeping: + removed us from the waiting_writers, set lock->runcount = -1. */ + if (!(lock->runcount == -1)) + abort (); + return; + } + else + { + /* Allocation failure. Weird. */ + do + { + LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + Sleep (1); + EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + } + while (!(lock->runcount == 0)); + } + } + lock->runcount--; /* runcount becomes -1 */ + LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->guard.done) + abort (); + EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + if (lock->runcount < 0) + { + /* Drop a writer lock. */ + if (!(lock->runcount == -1)) + abort (); + lock->runcount = 0; + } + else + { + /* Drop a reader lock. */ + if (!(lock->runcount > 0)) + abort (); + lock->runcount--; + } + if (lock->runcount == 0) + { + /* POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take precedence over read + locks", to avoid "writer starvation". */ + if (lock->waiting_writers.count > 0) + { + /* Wake up one of the waiting writers. */ + lock->runcount--; + gl_waitqueue_notify_first (&lock->waiting_writers); + } + else + { + /* Wake up all waiting readers. */ + lock->runcount += lock->waiting_readers.count; + gl_waitqueue_notify_all (&lock->waiting_readers); + } + } + LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); +} + +void +glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->guard.done) + abort (); + if (lock->runcount != 0) + abort (); + DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + if (lock->waiting_readers.array != NULL) + free (lock->waiting_readers.array); + if (lock->waiting_writers.array != NULL) + free (lock->waiting_writers.array); + lock->guard.done = 0; +} + +/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + lock->owner = 0; + lock->depth = 0; + InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + lock->guard.done = 1; +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (!lock->guard.done) + { + if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0) + /* This thread is the first one to need this lock. Initialize it. */ + glthread_recursive_lock_init (lock); + else + /* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish + initializing this lock. */ + while (!lock->guard.done) + Sleep (0); + } + { + DWORD self = GetCurrentThreadId (); + if (lock->owner != self) + { + EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + lock->owner = self; + } + if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */ + abort (); + } +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (lock->owner != GetCurrentThreadId ()) + abort (); + if (lock->depth == 0) + abort (); + if (--(lock->depth) == 0) + { + lock->owner = 0; + LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + } +} + +void +glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock) +{ + if (lock->owner != 0) + abort (); + DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock); + lock->guard.done = 0; +} + +/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +void +glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void)) +{ + if (once_control->inited <= 0) + { + if (InterlockedIncrement (&once_control->started) == 0) + { + /* This thread is the first one to come to this once_control. */ + InitializeCriticalSection (&once_control->lock); + EnterCriticalSection (&once_control->lock); + once_control->inited = 0; + initfunction (); + once_control->inited = 1; + LeaveCriticalSection (&once_control->lock); + } + else + { + /* Undo last operation. */ + InterlockedDecrement (&once_control->started); + /* Some other thread has already started the initialization. + Yield the CPU while waiting for the other thread to finish + initializing and taking the lock. */ + while (once_control->inited < 0) + Sleep (0); + if (once_control->inited <= 0) + { + /* Take the lock. This blocks until the other thread has + finished calling the initfunction. */ + EnterCriticalSection (&once_control->lock); + LeaveCriticalSection (&once_control->lock); + if (!(once_control->inited > 0)) + abort (); + } + } + } +} + +#endif + +/* ========================================================================= */ diff --git a/intl/lock.h b/intl/lock.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..144531dc --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/lock.h @@ -0,0 +1,1105 @@ +/* Locking in multithreaded situations. + Copyright (C) 2005-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005. + Based on GCC's gthr-posix.h, gthr-posix95.h, gthr-solaris.h, + gthr-win32.h. */ + +/* This file contains locking primitives for use with a given thread library. + It does not contain primitives for creating threads or for other + synchronization primitives. + + Normal (non-recursive) locks: + Type: gl_lock_t + Declaration: gl_lock_define(extern, name) + Initializer: gl_lock_define_initialized(, name) + Initialization: gl_lock_init (name); + Taking the lock: gl_lock_lock (name); + Releasing the lock: gl_lock_unlock (name); + De-initialization: gl_lock_destroy (name); + + Read-Write (non-recursive) locks: + Type: gl_rwlock_t + Declaration: gl_rwlock_define(extern, name) + Initializer: gl_rwlock_define_initialized(, name) + Initialization: gl_rwlock_init (name); + Taking the lock: gl_rwlock_rdlock (name); + gl_rwlock_wrlock (name); + Releasing the lock: gl_rwlock_unlock (name); + De-initialization: gl_rwlock_destroy (name); + + Recursive locks: + Type: gl_recursive_lock_t + Declaration: gl_recursive_lock_define(extern, name) + Initializer: gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(, name) + Initialization: gl_recursive_lock_init (name); + Taking the lock: gl_recursive_lock_lock (name); + Releasing the lock: gl_recursive_lock_unlock (name); + De-initialization: gl_recursive_lock_destroy (name); + + Once-only execution: + Type: gl_once_t + Initializer: gl_once_define(extern, name) + Execution: gl_once (name, initfunction); +*/ + + +#ifndef _LOCK_H +#define _LOCK_H + +/* ========================================================================= */ + +#if USE_POSIX_THREADS + +/* Use the POSIX threads library. */ + +# include <pthread.h> +# include <stdlib.h> + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD + +/* The pthread_in_use() detection needs to be done at runtime. */ +# define pthread_in_use() \ + glthread_in_use () +extern int glthread_in_use (void); + +# endif + +# if USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK + +/* Use weak references to the POSIX threads library. */ + +/* Weak references avoid dragging in external libraries if the other parts + of the program don't use them. Here we use them, because we don't want + every program that uses libintl to depend on libpthread. This assumes + that libpthread would not be loaded after libintl; i.e. if libintl is + loaded first, by an executable that does not depend on libpthread, and + then a module is dynamically loaded that depends on libpthread, libintl + will not be multithread-safe. */ + +/* The way to test at runtime whether libpthread is present is to test + whether a function pointer's value, such as &pthread_mutex_init, is + non-NULL. However, some versions of GCC have a bug through which, in + PIC mode, &foo != NULL always evaluates to true if there is a direct + call to foo(...) in the same function. To avoid this, we test the + address of a function in libpthread that we don't use. */ + +# pragma weak pthread_mutex_init +# pragma weak pthread_mutex_lock +# pragma weak pthread_mutex_unlock +# pragma weak pthread_mutex_destroy +# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_init +# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_rdlock +# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_wrlock +# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_unlock +# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_destroy +# pragma weak pthread_once +# pragma weak pthread_cond_init +# pragma weak pthread_cond_wait +# pragma weak pthread_cond_signal +# pragma weak pthread_cond_broadcast +# pragma weak pthread_cond_destroy +# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_init +# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_settype +# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_destroy +# ifndef pthread_self +# pragma weak pthread_self +# endif + +# if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD +# pragma weak pthread_cancel +# define pthread_in_use() (pthread_cancel != NULL) +# endif + +# else + +# if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD +# define pthread_in_use() 1 +# endif + +# endif + +/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_lock_t; +# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME; +# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer; +# define gl_lock_initializer \ + PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER +# define gl_lock_init(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_init (&NAME, NULL) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_lock (&NAME) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_unlock (&NAME) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_destroy (&NAME) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) + +/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ + +# if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK + +# ifdef PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER + +typedef pthread_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t; +# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME; +# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer; +# define gl_rwlock_initializer \ + PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER +# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_init (&NAME, NULL) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) + +# else + +typedef struct + { + int initialized; + pthread_mutex_t guard; /* protects the initialization */ + pthread_rwlock_t rwlock; /* read-write lock */ + } + gl_rwlock_t; +# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME; +# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer; +# define gl_rwlock_initializer \ + { 0, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER } +# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +extern void glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock); + +# endif + +# else + +typedef struct + { + pthread_mutex_t lock; /* protects the remaining fields */ + pthread_cond_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */ + pthread_cond_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */ + unsigned int waiting_writers_count; /* number of waiting writers */ + int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */ + } + gl_rwlock_t; +# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME; +# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer; +# define gl_rwlock_initializer \ + { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, 0, 0 } +# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +extern void glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock); + +# endif + +/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ + +# if HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE + +# if defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP + +typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer; +# ifdef PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER +# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \ + PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER +# else +# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \ + PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP +# endif +# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_init (&NAME, NULL) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_lock (&NAME) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_unlock (&NAME) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_destroy (&NAME) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) + +# else + +typedef struct + { + pthread_mutex_t recmutex; /* recursive mutex */ + pthread_mutex_t guard; /* protects the initialization */ + int initialized; + } + gl_recursive_lock_t; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer; +# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \ + { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 } +# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); + +# endif + +# else + +/* Old versions of POSIX threads on Solaris did not have recursive locks. + We have to implement them ourselves. */ + +typedef struct + { + pthread_mutex_t mutex; + pthread_t owner; + unsigned long depth; + } + gl_recursive_lock_t; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer; +# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \ + { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, (pthread_t) 0, 0 } +# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); + +# endif + +/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +typedef pthread_once_t gl_once_t; +# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pthread_once_t NAME = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT; +# define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pthread_in_use ()) \ + { \ + if (pthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + if (glthread_once_singlethreaded (&NAME)) \ + INITFUNCTION (); \ + } \ + } \ + while (0) +extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif + +/* ========================================================================= */ + +#if USE_PTH_THREADS + +/* Use the GNU Pth threads library. */ + +# include <pth.h> +# include <stdlib.h> + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +# if USE_PTH_THREADS_WEAK + +/* Use weak references to the GNU Pth threads library. */ + +# pragma weak pth_mutex_init +# pragma weak pth_mutex_acquire +# pragma weak pth_mutex_release +# pragma weak pth_rwlock_init +# pragma weak pth_rwlock_acquire +# pragma weak pth_rwlock_release +# pragma weak pth_once + +# pragma weak pth_cancel +# define pth_in_use() (pth_cancel != NULL) + +# else + +# define pth_in_use() 1 + +# endif + +/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +typedef pth_mutex_t gl_lock_t; +# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME; +# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer; +# define gl_lock_initializer \ + PTH_MUTEX_INIT +# define gl_lock_init(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_init (&NAME)) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_acquire (&NAME, 0, NULL)) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_release (&NAME)) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \ + (void)(&NAME) + +/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ + +typedef pth_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t; +# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pth_rwlock_t NAME; +# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pth_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer; +# define gl_rwlock_initializer \ + PTH_RWLOCK_INIT +# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pth_in_use() && !pth_rwlock_init (&NAME)) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pth_in_use() \ + && !pth_rwlock_acquire (&NAME, PTH_RWLOCK_RD, 0, NULL)) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pth_in_use() \ + && !pth_rwlock_acquire (&NAME, PTH_RWLOCK_RW, 0, NULL)) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pth_in_use() && !pth_rwlock_release (&NAME)) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \ + (void)(&NAME) + +/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ + +/* In Pth, mutexes are recursive by default. */ +typedef pth_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer; +# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \ + PTH_MUTEX_INIT +# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_init (&NAME)) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_acquire (&NAME, 0, NULL)) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_release (&NAME)) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \ + (void)(&NAME) + +/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +typedef pth_once_t gl_once_t; +# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS pth_once_t NAME = PTH_ONCE_INIT; +# define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \ + do \ + { \ + if (pth_in_use ()) \ + { \ + void (*gl_once_temp) (void) = INITFUNCTION; \ + if (!pth_once (&NAME, glthread_once_call, &gl_once_temp)) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + if (glthread_once_singlethreaded (&NAME)) \ + INITFUNCTION (); \ + } \ + } \ + while (0) +extern void glthread_once_call (void *arg); +extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pth_once_t *once_control); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif + +/* ========================================================================= */ + +#if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS + +/* Use the old Solaris threads library. */ + +# include <thread.h> +# include <synch.h> +# include <stdlib.h> + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +# if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS_WEAK + +/* Use weak references to the old Solaris threads library. */ + +# pragma weak mutex_init +# pragma weak mutex_lock +# pragma weak mutex_unlock +# pragma weak mutex_destroy +# pragma weak rwlock_init +# pragma weak rw_rdlock +# pragma weak rw_wrlock +# pragma weak rw_unlock +# pragma weak rwlock_destroy +# pragma weak thr_self + +# pragma weak thr_suspend +# define thread_in_use() (thr_suspend != NULL) + +# else + +# define thread_in_use() 1 + +# endif + +/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +typedef mutex_t gl_lock_t; +# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS mutex_t NAME; +# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer; +# define gl_lock_initializer \ + DEFAULTMUTEX +# define gl_lock_init(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (thread_in_use () && mutex_init (&NAME, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (thread_in_use () && mutex_lock (&NAME) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (thread_in_use () && mutex_unlock (&NAME) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (thread_in_use () && mutex_destroy (&NAME) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) + +/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ + +typedef rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t; +# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS rwlock_t NAME; +# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer; +# define gl_rwlock_initializer \ + DEFAULTRWLOCK +# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (thread_in_use () && rwlock_init (&NAME, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (thread_in_use () && rw_rdlock (&NAME) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (thread_in_use () && rw_wrlock (&NAME) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (thread_in_use () && rw_unlock (&NAME) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (thread_in_use () && rwlock_destroy (&NAME) != 0) \ + abort (); \ + } \ + while (0) + +/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ + +/* Old Solaris threads did not have recursive locks. + We have to implement them ourselves. */ + +typedef struct + { + mutex_t mutex; + thread_t owner; + unsigned long depth; + } + gl_recursive_lock_t; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer; +# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \ + { DEFAULTMUTEX, (thread_t) 0, 0 } +# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (thread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (thread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (thread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +# define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \ + do \ + { \ + if (thread_in_use ()) \ + glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME); \ + } \ + while (0) +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); + +/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +typedef struct + { + volatile int inited; + mutex_t mutex; + } + gl_once_t; +# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = { 0, DEFAULTMUTEX }; +# define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \ + do \ + { \ + if (thread_in_use ()) \ + { \ + glthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION); \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + if (glthread_once_singlethreaded (&NAME)) \ + INITFUNCTION (); \ + } \ + } \ + while (0) +extern void glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void)); +extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (gl_once_t *once_control); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif + +/* ========================================================================= */ + +#if USE_WIN32_THREADS + +# include <windows.h> + +# ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +# endif + +/* We can use CRITICAL_SECTION directly, rather than the Win32 Event, Mutex, + Semaphore types, because + - we need only to synchronize inside a single process (address space), + not inter-process locking, + - we don't need to support trylock operations. (TryEnterCriticalSection + does not work on Windows 95/98/ME. Packages that need trylock usually + define their own mutex type.) */ + +/* There is no way to statically initialize a CRITICAL_SECTION. It needs + to be done lazily, once only. For this we need spinlocks. */ + +typedef struct { volatile int done; volatile long started; } gl_spinlock_t; + +/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +typedef struct + { + gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */ + CRITICAL_SECTION lock; + } + gl_lock_t; +# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME; +# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer; +# define gl_lock_initializer \ + { { 0, -1 } } +# define gl_lock_init(NAME) \ + glthread_lock_init (&NAME) +# define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \ + glthread_lock_lock (&NAME) +# define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \ + glthread_lock_unlock (&NAME) +# define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \ + glthread_lock_destroy (&NAME) +extern void glthread_lock_init (gl_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_lock_lock (gl_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_lock_unlock (gl_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_lock_destroy (gl_lock_t *lock); + +/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ + +/* It is impossible to implement read-write locks using plain locks, without + introducing an extra thread dedicated to managing read-write locks. + Therefore here we need to use the low-level Event type. */ + +typedef struct + { + HANDLE *array; /* array of waiting threads, each represented by an event */ + unsigned int count; /* number of waiting threads */ + unsigned int alloc; /* length of allocated array */ + unsigned int offset; /* index of first waiting thread in array */ + } + gl_waitqueue_t; +typedef struct + { + gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */ + CRITICAL_SECTION lock; /* protects the remaining fields */ + gl_waitqueue_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */ + gl_waitqueue_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */ + int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */ + } + gl_rwlock_t; +# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME; +# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer; +# define gl_rwlock_initializer \ + { { 0, -1 } } +# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \ + glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \ + glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \ + glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \ + glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \ + glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME) +extern void glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock); + +/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ + +/* The Win32 documentation says that CRITICAL_SECTION already implements a + recursive lock. But we need not rely on it: It's easy to implement a + recursive lock without this assumption. */ + +typedef struct + { + gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */ + DWORD owner; + unsigned long depth; + CRITICAL_SECTION lock; + } + gl_recursive_lock_t; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer; +# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \ + { { 0, -1 }, 0, 0 } +# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \ + glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \ + glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \ + glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \ + glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME) +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); +extern void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock); + +/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +typedef struct + { + volatile int inited; + volatile long started; + CRITICAL_SECTION lock; + } + gl_once_t; +# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = { -1, -1 }; +# define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \ + glthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION) +extern void glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void)); + +# ifdef __cplusplus +} +# endif + +#endif + +/* ========================================================================= */ + +#if !(USE_POSIX_THREADS || USE_PTH_THREADS || USE_SOLARIS_THREADS || USE_WIN32_THREADS) + +/* Provide dummy implementation if threads are not supported. */ + +/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +typedef int gl_lock_t; +# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) +# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) +# define gl_lock_init(NAME) +# define gl_lock_lock(NAME) +# define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) + +/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */ + +typedef int gl_rwlock_t; +# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) +# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) + +/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */ + +typedef int gl_recursive_lock_t; +# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) +# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) + +/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */ + +typedef int gl_once_t; +# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \ + STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = 0; +# define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \ + do \ + { \ + if (NAME == 0) \ + { \ + NAME = ~ 0; \ + INITFUNCTION (); \ + } \ + } \ + while (0) + +#endif + +/* ========================================================================= */ + +#endif /* _LOCK_H */ diff --git a/intl/log.c b/intl/log.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3ab5d0e --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/log.c @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +/* Log file output. + Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <bits/libc-lock.h> +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +/* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed. */ +static void +print_escaped (FILE *stream, const char *str) +{ + putc ('"', stream); + for (; *str != '\0'; str++) + if (*str == '\n') + { + fputs ("\\n\"", stream); + if (str[1] == '\0') + return; + fputs ("\n\"", stream); + } + else + { + if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\') + putc ('\\', stream); + putc (*str, stream); + } + putc ('"', stream); +} + +static char *last_logfilename = NULL; +static FILE *last_logfile = NULL; +__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock) + +static inline void +_nl_log_untranslated_locked (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural) +{ + FILE *logfile; + + /* Can we reuse the last opened logfile? */ + if (last_logfilename == NULL || strcmp (logfilename, last_logfilename) != 0) + { + /* Close the last used logfile. */ + if (last_logfilename != NULL) + { + if (last_logfile != NULL) + { + fclose (last_logfile); + last_logfile = NULL; + } + free (last_logfilename); + last_logfilename = NULL; + } + /* Open the logfile. */ + last_logfilename = (char *) malloc (strlen (logfilename) + 1); + if (last_logfilename == NULL) + return; + strcpy (last_logfilename, logfilename); + last_logfile = fopen (logfilename, "a"); + if (last_logfile == NULL) + return; + } + logfile = last_logfile; + + fprintf (logfile, "domain "); + print_escaped (logfile, domainname); + fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid "); + print_escaped (logfile, msgid1); + if (plural) + { + fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid_plural "); + print_escaped (logfile, msgid2); + fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr[0] \"\"\n"); + } + else + fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr \"\"\n"); + putc ('\n', logfile); +} + +/* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation. */ +void +_nl_log_untranslated (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural) +{ + __libc_lock_lock (lock); + _nl_log_untranslated_locked (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural); + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); +} diff --git a/intl/ngettext.c b/intl/ngettext.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a33529c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/ngettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# define __need_NULL +# include <stddef.h> +#else +# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */ +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +#include <locale.h> + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define NGETTEXT __ngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext +#else +# define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default + text). */ +char * +NGETTEXT (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n) +{ + return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/os2compat.c b/intl/os2compat.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d041de2a --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/os2compat.c @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/* OS/2 compatibility functions. + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#define OS2_AWARE +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <sys/param.h> + +/* A version of getenv() that works from DLLs */ +extern unsigned long DosScanEnv (const unsigned char *pszName, unsigned char **ppszValue); + +char * +_nl_getenv (const char *name) +{ + unsigned char *value; + if (DosScanEnv (name, &value)) + return NULL; + else + return value; +} + +/* A fixed size buffer. */ +char libintl_nl_default_dirname[MAXPATHLEN+1]; + +char *_nlos2_libdir = NULL; +char *_nlos2_localealiaspath = NULL; +char *_nlos2_localedir = NULL; + +static __attribute__((constructor)) void +nlos2_initialize () +{ + char *root = getenv ("UNIXROOT"); + char *gnulocaledir = getenv ("GNULOCALEDIR"); + + _nlos2_libdir = gnulocaledir; + if (!_nlos2_libdir) + { + if (root) + { + size_t sl = strlen (root); + _nlos2_libdir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LIBDIR) + 1); + memcpy (_nlos2_libdir, root, sl); + memcpy (_nlos2_libdir + sl, LIBDIR, strlen (LIBDIR) + 1); + } + else + _nlos2_libdir = LIBDIR; + } + + _nlos2_localealiaspath = gnulocaledir; + if (!_nlos2_localealiaspath) + { + if (root) + { + size_t sl = strlen (root); + _nlos2_localealiaspath = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1); + memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath, root, sl); + memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath + sl, LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH, strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1); + } + else + _nlos2_localealiaspath = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; + } + + _nlos2_localedir = gnulocaledir; + if (!_nlos2_localedir) + { + if (root) + { + size_t sl = strlen (root); + _nlos2_localedir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1); + memcpy (_nlos2_localedir, root, sl); + memcpy (_nlos2_localedir + sl, LOCALEDIR, strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1); + } + else + _nlos2_localedir = LOCALEDIR; + } + + if (strlen (_nlos2_localedir) <= MAXPATHLEN) + strcpy (libintl_nl_default_dirname, _nlos2_localedir); +} diff --git a/intl/os2compat.h b/intl/os2compat.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a18d582c --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/os2compat.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* OS/2 compatibility defines. + This file is intended to be included from config.h + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* When included from os2compat.h we need all the original definitions */ +#ifndef OS2_AWARE + +#undef LIBDIR +#define LIBDIR _nlos2_libdir +extern char *_nlos2_libdir; + +#undef LOCALEDIR +#define LOCALEDIR _nlos2_localedir +extern char *_nlos2_localedir; + +#undef LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH +#define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH _nlos2_localealiaspath +extern char *_nlos2_localealiaspath; + +#endif + +#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP +#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1 +#define strcasecmp stricmp +#define strncasecmp strnicmp + +/* We have our own getenv() which works even if library is compiled as DLL */ +#define getenv _nl_getenv + +/* Older versions of gettext used -1 as the value of LC_MESSAGES */ +#define LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT (-1) diff --git a/intl/osdep.c b/intl/osdep.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3cc35c03 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/osdep.c @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +/* OS dependent parts of libintl. + Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#if defined __CYGWIN__ +# include "intl-exports.c" +#elif defined __EMX__ +# include "os2compat.c" +#else +/* Avoid AIX compiler warning. */ +typedef int dummy; +#endif diff --git a/intl/plural-exp.c b/intl/plural-exp.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..751a688e --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/plural-exp.c @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003, 2005-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "plural-exp.h" + +#if (defined __GNUC__ && !(__APPLE_CC__ > 1) && !defined __cplusplus) \ + || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) + +/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural + form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */ +static const struct expression plvar = +{ + .nargs = 0, + .operation = var, +}; +static const struct expression plone = +{ + .nargs = 0, + .operation = num, + .val = + { + .num = 1 + } +}; +struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL = +{ + .nargs = 2, + .operation = not_equal, + .val = + { + .args = + { + [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar, + [1] = (struct expression *) &plone + } + } +}; + +# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() + +#else + +/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers: + Initialization at run-time. */ + +static struct expression plvar; +static struct expression plone; +struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL; + +static void +init_germanic_plural () +{ + if (plone.val.num == 0) + { + plvar.nargs = 0; + plvar.operation = var; + + plone.nargs = 0; + plone.operation = num; + plone.val.num = 1; + + GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2; + GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal; + GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar; + GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone; + } +} + +# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural () + +#endif + +void +internal_function +EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry, + const struct expression **pluralp, + unsigned long int *npluralsp) +{ + if (nullentry != NULL) + { + const char *plural; + const char *nplurals; + + plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural="); + nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals="); + if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL) + goto no_plural; + else + { + char *endp; + unsigned long int n; + struct parse_args args; + + /* First get the number. */ + nplurals += 9; + while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals)) + ++nplurals; + if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9')) + goto no_plural; +#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC + n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10); +#else + for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++) + n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0'); +#endif + if (nplurals == endp) + goto no_plural; + *npluralsp = n; + + /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the + scanner function we have to put the input string and the result + passed up from the parser into the same structure which address + is passed down to the parser. */ + plural += 7; + args.cp = plural; + if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0) + goto no_plural; + *pluralp = args.res; + } + } + else + { + /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only + for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what + English is using since English is a Germanic language. */ + no_plural: + INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL (); + *pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL; + *npluralsp = 2; + } +} diff --git a/intl/plural-exp.h b/intl/plural-exp.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d6cb8c51 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/plural-exp.h @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2005-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H +#define _PLURAL_EXP_H + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +#ifndef attribute_hidden +# define attribute_hidden +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +enum expression_operator +{ + /* Without arguments: */ + var, /* The variable "n". */ + num, /* Decimal number. */ + /* Unary operators: */ + lnot, /* Logical NOT. */ + /* Binary operators: */ + mult, /* Multiplication. */ + divide, /* Division. */ + module, /* Modulo operation. */ + plus, /* Addition. */ + minus, /* Subtraction. */ + less_than, /* Comparison. */ + greater_than, /* Comparison. */ + less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ + greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ + equal, /* Comparison for equality. */ + not_equal, /* Comparison for inequality. */ + land, /* Logical AND. */ + lor, /* Logical OR. */ + /* Ternary operators: */ + qmop /* Question mark operator. */ +}; + +/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the + plural form. */ +struct expression +{ + int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */ + enum expression_operator operation; + union + { + unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */ + struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */ + } val; +}; + +/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get + the result in a thread-safe way. */ +struct parse_args +{ + const char *cp; + struct expression *res; +}; + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. This source code is used + 1. in the GNU C Library library, + 2. in the GNU libintl library, + 3. in the GNU gettext tools. + The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for + binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'. Furthermore, + 1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix, + 2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names + must follow ANSI C and not start with __. + So we have to distinguish the three cases. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp +# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse +# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural +# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural +#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL) +# define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp +# define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse +# define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural +# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural +#else +# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression +# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression +# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural +# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression +#endif + +extern void FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp) + internal_function; +extern int PLURAL_PARSE (void *arg); +extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden; +extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry, + const struct expression **pluralp, + unsigned long int *npluralsp) + internal_function; + +#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL) && !defined (IN_LIBGLOCALE) +extern unsigned long int plural_eval (const struct expression *pexp, + unsigned long int n); +#endif + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */ diff --git a/intl/plural.c b/intl/plural.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7a4d947a --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/plural.c @@ -0,0 +1,1961 @@ +/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison 2.3a. */ + +/* Skeleton implementation for Bison's Yacc-like parsers in C + + Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ + +/* As a special exception, you may create a larger work that contains + part or all of the Bison parser skeleton and distribute that work + under terms of your choice, so long as that work isn't itself a + parser generator using the skeleton or a modified version thereof + as a parser skeleton. Alternatively, if you modify or redistribute + the parser skeleton itself, you may (at your option) remove this + special exception, which will cause the skeleton and the resulting + Bison output files to be licensed under the GNU General Public + License without this special exception. + + This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation in + version 2.2 of Bison. */ + +/* C LALR(1) parser skeleton written by Richard Stallman, by + simplifying the original so-called "semantic" parser. */ + +/* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid + infringing on user name space. This should be done even for local + variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros. + There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to + define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON + USER NAME SPACE" below. */ + +/* Identify Bison output. */ +#define YYBISON 1 + +/* Bison version. */ +#define YYBISON_VERSION "2.3a" + +/* Skeleton name. */ +#define YYSKELETON_NAME "yacc.c" + +/* Pure parsers. */ +#define YYPURE 1 + +/* Using locations. */ +#define YYLSP_NEEDED 0 + +/* Substitute the variable and function names. */ +#define yyparse __gettextparse +#define yylex __gettextlex +#define yyerror __gettexterror +#define yylval __gettextlval +#define yychar __gettextchar +#define yydebug __gettextdebug +#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs + + +/* Copy the first part of user declarations. */ +/* Line 164 of yacc.c. */ +#line 1 "plural.y" + +/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* For bison < 2.0, the bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us + to put this declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in + bison's skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h> + because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. + This can go away once the AM_INTL_SUBDIR macro requires bison >= 2.0. */ +#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ + #pragma alloca +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include "plural-exp.h" + +/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse, + but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */ +#ifndef _LIBC +# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE +#endif + +#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp +#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg + + +/* Enabling traces. */ +#ifndef YYDEBUG +# define YYDEBUG 0 +#endif + +/* Enabling verbose error messages. */ +#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE +# undef YYERROR_VERBOSE +# define YYERROR_VERBOSE 1 +#else +# define YYERROR_VERBOSE 0 +#endif + +/* Enabling the token table. */ +#ifndef YYTOKEN_TABLE +# define YYTOKEN_TABLE 0 +#endif + + +/* Tokens. */ +#ifndef YYTOKENTYPE +# define YYTOKENTYPE + /* Put the tokens into the symbol table, so that GDB and other debuggers + know about them. */ + enum yytokentype { + EQUOP2 = 258, + CMPOP2 = 259, + ADDOP2 = 260, + MULOP2 = 261, + NUMBER = 262 + }; +#endif +/* Tokens. */ +#define EQUOP2 258 +#define CMPOP2 259 +#define ADDOP2 260 +#define MULOP2 261 +#define NUMBER 262 + + + + +#if ! defined YYSTYPE && ! defined YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED +typedef union YYSTYPE +{/* Line 191 of yacc.c. */ +#line 51 "plural.y" + + unsigned long int num; + enum expression_operator op; + struct expression *exp; +} +/* Line 191 of yacc.c. */ +#line 175 "plural.c" + YYSTYPE; +# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1 +# define yystype YYSTYPE /* obsolescent; will be withdrawn */ +# define YYSTYPE_IS_DECLARED 1 +#endif + + + + +/* Copy the second part of user declarations. */ +/* Line 221 of yacc.c. */ +#line 57 "plural.y" + +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static int yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp); +static void yyerror (const char *str); + +/* Allocation of expressions. */ + +static struct expression * +new_exp (int nargs, enum expression_operator op, + struct expression * const *args) +{ + int i; + struct expression *newp; + + /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + if (args[i] == NULL) + goto fail; + + /* Allocate a new expression. */ + newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); + if (newp != NULL) + { + newp->nargs = nargs; + newp->operation = op; + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; + return newp; + } + + fail: + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); + + return NULL; +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_0 (enum expression_operator op) +{ + return new_exp (0, op, NULL); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_1 (enum expression_operator op, struct expression *right) +{ + struct expression *args[1]; + + args[0] = right; + return new_exp (1, op, args); +} + +static struct expression * +new_exp_2 (enum expression_operator op, struct expression *left, + struct expression *right) +{ + struct expression *args[2]; + + args[0] = left; + args[1] = right; + return new_exp (2, op, args); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_3 (enum expression_operator op, struct expression *bexp, + struct expression *tbranch, struct expression *fbranch) +{ + struct expression *args[3]; + + args[0] = bexp; + args[1] = tbranch; + args[2] = fbranch; + return new_exp (3, op, args); +} + + +/* Line 221 of yacc.c. */ +#line 265 "plural.c" + +#ifdef short +# undef short +#endif + +#ifdef YYTYPE_UINT8 +typedef YYTYPE_UINT8 yytype_uint8; +#else +typedef unsigned char yytype_uint8; +#endif + +#ifdef YYTYPE_INT8 +typedef YYTYPE_INT8 yytype_int8; +#elif (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +typedef signed char yytype_int8; +#else +typedef short int yytype_int8; +#endif + +#ifdef YYTYPE_UINT16 +typedef YYTYPE_UINT16 yytype_uint16; +#else +typedef unsigned short int yytype_uint16; +#endif + +#ifdef YYTYPE_INT16 +typedef YYTYPE_INT16 yytype_int16; +#else +typedef short int yytype_int16; +#endif + +#ifndef YYSIZE_T +# ifdef __SIZE_TYPE__ +# define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__ +# elif defined size_t +# define YYSIZE_T size_t +# elif ! defined YYSIZE_T && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +# include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# define YYSIZE_T size_t +# else +# define YYSIZE_T unsigned int +# endif +#endif + +#define YYSIZE_MAXIMUM ((YYSIZE_T) -1) + +#ifndef YY_ +# if YYENABLE_NLS +# if ENABLE_NLS +# include <libintl.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# define YY_(msgid) dgettext ("bison-runtime", msgid) +# endif +# endif +# ifndef YY_ +# define YY_(msgid) msgid +# endif +#endif + +/* Suppress unused-variable warnings by "using" E. */ +#if ! defined lint || defined __GNUC__ +# define YYUSE(e) ((void) (e)) +#else +# define YYUSE(e) /* empty */ +#endif + +/* Identity function, used to suppress warnings about constant conditions. */ +#ifndef lint +# define YYID(n) (n) +#else +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static int +YYID (int yyi) +#else +static int +YYID (yyi) + int yyi; +#endif +{ + return yyi; +} +#endif + +#if ! defined yyoverflow || YYERROR_VERBOSE + +/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols. */ + +# ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA +# if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA +# ifdef __GNUC__ +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca +# elif defined __BUILTIN_VA_ARG_INCR +# include <alloca.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# elif defined _AIX +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __alloca +# elif defined _MSC_VER +# include <malloc.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca +# if ! defined _ALLOCA_H && ! defined _STDLIB_H && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# ifndef _STDLIB_H +# define _STDLIB_H 1 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC + /* Pacify GCC's `empty if-body' warning. */ +# define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (YYID (0)) +# ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM + /* The OS might guarantee only one guard page at the bottom of the stack, + and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes. So we cannot safely + invoke alloca (N) if N exceeds 4096. Use a slightly smaller number + to allow for a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots. */ +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM 4032 /* reasonable circa 2006 */ +# endif +# else +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC YYMALLOC +# define YYSTACK_FREE YYFREE +# ifndef YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM YYSIZE_MAXIMUM +# endif +# if (defined __cplusplus && ! defined _STDLIB_H \ + && ! ((defined YYMALLOC || defined malloc) \ + && (defined YYFREE || defined free))) +# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# ifndef _STDLIB_H +# define _STDLIB_H 1 +# endif +# endif +# ifndef YYMALLOC +# define YYMALLOC malloc +# if ! defined malloc && ! defined _STDLIB_H && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +void *malloc (YYSIZE_T); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# endif +# endif +# ifndef YYFREE +# define YYFREE free +# if ! defined free && ! defined _STDLIB_H && (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +void free (void *); /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif /* ! defined yyoverflow || YYERROR_VERBOSE */ + + +#if (! defined yyoverflow \ + && (! defined __cplusplus \ + || (defined YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL))) + +/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member. */ +union yyalloc +{ + yytype_int16 yyss; + YYSTYPE yyvs; + }; + +/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next. */ +# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM (sizeof (union yyalloc) - 1) + +/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with + N elements. */ +# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \ + ((N) * (sizeof (yytype_int16) + sizeof (YYSTYPE)) \ + + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM) + +/* Copy COUNT objects from FROM to TO. The source and destination do + not overlap. */ +# ifndef YYCOPY +# if defined __GNUC__ && 1 < __GNUC__ +# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \ + __builtin_memcpy (To, From, (Count) * sizeof (*(From))) +# else +# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \ + do \ + { \ + YYSIZE_T yyi; \ + for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++) \ + (To)[yyi] = (From)[yyi]; \ + } \ + while (YYID (0)) +# endif +# endif + +/* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one. The + local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of + elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the + stack. Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next + stack. */ +# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack) \ + do \ + { \ + YYSIZE_T yynewbytes; \ + YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack, Stack, yysize); \ + Stack = &yyptr->Stack; \ + yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM; \ + yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr); \ + } \ + while (YYID (0)) + +#endif + +/* YYFINAL -- State number of the termination state. */ +#define YYFINAL 9 +/* YYLAST -- Last index in YYTABLE. */ +#define YYLAST 54 + +/* YYNTOKENS -- Number of terminals. */ +#define YYNTOKENS 16 +/* YYNNTS -- Number of nonterminals. */ +#define YYNNTS 3 +/* YYNRULES -- Number of rules. */ +#define YYNRULES 13 +/* YYNRULES -- Number of states. */ +#define YYNSTATES 27 + +/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX. */ +#define YYUNDEFTOK 2 +#define YYMAXUTOK 262 + +#define YYTRANSLATE(YYX) \ + ((unsigned int) (YYX) <= YYMAXUTOK ? yytranslate[YYX] : YYUNDEFTOK) + +/* YYTRANSLATE[YYLEX] -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX. */ +static const yytype_uint8 yytranslate[] = +{ + 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2, + 14, 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 13, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 2, 6, 7, + 8, 9, 11 +}; + +#if YYDEBUG +/* YYPRHS[YYN] -- Index of the first RHS symbol of rule number YYN in + YYRHS. */ +static const yytype_uint8 yyprhs[] = +{ + 0, 0, 3, 5, 11, 15, 19, 23, 27, 31, + 35, 38, 40, 42 +}; + +/* YYRHS -- A `-1'-separated list of the rules' RHS. */ +static const yytype_int8 yyrhs[] = +{ + 17, 0, -1, 18, -1, 18, 3, 18, 12, 18, + -1, 18, 4, 18, -1, 18, 5, 18, -1, 18, + 6, 18, -1, 18, 7, 18, -1, 18, 8, 18, + -1, 18, 9, 18, -1, 10, 18, -1, 13, -1, + 11, -1, 14, 18, 15, -1 +}; + +/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined. */ +static const yytype_uint8 yyrline[] = +{ + 0, 154, 154, 162, 166, 170, 174, 178, 182, 186, + 190, 194, 198, 203 +}; +#endif + +#if YYDEBUG || YYERROR_VERBOSE || YYTOKEN_TABLE +/* YYTNAME[SYMBOL-NUM] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM. + First, the terminals, then, starting at YYNTOKENS, nonterminals. */ +static const char *const yytname[] = +{ + "$end", "error", "$undefined", "'?'", "'|'", "'&'", "EQUOP2", "CMPOP2", + "ADDOP2", "MULOP2", "'!'", "NUMBER", "':'", "'n'", "'('", "')'", + "$accept", "start", "exp", 0 +}; +#endif + +# ifdef YYPRINT +/* YYTOKNUM[YYLEX-NUM] -- Internal token number corresponding to + token YYLEX-NUM. */ +static const yytype_uint16 yytoknum[] = +{ + 0, 256, 257, 63, 124, 38, 258, 259, 260, 261, + 33, 262, 58, 110, 40, 41 +}; +# endif + +/* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives. */ +static const yytype_uint8 yyr1[] = +{ + 0, 16, 17, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, + 18, 18, 18, 18 +}; + +/* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN. */ +static const yytype_uint8 yyr2[] = +{ + 0, 2, 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, + 2, 1, 1, 3 +}; + +/* YYDEFACT[STATE-NAME] -- Default rule to reduce with in state + STATE-NUM when YYTABLE doesn't specify something else to do. Zero + means the default is an error. */ +static const yytype_uint8 yydefact[] = +{ + 0, 0, 12, 11, 0, 0, 2, 10, 0, 1, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13, 0, 4, + 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, 3 +}; + +/* YYDEFGOTO[NTERM-NUM]. */ +static const yytype_int8 yydefgoto[] = +{ + -1, 5, 6 +}; + +/* YYPACT[STATE-NUM] -- Index in YYTABLE of the portion describing + STATE-NUM. */ +#define YYPACT_NINF -10 +static const yytype_int8 yypact[] = +{ + -9, -9, -10, -10, -9, 8, 36, -10, 13, -10, + -9, -9, -9, -9, -9, -9, -9, -10, 26, 41, + 45, 18, -2, 14, -10, -9, 36 +}; + +/* YYPGOTO[NTERM-NUM]. */ +static const yytype_int8 yypgoto[] = +{ + -10, -10, -1 +}; + +/* YYTABLE[YYPACT[STATE-NUM]]. What to do in state STATE-NUM. If + positive, shift that token. If negative, reduce the rule which + number is the opposite. If zero, do what YYDEFACT says. + If YYTABLE_NINF, syntax error. */ +#define YYTABLE_NINF -1 +static const yytype_uint8 yytable[] = +{ + 7, 1, 2, 8, 3, 4, 15, 16, 9, 18, + 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 10, 11, 12, 13, + 14, 15, 16, 16, 26, 14, 15, 16, 17, 10, + 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 0, 0, 25, 10, + 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 12, 13, 14, 15, + 16, 13, 14, 15, 16 +}; + +static const yytype_int8 yycheck[] = +{ + 1, 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 8, 9, 0, 10, + 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 3, 4, 5, 6, + 7, 8, 9, 9, 25, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, + 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, -1, -1, 12, 3, + 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, + 9, 6, 7, 8, 9 +}; + +/* YYSTOS[STATE-NUM] -- The (internal number of the) accessing + symbol of state STATE-NUM. */ +static const yytype_uint8 yystos[] = +{ + 0, 10, 11, 13, 14, 17, 18, 18, 18, 0, + 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 15, 18, 18, + 18, 18, 18, 18, 18, 12, 18 +}; + +#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0) +#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY) +#define YYEMPTY (-2) +#define YYEOF 0 + +#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab +#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab +#define YYERROR goto yyerrorlab + + +/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror. This remains here temporarily + to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC. + Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */ + +#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab + +#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus) + +#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value) \ +do \ + if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \ + { \ + yychar = (Token); \ + yylval = (Value); \ + yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \ + YYPOPSTACK (1); \ + goto yybackup; \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + yyerror (YY_("syntax error: cannot back up")); \ + YYERROR; \ + } \ +while (YYID (0)) + + +#define YYTERROR 1 +#define YYERRCODE 256 + + +/* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Set CURRENT to span from RHS[1] to RHS[N]. + If N is 0, then set CURRENT to the empty location which ends + the previous symbol: RHS[0] (always defined). */ + +#define YYRHSLOC(Rhs, K) ((Rhs)[K]) +#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT +# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \ + do \ + if (YYID (N)) \ + { \ + (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 1).first_line; \ + (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 1).first_column; \ + (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, N).last_line; \ + (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, N).last_column; \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \ + YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 0).last_line; \ + (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \ + YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 0).last_column; \ + } \ + while (YYID (0)) +#endif + + +/* YY_LOCATION_PRINT -- Print the location on the stream. + This macro was not mandated originally: define only if we know + we won't break user code: when these are the locations we know. */ + +#ifndef YY_LOCATION_PRINT +# if YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL +# define YY_LOCATION_PRINT(File, Loc) \ + fprintf (File, "%d.%d-%d.%d", \ + (Loc).first_line, (Loc).first_column, \ + (Loc).last_line, (Loc).last_column) +# else +# define YY_LOCATION_PRINT(File, Loc) ((void) 0) +# endif +#endif + + +/* YYLEX -- calling `yylex' with the right arguments. */ + +#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM +# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM) +#else +# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval) +#endif + +/* Enable debugging if requested. */ +#if YYDEBUG + +# ifndef YYFPRINTF +# include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# define YYFPRINTF fprintf +# endif + +# define YYDPRINTF(Args) \ +do { \ + if (yydebug) \ + YYFPRINTF Args; \ +} while (YYID (0)) + +# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Type, Value, Location) \ +do { \ + if (yydebug) \ + { \ + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", Title); \ + yy_symbol_print (stderr, \ + Type, Value); \ + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); \ + } \ +} while (YYID (0)) + + +/*--------------------------------. +| Print this symbol on YYOUTPUT. | +`--------------------------------*/ + +/*ARGSUSED*/ +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static void +yy_symbol_value_print (FILE *yyoutput, int yytype, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep) +#else +static void +yy_symbol_value_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep) + FILE *yyoutput; + int yytype; + YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep; +#endif +{ + if (!yyvaluep) + return; +# ifdef YYPRINT + if (yytype < YYNTOKENS) + YYPRINT (yyoutput, yytoknum[yytype], *yyvaluep); +# else + YYUSE (yyoutput); +# endif + switch (yytype) + { + default: + break; + } +} + + +/*--------------------------------. +| Print this symbol on YYOUTPUT. | +`--------------------------------*/ + +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static void +yy_symbol_print (FILE *yyoutput, int yytype, YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep) +#else +static void +yy_symbol_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep) + FILE *yyoutput; + int yytype; + YYSTYPE const * const yyvaluep; +#endif +{ + if (yytype < YYNTOKENS) + YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "token %s (", yytname[yytype]); + else + YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "nterm %s (", yytname[yytype]); + + yy_symbol_value_print (yyoutput, yytype, yyvaluep); + YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, ")"); +} + +/*------------------------------------------------------------------. +| yy_stack_print -- Print the state stack from its BOTTOM up to its | +| TOP (included). | +`------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static void +yy_stack_print (yytype_int16 *yybottom, yytype_int16 *yytop) +#else +static void +yy_stack_print (yybottom, yytop) + yytype_int16 *yybottom; + yytype_int16 *yytop; +#endif +{ + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Stack now"); + for (; yybottom <= yytop; yybottom++) + { + int yybot = *yybottom; + YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", yybot); + } + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); +} + +# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top) \ +do { \ + if (yydebug) \ + yy_stack_print ((Bottom), (Top)); \ +} while (YYID (0)) + + +/*------------------------------------------------. +| Report that the YYRULE is going to be reduced. | +`------------------------------------------------*/ + +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static void +yy_reduce_print (YYSTYPE *yyvsp, int yyrule) +#else +static void +yy_reduce_print (yyvsp, yyrule) + YYSTYPE *yyvsp; + int yyrule; +#endif +{ + int yynrhs = yyr2[yyrule]; + int yyi; + unsigned long int yylno = yyrline[yyrule]; + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing stack by rule %d (line %lu):\n", + yyrule - 1, yylno); + /* The symbols being reduced. */ + for (yyi = 0; yyi < yynrhs; yyi++) + { + fprintf (stderr, " $%d = ", yyi + 1); + yy_symbol_print (stderr, yyrhs[yyprhs[yyrule] + yyi], + &(yyvsp[(yyi + 1) - (yynrhs)]) + ); + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); + } +} + +# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule) \ +do { \ + if (yydebug) \ + yy_reduce_print (yyvsp, Rule); \ +} while (YYID (0)) + +/* Nonzero means print parse trace. It is left uninitialized so that + multiple parsers can coexist. */ +int yydebug; +#else /* !YYDEBUG */ +# define YYDPRINTF(Args) +# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Type, Value, Location) +# define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top) +# define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule) +#endif /* !YYDEBUG */ + + +/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks. */ +#ifndef YYINITDEPTH +# define YYINITDEPTH 200 +#endif + +/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only + if the built-in stack extension method is used). + + Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if + YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH) + evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic. */ + +#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH +# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000 +#endif + + + +#if YYERROR_VERBOSE + +# ifndef yystrlen +# if defined __GLIBC__ && defined _STRING_H +# define yystrlen strlen +# else +/* Return the length of YYSTR. */ +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static YYSIZE_T +yystrlen (const char *yystr) +#else +static YYSIZE_T +yystrlen (yystr) + const char *yystr; +#endif +{ + YYSIZE_T yylen; + for (yylen = 0; yystr[yylen]; yylen++) + continue; + return yylen; +} +# endif +# endif + +# ifndef yystpcpy +# if defined __GLIBC__ && defined _STRING_H && defined _GNU_SOURCE +# define yystpcpy stpcpy +# else +/* Copy YYSRC to YYDEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in + YYDEST. */ +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static char * +yystpcpy (char *yydest, const char *yysrc) +#else +static char * +yystpcpy (yydest, yysrc) + char *yydest; + const char *yysrc; +#endif +{ + char *yyd = yydest; + const char *yys = yysrc; + + while ((*yyd++ = *yys++) != '\0') + continue; + + return yyd - 1; +} +# endif +# endif + +# ifndef yytnamerr +/* Copy to YYRES the contents of YYSTR after stripping away unnecessary + quotes and backslashes, so that it's suitable for yyerror. The + heuristic is that double-quoting is unnecessary unless the string + contains an apostrophe, a comma, or backslash (other than + backslash-backslash). YYSTR is taken from yytname. If YYRES is + null, do not copy; instead, return the length of what the result + would have been. */ +static YYSIZE_T +yytnamerr (char *yyres, const char *yystr) +{ + if (*yystr == '"') + { + YYSIZE_T yyn = 0; + char const *yyp = yystr; + + for (;;) + switch (*++yyp) + { + case '\'': + case ',': + goto do_not_strip_quotes; + + case '\\': + if (*++yyp != '\\') + goto do_not_strip_quotes; + /* Fall through. */ + default: + if (yyres) + yyres[yyn] = *yyp; + yyn++; + break; + + case '"': + if (yyres) + yyres[yyn] = '\0'; + return yyn; + } + do_not_strip_quotes: ; + } + + if (! yyres) + return yystrlen (yystr); + + return yystpcpy (yyres, yystr) - yyres; +} +# endif + +/* Copy into YYRESULT an error message about the unexpected token + YYCHAR while in state YYSTATE. Return the number of bytes copied, + including the terminating null byte. If YYRESULT is null, do not + copy anything; just return the number of bytes that would be + copied. As a special case, return 0 if an ordinary "syntax error" + message will do. Return YYSIZE_MAXIMUM if overflow occurs during + size calculation. */ +static YYSIZE_T +yysyntax_error (char *yyresult, int yystate, int yychar) +{ + int yyn = yypact[yystate]; + + if (! (YYPACT_NINF < yyn && yyn <= YYLAST)) + return 0; + else + { + int yytype = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); + YYSIZE_T yysize0 = yytnamerr (0, yytname[yytype]); + YYSIZE_T yysize = yysize0; + YYSIZE_T yysize1; + int yysize_overflow = 0; + enum { YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM = 5 }; + char const *yyarg[YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM]; + int yyx; + +# if 0 + /* This is so xgettext sees the translatable formats that are + constructed on the fly. */ + YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s"); + YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s"); + YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s"); + YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s or %s"); + YY_("syntax error, unexpected %s, expecting %s or %s or %s or %s"); +# endif + char *yyfmt; + char const *yyf; + static char const yyunexpected[] = "syntax error, unexpected %s"; + static char const yyexpecting[] = ", expecting %s"; + static char const yyor[] = " or %s"; + char yyformat[sizeof yyunexpected + + sizeof yyexpecting - 1 + + ((YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM - 2) + * (sizeof yyor - 1))]; + char const *yyprefix = yyexpecting; + + /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in + YYCHECK. */ + int yyxbegin = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0; + + /* Stay within bounds of both yycheck and yytname. */ + int yychecklim = YYLAST - yyn + 1; + int yyxend = yychecklim < YYNTOKENS ? yychecklim : YYNTOKENS; + int yycount = 1; + + yyarg[0] = yytname[yytype]; + yyfmt = yystpcpy (yyformat, yyunexpected); + + for (yyx = yyxbegin; yyx < yyxend; ++yyx) + if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx && yyx != YYTERROR) + { + if (yycount == YYERROR_VERBOSE_ARGS_MAXIMUM) + { + yycount = 1; + yysize = yysize0; + yyformat[sizeof yyunexpected - 1] = '\0'; + break; + } + yyarg[yycount++] = yytname[yyx]; + yysize1 = yysize + yytnamerr (0, yytname[yyx]); + yysize_overflow |= (yysize1 < yysize); + yysize = yysize1; + yyfmt = yystpcpy (yyfmt, yyprefix); + yyprefix = yyor; + } + + yyf = YY_(yyformat); + yysize1 = yysize + yystrlen (yyf); + yysize_overflow |= (yysize1 < yysize); + yysize = yysize1; + + if (yysize_overflow) + return YYSIZE_MAXIMUM; + + if (yyresult) + { + /* Avoid sprintf, as that infringes on the user's name space. + Don't have undefined behavior even if the translation + produced a string with the wrong number of "%s"s. */ + char *yyp = yyresult; + int yyi = 0; + while ((*yyp = *yyf) != '\0') + { + if (*yyp == '%' && yyf[1] == 's' && yyi < yycount) + { + yyp += yytnamerr (yyp, yyarg[yyi++]); + yyf += 2; + } + else + { + yyp++; + yyf++; + } + } + } + return yysize; + } +} +#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */ + + +/*-----------------------------------------------. +| Release the memory associated to this symbol. | +`-----------------------------------------------*/ + +/*ARGSUSED*/ +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +static void +yydestruct (const char *yymsg, int yytype, YYSTYPE *yyvaluep) +#else +static void +yydestruct (yymsg, yytype, yyvaluep) + const char *yymsg; + int yytype; + YYSTYPE *yyvaluep; +#endif +{ + YYUSE (yyvaluep); + + if (!yymsg) + yymsg = "Deleting"; + YY_SYMBOL_PRINT (yymsg, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp); + + switch (yytype) + { + + default: + break; + } +} + + +/* Prevent warnings from -Wmissing-prototypes. */ + +#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM +#if defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus +int yyparse (void *YYPARSE_PARAM); +#else +int yyparse (); +#endif +#else /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */ +#if defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus +int yyparse (void); +#else +int yyparse (); +#endif +#endif /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */ + + + + + + +/*----------. +| yyparse. | +`----------*/ + +#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +int +yyparse (void *YYPARSE_PARAM) +#else +int +yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM) + void *YYPARSE_PARAM; +#endif +#else /* ! YYPARSE_PARAM */ +#if (defined __STDC__ || defined __C99__FUNC__ \ + || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER) +int +yyparse (void) +#else +int +yyparse () + +#endif +#endif +{ + /* The lookahead symbol. */ +int yychar; + +/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol. */ +YYSTYPE yylval; + +/* Number of syntax errors so far. */ +int yynerrs; + + int yystate; + int yyn; + int yyresult; + /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled. */ + int yyerrstatus; + /* Lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number. */ + int yytoken = 0; +#if YYERROR_VERBOSE + /* Buffer for error messages, and its allocated size. */ + char yymsgbuf[128]; + char *yymsg = yymsgbuf; + YYSIZE_T yymsg_alloc = sizeof yymsgbuf; +#endif + + /* Three stacks and their tools: + `yyss': related to states, + `yyvs': related to semantic values, + `yyls': related to locations. + + Refer to the stacks thru separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow + to reallocate them elsewhere. */ + + /* The state stack. */ + yytype_int16 yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; + yytype_int16 *yyss = yyssa; + yytype_int16 *yyssp; + + /* The semantic value stack. */ + YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; + YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; + YYSTYPE *yyvsp; + + + +#define YYPOPSTACK(N) (yyvsp -= (N), yyssp -= (N)) + + YYSIZE_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH; + + /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the + action routines. */ + YYSTYPE yyval; + + + /* The number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced rule. + Keep to zero when no symbol should be popped. */ + int yylen = 0; + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n")); + + yystate = 0; + yyerrstatus = 0; + yynerrs = 0; + yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */ + + /* Initialize stack pointers. + Waste one element of value and location stack + so that they stay on the same level as the state stack. + The wasted elements are never initialized. */ + + yyssp = yyss; + yyvsp = yyvs; + + goto yysetstate; + +/*------------------------------------------------------------. +| yynewstate -- Push a new state, which is found in yystate. | +`------------------------------------------------------------*/ + yynewstate: + /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks + have just been pushed. So pushing a state here evens the stacks. */ + yyssp++; + + yysetstate: + *yyssp = yystate; + + if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp) + { + /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */ + YYSIZE_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1; + +#ifdef yyoverflow + { + /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack. Use copies of + these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into + memory. */ + YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs; + yytype_int16 *yyss1 = yyss; + + + /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the + data in use in that stack, in bytes. This used to be a + conditional around just the two extra args, but that might + be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */ + yyoverflow (YY_("memory exhausted"), + &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp), + &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp), + + &yystacksize); + + yyss = yyss1; + yyvs = yyvs1; + } +#else /* no yyoverflow */ +# ifndef YYSTACK_RELOCATE + goto yyexhaustedlab; +# else + /* Extend the stack our own way. */ + if (YYMAXDEPTH <= yystacksize) + goto yyexhaustedlab; + yystacksize *= 2; + if (YYMAXDEPTH < yystacksize) + yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH; + + { + yytype_int16 *yyss1 = yyss; + union yyalloc *yyptr = + (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize)); + if (! yyptr) + goto yyexhaustedlab; + YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss); + YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs); + +# undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE + if (yyss1 != yyssa) + YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1); + } +# endif +#endif /* no yyoverflow */ + + yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1; + yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1; + + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %lu\n", + (unsigned long int) yystacksize)); + + if (yyss + yystacksize - 1 <= yyssp) + YYABORT; + } + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate)); + + if (yystate == YYFINAL) + YYACCEPT; + + goto yybackup; + +/*-----------. +| yybackup. | +`-----------*/ +yybackup: + + /* Do appropriate processing given the current state. Read a + lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */ + + /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */ + yyn = yypact[yystate]; + if (yyn == YYPACT_NINF) + goto yydefault; + + /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */ + + /* YYCHAR is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF or a valid lookahead symbol. */ + if (yychar == YYEMPTY) + { + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: ")); + yychar = YYLEX; + } + + if (yychar <= YYEOF) + { + yychar = yytoken = YYEOF; + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n")); + } + else + { + yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); + YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Next token is", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc); + } + + /* If the proper action on seeing token YYTOKEN is to reduce or to + detect an error, take that action. */ + yyn += yytoken; + if (yyn < 0 || YYLAST < yyn || yycheck[yyn] != yytoken) + goto yydefault; + yyn = yytable[yyn]; + if (yyn <= 0) + { + if (yyn == 0 || yyn == YYTABLE_NINF) + goto yyerrlab; + yyn = -yyn; + goto yyreduce; + } + + /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error + status. */ + if (yyerrstatus) + yyerrstatus--; + + /* Shift the lookahead token. */ + YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc); + + /* Discard the shifted token. */ + yychar = YYEMPTY; + + yystate = yyn; + *++yyvsp = yylval; + + goto yynewstate; + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------. +| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state. | +`-----------------------------------------------------------*/ +yydefault: + yyn = yydefact[yystate]; + if (yyn == 0) + goto yyerrlab; + goto yyreduce; + + +/*-----------------------------. +| yyreduce -- Do a reduction. | +`-----------------------------*/ +yyreduce: + /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */ + yylen = yyr2[yyn]; + + /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action: + `$$ = $1'. + + Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to garbage. + This behavior is undocumented and Bison + users should not rely upon it. Assigning to YYVAL + unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a + GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized. */ + yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; + + + YY_REDUCE_PRINT (yyn); + switch (yyn) + { + case 2: +/* Line 1269 of yacc.c. */ +#line 155 "plural.y" + { + if ((yyvsp[(1) - (1)].exp) == NULL) + YYABORT; + ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].exp); + } + break; + + case 3: +/* Line 1269 of yacc.c. */ +#line 163 "plural.y" + { + (yyval.exp) = new_exp_3 (qmop, (yyvsp[(1) - (5)].exp), (yyvsp[(3) - (5)].exp), (yyvsp[(5) - (5)].exp)); + } + break; + + case 4: +/* Line 1269 of yacc.c. */ +#line 167 "plural.y" + { + (yyval.exp) = new_exp_2 (lor, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].exp), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].exp)); + } + break; + + case 5: +/* Line 1269 of yacc.c. */ +#line 171 "plural.y" + { + (yyval.exp) = new_exp_2 (land, (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].exp), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].exp)); + } + break; + + case 6: +/* Line 1269 of yacc.c. */ +#line 175 "plural.y" + { + (yyval.exp) = new_exp_2 ((yyvsp[(2) - (3)].op), (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].exp), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].exp)); + } + break; + + case 7: +/* Line 1269 of yacc.c. */ +#line 179 "plural.y" + { + (yyval.exp) = new_exp_2 ((yyvsp[(2) - (3)].op), (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].exp), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].exp)); + } + break; + + case 8: +/* Line 1269 of yacc.c. */ +#line 183 "plural.y" + { + (yyval.exp) = new_exp_2 ((yyvsp[(2) - (3)].op), (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].exp), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].exp)); + } + break; + + case 9: +/* Line 1269 of yacc.c. */ +#line 187 "plural.y" + { + (yyval.exp) = new_exp_2 ((yyvsp[(2) - (3)].op), (yyvsp[(1) - (3)].exp), (yyvsp[(3) - (3)].exp)); + } + break; + + case 10: +/* Line 1269 of yacc.c. */ +#line 191 "plural.y" + { + (yyval.exp) = new_exp_1 (lnot, (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].exp)); + } + break; + + case 11: +/* Line 1269 of yacc.c. */ +#line 195 "plural.y" + { + (yyval.exp) = new_exp_0 (var); + } + break; + + case 12: +/* Line 1269 of yacc.c. */ +#line 199 "plural.y" + { + if (((yyval.exp) = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) + (yyval.exp)->val.num = (yyvsp[(1) - (1)].num); + } + break; + + case 13: +/* Line 1269 of yacc.c. */ +#line 204 "plural.y" + { + (yyval.exp) = (yyvsp[(2) - (3)].exp); + } + break; + + +/* Line 1269 of yacc.c. */ +#line 1572 "plural.c" + default: break; + } + YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("-> $$ =", yyr1[yyn], &yyval, &yyloc); + + YYPOPSTACK (yylen); + yylen = 0; + YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp); + + *++yyvsp = yyval; + + + /* Now `shift' the result of the reduction. Determine what state + that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule + number reduced by. */ + + yyn = yyr1[yyn]; + + yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTOKENS] + *yyssp; + if (0 <= yystate && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp) + yystate = yytable[yystate]; + else + yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTOKENS]; + + goto yynewstate; + + +/*------------------------------------. +| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error | +`------------------------------------*/ +yyerrlab: + /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */ + if (!yyerrstatus) + { + ++yynerrs; +#if ! YYERROR_VERBOSE + yyerror (YY_("syntax error")); +#else + { + YYSIZE_T yysize = yysyntax_error (0, yystate, yychar); + if (yymsg_alloc < yysize && yymsg_alloc < YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM) + { + YYSIZE_T yyalloc = 2 * yysize; + if (! (yysize <= yyalloc && yyalloc <= YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM)) + yyalloc = YYSTACK_ALLOC_MAXIMUM; + if (yymsg != yymsgbuf) + YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg); + yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yyalloc); + if (yymsg) + yymsg_alloc = yyalloc; + else + { + yymsg = yymsgbuf; + yymsg_alloc = sizeof yymsgbuf; + } + } + + if (0 < yysize && yysize <= yymsg_alloc) + { + (void) yysyntax_error (yymsg, yystate, yychar); + yyerror (yymsg); + } + else + { + yyerror (YY_("syntax error")); + if (yysize != 0) + goto yyexhaustedlab; + } + } +#endif + } + + + + if (yyerrstatus == 3) + { + /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an + error, discard it. */ + + if (yychar <= YYEOF) + { + /* Return failure if at end of input. */ + if (yychar == YYEOF) + YYABORT; + } + else + { + yydestruct ("Error: discarding", + yytoken, &yylval); + yychar = YYEMPTY; + } + } + + /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error + token. */ + goto yyerrlab1; + + +/*---------------------------------------------------. +| yyerrorlab -- error raised explicitly by YYERROR. | +`---------------------------------------------------*/ +yyerrorlab: + + /* Pacify compilers like GCC when the user code never invokes + YYERROR and the label yyerrorlab therefore never appears in user + code. */ + if (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0) + goto yyerrorlab; + + /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule which action triggered + this YYERROR. */ + YYPOPSTACK (yylen); + yylen = 0; + YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp); + yystate = *yyssp; + goto yyerrlab1; + + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------. +| yyerrlab1 -- common code for both syntax error and YYERROR. | +`-------------------------------------------------------------*/ +yyerrlab1: + yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this. */ + + for (;;) + { + yyn = yypact[yystate]; + if (yyn != YYPACT_NINF) + { + yyn += YYTERROR; + if (0 <= yyn && yyn <= YYLAST && yycheck[yyn] == YYTERROR) + { + yyn = yytable[yyn]; + if (0 < yyn) + break; + } + } + + /* Pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token. */ + if (yyssp == yyss) + YYABORT; + + + yydestruct ("Error: popping", + yystos[yystate], yyvsp); + YYPOPSTACK (1); + yystate = *yyssp; + YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp); + } + + *++yyvsp = yylval; + + + /* Shift the error token. */ + YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yystos[yyn], yyvsp, yylsp); + + yystate = yyn; + goto yynewstate; + + +/*-------------------------------------. +| yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here. | +`-------------------------------------*/ +yyacceptlab: + yyresult = 0; + goto yyreturn; + +/*-----------------------------------. +| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here. | +`-----------------------------------*/ +yyabortlab: + yyresult = 1; + goto yyreturn; + +#ifndef yyoverflow +/*-------------------------------------------------. +| yyexhaustedlab -- memory exhaustion comes here. | +`-------------------------------------------------*/ +yyexhaustedlab: + yyerror (YY_("memory exhausted")); + yyresult = 2; + /* Fall through. */ +#endif + +yyreturn: + if (yychar != YYEMPTY) + yydestruct ("Cleanup: discarding lookahead", + yytoken, &yylval); + /* Do not reclaim the symbols of the rule which action triggered + this YYABORT or YYACCEPT. */ + YYPOPSTACK (yylen); + YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp); + while (yyssp != yyss) + { + yydestruct ("Cleanup: popping", + yystos[*yyssp], yyvsp); + YYPOPSTACK (1); + } +#ifndef yyoverflow + if (yyss != yyssa) + YYSTACK_FREE (yyss); +#endif +#if YYERROR_VERBOSE + if (yymsg != yymsgbuf) + YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg); +#endif + /* Make sure YYID is used. */ + return YYID (yyresult); +} + + +/* Line 1486 of yacc.c. */ +#line 209 "plural.y" + + +void +internal_function +FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp) +{ + if (exp == NULL) + return; + + /* Handle the recursive case. */ + switch (exp->nargs) + { + case 3: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 2: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 1: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + default: + break; + } + + free (exp); +} + + +static int +yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp) +{ + const char *exp = *pexp; + int result; + + while (1) + { + if (exp[0] == '\0') + { + *pexp = exp; + return YYEOF; + } + + if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') + break; + + ++exp; + } + + result = *exp++; + switch (result) + { + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + { + unsigned long int n = result - '0'; + while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') + { + n *= 10; + n += exp[0] - '0'; + ++exp; + } + lval->num = n; + result = NUMBER; + } + break; + + case '=': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '!': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = not_equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + break; + + case '&': + case '|': + if (exp[0] == result) + ++exp; + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '<': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = less_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = less_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '>': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = greater_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = greater_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '*': + lval->op = mult; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '/': + lval->op = divide; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '%': + lval->op = module; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '+': + lval->op = plus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case '-': + lval->op = minus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case 'n': + case '?': + case ':': + case '(': + case ')': + /* Nothing, just return the character. */ + break; + + case ';': + case '\n': + case '\0': + /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ + --exp; + result = YYEOF; + break; + + default: + result = YYERRCODE; +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + --exp; +#endif + break; + } + + *pexp = exp; + + return result; +} + + +static void +yyerror (const char *str) +{ + /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ +} + diff --git a/intl/plural.y b/intl/plural.y new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec36a09b --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/plural.y @@ -0,0 +1,385 @@ +%{ +/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* For bison < 2.0, the bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us + to put this declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in + bison's skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h> + because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. + This can go away once the AM_INTL_SUBDIR macro requires bison >= 2.0. */ +#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ + #pragma alloca +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include "plural-exp.h" + +/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse, + but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */ +#ifndef _LIBC +# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE +#endif + +#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp +#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg +%} +%pure_parser +%expect 7 + +%union { + unsigned long int num; + enum expression_operator op; + struct expression *exp; +} + +%{ +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static int yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp); +static void yyerror (const char *str); + +/* Allocation of expressions. */ + +static struct expression * +new_exp (int nargs, enum expression_operator op, + struct expression * const *args) +{ + int i; + struct expression *newp; + + /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + if (args[i] == NULL) + goto fail; + + /* Allocate a new expression. */ + newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); + if (newp != NULL) + { + newp->nargs = nargs; + newp->operation = op; + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; + return newp; + } + + fail: + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); + + return NULL; +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_0 (enum expression_operator op) +{ + return new_exp (0, op, NULL); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_1 (enum expression_operator op, struct expression *right) +{ + struct expression *args[1]; + + args[0] = right; + return new_exp (1, op, args); +} + +static struct expression * +new_exp_2 (enum expression_operator op, struct expression *left, + struct expression *right) +{ + struct expression *args[2]; + + args[0] = left; + args[1] = right; + return new_exp (2, op, args); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_3 (enum expression_operator op, struct expression *bexp, + struct expression *tbranch, struct expression *fbranch) +{ + struct expression *args[3]; + + args[0] = bexp; + args[1] = tbranch; + args[2] = fbranch; + return new_exp (3, op, args); +} + +%} + +/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the + precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual]. + There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators. + Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single + token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */ +%right '?' /* ? */ +%left '|' /* || */ +%left '&' /* && */ +%left EQUOP2 /* == != */ +%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */ +%left ADDOP2 /* + - */ +%left MULOP2 /* * / % */ +%right '!' /* ! */ + +%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2 +%token <num> NUMBER +%type <exp> exp + +%% + +start: exp + { + if ($1 == NULL) + YYABORT; + ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1; + } + ; + +exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5); + } + | exp '|' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3); + } + | exp '&' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3); + } + | exp EQUOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | exp CMPOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | exp ADDOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | exp MULOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | '!' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2); + } + | 'n' + { + $$ = new_exp_0 (var); + } + | NUMBER + { + if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) + $$->val.num = $1; + } + | '(' exp ')' + { + $$ = $2; + } + ; + +%% + +void +internal_function +FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp) +{ + if (exp == NULL) + return; + + /* Handle the recursive case. */ + switch (exp->nargs) + { + case 3: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 2: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 1: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + default: + break; + } + + free (exp); +} + + +static int +yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp) +{ + const char *exp = *pexp; + int result; + + while (1) + { + if (exp[0] == '\0') + { + *pexp = exp; + return YYEOF; + } + + if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') + break; + + ++exp; + } + + result = *exp++; + switch (result) + { + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + { + unsigned long int n = result - '0'; + while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') + { + n *= 10; + n += exp[0] - '0'; + ++exp; + } + lval->num = n; + result = NUMBER; + } + break; + + case '=': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '!': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = not_equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + break; + + case '&': + case '|': + if (exp[0] == result) + ++exp; + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '<': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = less_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = less_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '>': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = greater_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = greater_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '*': + lval->op = mult; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '/': + lval->op = divide; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '%': + lval->op = module; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '+': + lval->op = plus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case '-': + lval->op = minus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case 'n': + case '?': + case ':': + case '(': + case ')': + /* Nothing, just return the character. */ + break; + + case ';': + case '\n': + case '\0': + /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ + --exp; + result = YYEOF; + break; + + default: + result = YYERRCODE; +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + --exp; +#endif + break; + } + + *pexp = exp; + + return result; +} + + +static void +yyerror (const char *str) +{ + /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ +} diff --git a/intl/printf-args.c b/intl/printf-args.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cbd437d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/printf-args.c @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +/* Decomposed printf argument list. + Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros: + ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions. + PRINTF_FETCHARGS Name of the function to be defined. + STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */ + +#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS +# include <config.h> +#endif + +/* Specification. */ +#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS +# include "printf-args.h" +#endif + +#ifdef STATIC +STATIC +#endif +int +PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a) +{ + size_t i; + argument *ap; + + for (i = 0, ap = &a->arg[0]; i < a->count; i++, ap++) + switch (ap->type) + { + case TYPE_SCHAR: + ap->a.a_schar = va_arg (args, /*signed char*/ int); + break; + case TYPE_UCHAR: + ap->a.a_uchar = va_arg (args, /*unsigned char*/ int); + break; + case TYPE_SHORT: + ap->a.a_short = va_arg (args, /*short*/ int); + break; + case TYPE_USHORT: + ap->a.a_ushort = va_arg (args, /*unsigned short*/ int); + break; + case TYPE_INT: + ap->a.a_int = va_arg (args, int); + break; + case TYPE_UINT: + ap->a.a_uint = va_arg (args, unsigned int); + break; + case TYPE_LONGINT: + ap->a.a_longint = va_arg (args, long int); + break; + case TYPE_ULONGINT: + ap->a.a_ulongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long int); + break; +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + case TYPE_LONGLONGINT: + ap->a.a_longlongint = va_arg (args, long long int); + break; + case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT: + ap->a.a_ulonglongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long long int); + break; +#endif + case TYPE_DOUBLE: + ap->a.a_double = va_arg (args, double); + break; + case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE: + ap->a.a_longdouble = va_arg (args, long double); + break; + case TYPE_CHAR: + ap->a.a_char = va_arg (args, int); + break; +#if HAVE_WINT_T + case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR: + /* Although ISO C 99 7.24.1.(2) says that wint_t is "unchanged by + default argument promotions", this is not the case in mingw32, + where wint_t is 'unsigned short'. */ + ap->a.a_wide_char = + (sizeof (wint_t) < sizeof (int) + ? va_arg (args, int) + : va_arg (args, wint_t)); + break; +#endif + case TYPE_STRING: + ap->a.a_string = va_arg (args, const char *); + /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%s", but in practice + it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce + debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */ + if (ap->a.a_string == NULL) + ap->a.a_string = "(NULL)"; + break; +#if HAVE_WCHAR_T + case TYPE_WIDE_STRING: + ap->a.a_wide_string = va_arg (args, const wchar_t *); + /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%ls", but in practice + it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce + debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */ + if (ap->a.a_wide_string == NULL) + { + static const wchar_t wide_null_string[] = + { + (wchar_t)'(', + (wchar_t)'N', (wchar_t)'U', (wchar_t)'L', (wchar_t)'L', + (wchar_t)')', + (wchar_t)0 + }; + ap->a.a_wide_string = wide_null_string; + } + break; +#endif + case TYPE_POINTER: + ap->a.a_pointer = va_arg (args, void *); + break; + case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER: + ap->a.a_count_schar_pointer = va_arg (args, signed char *); + break; + case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER: + ap->a.a_count_short_pointer = va_arg (args, short *); + break; + case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER: + ap->a.a_count_int_pointer = va_arg (args, int *); + break; + case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER: + ap->a.a_count_longint_pointer = va_arg (args, long int *); + break; +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER: + ap->a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = va_arg (args, long long int *); + break; +#endif +#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO + /* The unistdio extensions. */ + case TYPE_U8_STRING: + ap->a.a_u8_string = va_arg (args, const uint8_t *); + /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%U", but in practice + it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce + debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */ + if (ap->a.a_u8_string == NULL) + { + static const uint8_t u8_null_string[] = + { '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 }; + ap->a.a_u8_string = u8_null_string; + } + break; + case TYPE_U16_STRING: + ap->a.a_u16_string = va_arg (args, const uint16_t *); + /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%lU", but in practice + it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce + debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */ + if (ap->a.a_u16_string == NULL) + { + static const uint16_t u16_null_string[] = + { '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 }; + ap->a.a_u16_string = u16_null_string; + } + break; + case TYPE_U32_STRING: + ap->a.a_u32_string = va_arg (args, const uint32_t *); + /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%llU", but in practice + it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce + debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */ + if (ap->a.a_u32_string == NULL) + { + static const uint32_t u32_null_string[] = + { '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 }; + ap->a.a_u32_string = u32_null_string; + } + break; +#endif + default: + /* Unknown type. */ + return -1; + } + return 0; +} diff --git a/intl/printf-args.h b/intl/printf-args.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cf89c3e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/printf-args.h @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +/* Decomposed printf argument list. + Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2006-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _PRINTF_ARGS_H +#define _PRINTF_ARGS_H + +/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros: + ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions. + PRINTF_FETCHARGS Name of the function to be declared. + STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */ + +/* Default parameters. */ +#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS +# define PRINTF_FETCHARGS printf_fetchargs +#endif + +/* Get size_t. */ +#include <stddef.h> + +/* Get wchar_t. */ +#if HAVE_WCHAR_T +# include <stddef.h> +#endif + +/* Get wint_t. */ +#if HAVE_WINT_T +# include <wchar.h> +#endif + +/* Get va_list. */ +#include <stdarg.h> + + +/* Argument types */ +typedef enum +{ + TYPE_NONE, + TYPE_SCHAR, + TYPE_UCHAR, + TYPE_SHORT, + TYPE_USHORT, + TYPE_INT, + TYPE_UINT, + TYPE_LONGINT, + TYPE_ULONGINT, +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + TYPE_LONGLONGINT, + TYPE_ULONGLONGINT, +#endif + TYPE_DOUBLE, + TYPE_LONGDOUBLE, + TYPE_CHAR, +#if HAVE_WINT_T + TYPE_WIDE_CHAR, +#endif + TYPE_STRING, +#if HAVE_WCHAR_T + TYPE_WIDE_STRING, +#endif + TYPE_POINTER, + TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER, + TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER, + TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER, + TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT +, TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER +#endif +#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO + /* The unistdio extensions. */ +, TYPE_U8_STRING +, TYPE_U16_STRING +, TYPE_U32_STRING +#endif +} arg_type; + +/* Polymorphic argument */ +typedef struct +{ + arg_type type; + union + { + signed char a_schar; + unsigned char a_uchar; + short a_short; + unsigned short a_ushort; + int a_int; + unsigned int a_uint; + long int a_longint; + unsigned long int a_ulongint; +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + long long int a_longlongint; + unsigned long long int a_ulonglongint; +#endif + float a_float; + double a_double; + long double a_longdouble; + int a_char; +#if HAVE_WINT_T + wint_t a_wide_char; +#endif + const char* a_string; +#if HAVE_WCHAR_T + const wchar_t* a_wide_string; +#endif + void* a_pointer; + signed char * a_count_schar_pointer; + short * a_count_short_pointer; + int * a_count_int_pointer; + long int * a_count_longint_pointer; +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + long long int * a_count_longlongint_pointer; +#endif +#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO + /* The unistdio extensions. */ + const uint8_t * a_u8_string; + const uint16_t * a_u16_string; + const uint32_t * a_u32_string; +#endif + } + a; +} +argument; + +typedef struct +{ + size_t count; + argument *arg; +} +arguments; + + +/* Fetch the arguments, putting them into a. */ +#ifdef STATIC +STATIC +#else +extern +#endif +int PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a); + +#endif /* _PRINTF_ARGS_H */ diff --git a/intl/printf-parse.c b/intl/printf-parse.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6ed1cc32 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/printf-parse.c @@ -0,0 +1,590 @@ +/* Formatted output to strings. + Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003, 2006-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros: + CHAR_T The element type of the format string. + CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII Set to 1 to enable verification that all characters + in the format string are ASCII. + DIRECTIVE Structure denoting a format directive. + Depends on CHAR_T. + DIRECTIVES Structure denoting the set of format directives of a + format string. Depends on CHAR_T. + PRINTF_PARSE Function that parses a format string. + Depends on CHAR_T. + STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. + ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions. */ + +#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE +# include <config.h> +#endif + +/* Specification. */ +#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE +# include "printf-parse.h" +#endif + +/* Default parameters. */ +#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE +# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse +# define CHAR_T char +# define DIRECTIVE char_directive +# define DIRECTIVES char_directives +#endif + +/* Get size_t, NULL. */ +#include <stddef.h> + +/* Get intmax_t. */ +#if defined IN_LIBINTL || defined IN_LIBASPRINTF +# if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX +# include <stdint.h> +# endif +# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX +# include <inttypes.h> +# endif +#else +# include <stdint.h> +#endif + +/* malloc(), realloc(), free(). */ +#include <stdlib.h> + +/* errno. */ +#include <errno.h> + +/* Checked size_t computations. */ +#include "xsize.h" + +#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII +/* c_isascii(). */ +# include "c-ctype.h" +#endif + +#ifdef STATIC +STATIC +#endif +int +PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a) +{ + const CHAR_T *cp = format; /* pointer into format */ + size_t arg_posn = 0; /* number of regular arguments consumed */ + size_t d_allocated; /* allocated elements of d->dir */ + size_t a_allocated; /* allocated elements of a->arg */ + size_t max_width_length = 0; + size_t max_precision_length = 0; + + d->count = 0; + d_allocated = 1; + d->dir = (DIRECTIVE *) malloc (d_allocated * sizeof (DIRECTIVE)); + if (d->dir == NULL) + /* Out of memory. */ + goto out_of_memory_1; + + a->count = 0; + a_allocated = 0; + a->arg = NULL; + +#define REGISTER_ARG(_index_,_type_) \ + { \ + size_t n = (_index_); \ + if (n >= a_allocated) \ + { \ + size_t memory_size; \ + argument *memory; \ + \ + a_allocated = xtimes (a_allocated, 2); \ + if (a_allocated <= n) \ + a_allocated = xsum (n, 1); \ + memory_size = xtimes (a_allocated, sizeof (argument)); \ + if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \ + /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ \ + goto out_of_memory; \ + memory = (argument *) (a->arg \ + ? realloc (a->arg, memory_size) \ + : malloc (memory_size)); \ + if (memory == NULL) \ + /* Out of memory. */ \ + goto out_of_memory; \ + a->arg = memory; \ + } \ + while (a->count <= n) \ + a->arg[a->count++].type = TYPE_NONE; \ + if (a->arg[n].type == TYPE_NONE) \ + a->arg[n].type = (_type_); \ + else if (a->arg[n].type != (_type_)) \ + /* Ambiguous type for positional argument. */ \ + goto error; \ + } + + while (*cp != '\0') + { + CHAR_T c = *cp++; + if (c == '%') + { + size_t arg_index = ARG_NONE; + DIRECTIVE *dp = &d->dir[d->count]; /* pointer to next directive */ + + /* Initialize the next directive. */ + dp->dir_start = cp - 1; + dp->flags = 0; + dp->width_start = NULL; + dp->width_end = NULL; + dp->width_arg_index = ARG_NONE; + dp->precision_start = NULL; + dp->precision_end = NULL; + dp->precision_arg_index = ARG_NONE; + dp->arg_index = ARG_NONE; + + /* Test for positional argument. */ + if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9') + { + const CHAR_T *np; + + for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) + ; + if (*np == '$') + { + size_t n = 0; + + for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) + n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0'); + if (n == 0) + /* Positional argument 0. */ + goto error; + if (size_overflow_p (n)) + /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */ + goto error; + arg_index = n - 1; + cp = np + 1; + } + } + + /* Read the flags. */ + for (;;) + { + if (*cp == '\'') + { + dp->flags |= FLAG_GROUP; + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == '-') + { + dp->flags |= FLAG_LEFT; + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == '+') + { + dp->flags |= FLAG_SHOWSIGN; + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == ' ') + { + dp->flags |= FLAG_SPACE; + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == '#') + { + dp->flags |= FLAG_ALT; + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == '0') + { + dp->flags |= FLAG_ZERO; + cp++; + } + else + break; + } + + /* Parse the field width. */ + if (*cp == '*') + { + dp->width_start = cp; + cp++; + dp->width_end = cp; + if (max_width_length < 1) + max_width_length = 1; + + /* Test for positional argument. */ + if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9') + { + const CHAR_T *np; + + for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) + ; + if (*np == '$') + { + size_t n = 0; + + for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) + n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0'); + if (n == 0) + /* Positional argument 0. */ + goto error; + if (size_overflow_p (n)) + /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */ + goto error; + dp->width_arg_index = n - 1; + cp = np + 1; + } + } + if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE) + { + dp->width_arg_index = arg_posn++; + if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE) + /* arg_posn wrapped around. */ + goto error; + } + REGISTER_ARG (dp->width_arg_index, TYPE_INT); + } + else if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9') + { + size_t width_length; + + dp->width_start = cp; + for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++) + ; + dp->width_end = cp; + width_length = dp->width_end - dp->width_start; + if (max_width_length < width_length) + max_width_length = width_length; + } + + /* Parse the precision. */ + if (*cp == '.') + { + cp++; + if (*cp == '*') + { + dp->precision_start = cp - 1; + cp++; + dp->precision_end = cp; + if (max_precision_length < 2) + max_precision_length = 2; + + /* Test for positional argument. */ + if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9') + { + const CHAR_T *np; + + for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) + ; + if (*np == '$') + { + size_t n = 0; + + for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++) + n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0'); + if (n == 0) + /* Positional argument 0. */ + goto error; + if (size_overflow_p (n)) + /* n too large, would lead to out of memory + later. */ + goto error; + dp->precision_arg_index = n - 1; + cp = np + 1; + } + } + if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE) + { + dp->precision_arg_index = arg_posn++; + if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE) + /* arg_posn wrapped around. */ + goto error; + } + REGISTER_ARG (dp->precision_arg_index, TYPE_INT); + } + else + { + size_t precision_length; + + dp->precision_start = cp - 1; + for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++) + ; + dp->precision_end = cp; + precision_length = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start; + if (max_precision_length < precision_length) + max_precision_length = precision_length; + } + } + + { + arg_type type; + + /* Parse argument type/size specifiers. */ + { + int flags = 0; + + for (;;) + { + if (*cp == 'h') + { + flags |= (1 << (flags & 1)); + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == 'L') + { + flags |= 4; + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == 'l') + { + flags += 8; + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == 'j') + { + if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long)) + { + /* intmax_t = long long */ + flags += 16; + } + else if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (int)) + { + /* intmax_t = long */ + flags += 8; + } + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == 'z' || *cp == 'Z') + { + /* 'z' is standardized in ISO C 99, but glibc uses 'Z' + because the warning facility in gcc-2.95.2 understands + only 'Z' (see gcc-2.95.2/gcc/c-common.c:1784). */ + if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (long)) + { + /* size_t = long long */ + flags += 16; + } + else if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (int)) + { + /* size_t = long */ + flags += 8; + } + cp++; + } + else if (*cp == 't') + { + if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (long)) + { + /* ptrdiff_t = long long */ + flags += 16; + } + else if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (int)) + { + /* ptrdiff_t = long */ + flags += 8; + } + cp++; + } + else + break; + } + + /* Read the conversion character. */ + c = *cp++; + switch (c) + { + case 'd': case 'i': +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */ + if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4)) + type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT; + else +#endif + /* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse + "lld" into TYPE_LONGINT. */ + if (flags >= 8) + type = TYPE_LONGINT; + else if (flags & 2) + type = TYPE_SCHAR; + else if (flags & 1) + type = TYPE_SHORT; + else + type = TYPE_INT; + break; + case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X': +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */ + if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4)) + type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT; + else +#endif + /* If 'unsigned long long' exists and is the same as + 'unsigned long', we parse "llu" into TYPE_ULONGINT. */ + if (flags >= 8) + type = TYPE_ULONGINT; + else if (flags & 2) + type = TYPE_UCHAR; + else if (flags & 1) + type = TYPE_USHORT; + else + type = TYPE_UINT; + break; + case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G': + case 'a': case 'A': + if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4)) + type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE; + else + type = TYPE_DOUBLE; + break; + case 'c': + if (flags >= 8) +#if HAVE_WINT_T + type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR; +#else + goto error; +#endif + else + type = TYPE_CHAR; + break; +#if HAVE_WINT_T + case 'C': + type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR; + c = 'c'; + break; +#endif + case 's': + if (flags >= 8) +#if HAVE_WCHAR_T + type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING; +#else + goto error; +#endif + else + type = TYPE_STRING; + break; +#if HAVE_WCHAR_T + case 'S': + type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING; + c = 's'; + break; +#endif + case 'p': + type = TYPE_POINTER; + break; + case 'n': +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */ + if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4)) + type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER; + else +#endif + /* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse + "lln" into TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER. */ + if (flags >= 8) + type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER; + else if (flags & 2) + type = TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER; + else if (flags & 1) + type = TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER; + else + type = TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER; + break; +#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO + /* The unistdio extensions. */ + case 'U': + if (flags >= 16) + type = TYPE_U32_STRING; + else if (flags >= 8) + type = TYPE_U16_STRING; + else + type = TYPE_U8_STRING; + break; +#endif + case '%': + type = TYPE_NONE; + break; + default: + /* Unknown conversion character. */ + goto error; + } + } + + if (type != TYPE_NONE) + { + dp->arg_index = arg_index; + if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE) + { + dp->arg_index = arg_posn++; + if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE) + /* arg_posn wrapped around. */ + goto error; + } + REGISTER_ARG (dp->arg_index, type); + } + dp->conversion = c; + dp->dir_end = cp; + } + + d->count++; + if (d->count >= d_allocated) + { + size_t memory_size; + DIRECTIVE *memory; + + d_allocated = xtimes (d_allocated, 2); + memory_size = xtimes (d_allocated, sizeof (DIRECTIVE)); + if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) + /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ + goto out_of_memory; + memory = (DIRECTIVE *) realloc (d->dir, memory_size); + if (memory == NULL) + /* Out of memory. */ + goto out_of_memory; + d->dir = memory; + } + } +#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII + else if (!c_isascii (c)) + { + /* Non-ASCII character. Not supported. */ + goto error; + } +#endif + } + d->dir[d->count].dir_start = cp; + + d->max_width_length = max_width_length; + d->max_precision_length = max_precision_length; + return 0; + +error: + if (a->arg) + free (a->arg); + if (d->dir) + free (d->dir); + errno = EINVAL; + return -1; + +out_of_memory: + if (a->arg) + free (a->arg); + if (d->dir) + free (d->dir); +out_of_memory_1: + errno = ENOMEM; + return -1; +} + +#undef PRINTF_PARSE +#undef DIRECTIVES +#undef DIRECTIVE +#undef CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII +#undef CHAR_T diff --git a/intl/printf-parse.h b/intl/printf-parse.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e7853389 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/printf-parse.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* Parse printf format string. + Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _PRINTF_PARSE_H +#define _PRINTF_PARSE_H + +#include "printf-args.h" + + +/* Flags */ +#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */ +#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */ +#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */ +#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */ +#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */ +#define FLAG_ZERO 32 + +/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */ +#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0) + +/* A parsed directive. */ +typedef struct +{ + const char* dir_start; + const char* dir_end; + int flags; + const char* width_start; + const char* width_end; + size_t width_arg_index; + const char* precision_start; + const char* precision_end; + size_t precision_arg_index; + char conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */ + size_t arg_index; +} +char_directive; + +/* A parsed format string. */ +typedef struct +{ + size_t count; + char_directive *dir; + size_t max_width_length; + size_t max_precision_length; +} +char_directives; + + +/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills + in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start + to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the + arguments and the needed count of arguments. */ +#ifdef STATIC +STATIC +#else +extern +#endif +int printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a); + +#endif /* _PRINTF_PARSE_H */ diff --git a/intl/printf.c b/intl/printf.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0088e519 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/printf.c @@ -0,0 +1,427 @@ +/* Formatted output to strings, using POSIX/XSI format strings with positions. + Copyright (C) 2003, 2006-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +#else +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# include <malloc.h> +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +# include <alloca.h> +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> + +#if !HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF + +#include <errno.h> +#include <limits.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +/* Some systems, like OSF/1 4.0 and Woe32, don't have EOVERFLOW. */ +#ifndef EOVERFLOW +# define EOVERFLOW E2BIG +#endif + +/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because + the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we + don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */ +#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL +# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport) +#else +# define DLL_EXPORTED +#endif + +#define STATIC static + +/* This needs to be consistent with libgnuintl.h.in. */ +#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __BEOS__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__ +/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))). + This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin, + mingw does not have a function __printf__. */ +# define libintl_printf __printf__ +#endif + +/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-args.h". */ +#include "printf-args.c" + +/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-parse.h". */ +#include "printf-parse.c" + +/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */ +#define vasnprintf libintl_vasnprintf +#include "vasnprintf.c" +#if 0 /* not needed */ +#define asnprintf libintl_asnprintf +#include "asnprintf.c" +#endif + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_vfprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list args) +{ + if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL) + return vfprintf (stream, format, args); + else + { + size_t length; + char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args); + int retval = -1; + if (result != NULL) + { + size_t written = fwrite (result, 1, length, stream); + free (result); + if (written == length) + { + if (length > INT_MAX) + errno = EOVERFLOW; + else + retval = length; + } + } + return retval; + } +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_fprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + va_start (args, format); + retval = libintl_vfprintf (stream, format, args); + va_end (args); + return retval; +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_vprintf (const char *format, va_list args) +{ + return libintl_vfprintf (stdout, format, args); +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_printf (const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + va_start (args, format); + retval = libintl_vprintf (format, args); + va_end (args); + return retval; +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_vsprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, va_list args) +{ + if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL) + return vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args); + else + { + size_t length = (size_t) ~0 / (4 * sizeof (char)); + char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args); + if (result != resultbuf) + { + free (result); + return -1; + } + if (length > INT_MAX) + { + errno = EOVERFLOW; + return -1; + } + else + return length; + } +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_sprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + va_start (args, format); + retval = libintl_vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args); + va_end (args); + return retval; +} + +#if HAVE_SNPRINTF + +# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF + /* Windows. */ +# define system_vsnprintf _vsnprintf +# else + /* Unix. */ +# define system_vsnprintf vsnprintf +# endif + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_vsnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, va_list args) +{ + if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL) + return system_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args); + else + { + size_t maxlength = length; + char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args); + if (result != resultbuf) + { + if (maxlength > 0) + { + size_t pruned_length = + (length < maxlength ? length : maxlength - 1); + memcpy (resultbuf, result, pruned_length); + resultbuf[pruned_length] = '\0'; + } + free (result); + } + if (length > INT_MAX) + { + errno = EOVERFLOW; + return -1; + } + else + return length; + } +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_snprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + va_start (args, format); + retval = libintl_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args); + va_end (args); + return retval; +} + +#endif + +#if HAVE_ASPRINTF + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_vasprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, va_list args) +{ + size_t length; + char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args); + if (result == NULL) + return -1; + if (length > INT_MAX) + { + free (result); + errno = EOVERFLOW; + return -1; + } + *resultp = result; + return length; +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_asprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + va_start (args, format); + retval = libintl_vasprintf (resultp, format, args); + va_end (args); + return retval; +} + +#endif + +#if HAVE_FWPRINTF + +#include <wchar.h> + +#define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 1 + +#include "wprintf-parse.h" +/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "wprintf-parse.h". */ +#define CHAR_T wchar_t +#define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive +#define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives +#define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse +#include "printf-parse.c" + +/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */ +#define vasnwprintf libintl_vasnwprintf +#include "vasnprintf.c" +#if 0 /* not needed */ +#define asnwprintf libintl_asnwprintf +#include "asnprintf.c" +#endif + +# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF + /* Windows. */ +# define system_vswprintf _vsnwprintf +# else + /* Unix. */ +# define system_vswprintf vswprintf +# endif + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_vfwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, va_list args) +{ + if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL) + return vfwprintf (stream, format, args); + else + { + size_t length; + wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (NULL, &length, format, args); + int retval = -1; + if (result != NULL) + { + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < length; i++) + if (fputwc (result[i], stream) == WEOF) + break; + free (result); + if (i == length) + { + if (length > INT_MAX) + errno = EOVERFLOW; + else + retval = length; + } + } + return retval; + } +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_fwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + va_start (args, format); + retval = libintl_vfwprintf (stream, format, args); + va_end (args); + return retval; +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_vwprintf (const wchar_t *format, va_list args) +{ + return libintl_vfwprintf (stdout, format, args); +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_wprintf (const wchar_t *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + va_start (args, format); + retval = libintl_vwprintf (format, args); + va_end (args); + return retval; +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_vswprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, va_list args) +{ + if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL) + return system_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args); + else + { + size_t maxlength = length; + wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args); + if (result != resultbuf) + { + if (maxlength > 0) + { + size_t pruned_length = + (length < maxlength ? length : maxlength - 1); + memcpy (resultbuf, result, pruned_length * sizeof (wchar_t)); + resultbuf[pruned_length] = 0; + } + free (result); + /* Unlike vsnprintf, which has to return the number of character that + would have been produced if the resultbuf had been sufficiently + large, the vswprintf function has to return a negative value if + the resultbuf was not sufficiently large. */ + if (length >= maxlength) + return -1; + } + if (length > INT_MAX) + { + errno = EOVERFLOW; + return -1; + } + else + return length; + } +} + +DLL_EXPORTED +int +libintl_swprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + int retval; + + va_start (args, format); + retval = libintl_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args); + va_end (args); + return retval; +} + +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/intl/ref-add.sin b/intl/ref-add.sin new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3678c289 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/ref-add.sin @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file. +# +# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published +# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, +# USA. +# +# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. +# +/^# Packages using this file: / { + s/# Packages using this file:// + ta + :a + s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ / + tb + s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ / + :b + s/^/# Packages using this file:/ +} diff --git a/intl/ref-del.sin b/intl/ref-del.sin new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c12d8e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/ref-del.sin @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file. +# +# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published +# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, +# USA. +# +# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. +# +/^# Packages using this file: / { + s/# Packages using this file:// + s/ @PACKAGE@ / / + s/^/# Packages using this file:/ +} diff --git a/intl/relocatable.c b/intl/relocatable.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5e1dde6c --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/relocatable.c @@ -0,0 +1,468 @@ +/* Provide relocatable packages. + Copyright (C) 2003-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + + +/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for getline(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#include "relocatable.h" + +#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#ifdef NO_XMALLOC +# define xmalloc malloc +#else +# include "xalloc.h" +#endif + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include <windows.h> +#endif + +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET +# include <libcharset.h> +#endif +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV +# include <iconv.h> +#endif +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS +# include <libintl.h> +#endif + +/* Faked cheap 'bool'. */ +#undef bool +#undef false +#undef true +#define bool int +#define false 0 +#define true 1 + +/* Pathname support. + ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. + IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification. + */ +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') +# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ + ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ + && (P)[1] == ':') +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \ + (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0) +#else + /* Unix */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL) +# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0 +#endif + +/* Original installation prefix. */ +static char *orig_prefix; +static size_t orig_prefix_len; +/* Current installation prefix. */ +static char *curr_prefix; +static size_t curr_prefix_len; +/* These prefixes do not end in a slash. Anything that will be concatenated + to them must start with a slash. */ + +/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of this module. + Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix + by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both + prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" + instead of "/"). */ +static void +set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, + const char *curr_prefix_arg) +{ + if (orig_prefix_arg != NULL && curr_prefix_arg != NULL + /* Optimization: if orig_prefix and curr_prefix are equal, the + relocation is a nop. */ + && strcmp (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg) != 0) + { + /* Duplicate the argument strings. */ + char *memory; + + orig_prefix_len = strlen (orig_prefix_arg); + curr_prefix_len = strlen (curr_prefix_arg); + memory = (char *) xmalloc (orig_prefix_len + 1 + curr_prefix_len + 1); +#ifdef NO_XMALLOC + if (memory != NULL) +#endif + { + memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1); + orig_prefix = memory; + memory += orig_prefix_len + 1; + memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1); + curr_prefix = memory; + return; + } + } + orig_prefix = NULL; + curr_prefix = NULL; + /* Don't worry about wasted memory here - this function is usually only + called once. */ +} + +/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. + Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix + by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both + prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" + instead of "/"). */ +void +set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg) +{ + set_this_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); + + /* Now notify all dependent libraries. */ +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET + libcharset_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); +#endif +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV && _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0109 + libiconv_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); +#endif +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS && defined libintl_set_relocation_prefix + libintl_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); +#endif +} + +#if !defined IN_LIBRARY || (defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR) + +/* Convenience function: + Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original + installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular + file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */ +#ifdef IN_LIBRARY +#define compute_curr_prefix local_compute_curr_prefix +static +#endif +const char * +compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix, + const char *orig_installdir, + const char *curr_pathname) +{ + const char *curr_installdir; + const char *rel_installdir; + + if (curr_pathname == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* Determine the relative installation directory, relative to the prefix. + This is simply the difference between orig_installprefix and + orig_installdir. */ + if (strncmp (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, strlen (orig_installprefix)) + != 0) + /* Shouldn't happen - nothing should be installed outside $(prefix). */ + return NULL; + rel_installdir = orig_installdir + strlen (orig_installprefix); + + /* Determine the current installation directory. */ + { + const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname); + const char *p = curr_pathname + strlen (curr_pathname); + char *q; + + while (p > p_base) + { + p--; + if (ISSLASH (*p)) + break; + } + + q = (char *) xmalloc (p - curr_pathname + 1); +#ifdef NO_XMALLOC + if (q == NULL) + return NULL; +#endif + memcpy (q, curr_pathname, p - curr_pathname); + q[p - curr_pathname] = '\0'; + curr_installdir = q; + } + + /* Compute the current installation prefix by removing the trailing + rel_installdir from it. */ + { + const char *rp = rel_installdir + strlen (rel_installdir); + const char *cp = curr_installdir + strlen (curr_installdir); + const char *cp_base = + curr_installdir + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir); + + while (rp > rel_installdir && cp > cp_base) + { + bool same = false; + const char *rpi = rp; + const char *cpi = cp; + + while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base) + { + rpi--; + cpi--; + if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi)) + { + if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi)) + same = true; + break; + } + /* Do case-insensitive comparison if the filesystem is always or + often case-insensitive. It's better to accept the comparison + if the difference is only in case, rather than to fail. */ +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant filesystem */ + if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi) + != (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi)) + break; +#else + if (*rpi != *cpi) + break; +#endif + } + if (!same) + break; + /* The last pathname component was the same. opi and cpi now point + to the slash before it. */ + rp = rpi; + cp = cpi; + } + + if (rp > rel_installdir) + /* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir. */ + return NULL; + + { + size_t curr_prefix_len = cp - curr_installdir; + char *curr_prefix; + + curr_prefix = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + 1); +#ifdef NO_XMALLOC + if (curr_prefix == NULL) + return NULL; +#endif + memcpy (curr_prefix, curr_installdir, curr_prefix_len); + curr_prefix[curr_prefix_len] = '\0'; + + return curr_prefix; + } + } +} + +#endif /* !IN_LIBRARY || PIC */ + +#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR + +/* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL. */ +static char *shared_library_fullname; + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ + +/* Determine the full pathname of the shared library when it is loaded. */ + +BOOL WINAPI +DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved) +{ + (void) reserved; + + if (event == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH) + { + /* The DLL is being loaded into an application's address range. */ + static char location[MAX_PATH]; + + if (!GetModuleFileName (module_handle, location, sizeof (location))) + /* Shouldn't happen. */ + return FALSE; + + if (!IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (location)) + /* Shouldn't happen. */ + return FALSE; + + { +#if defined __CYGWIN__ + /* On Cygwin, we need to convert paths coming from Win32 system calls + to the Unix-like slashified notation. */ + static char location_as_posix_path[2 * MAX_PATH]; + /* There's no error return defined for cygwin_conv_to_posix_path. + See cygwin-api/func-cygwin-conv-to-posix-path.html. + Does it overflow the buffer of expected size MAX_PATH or does it + truncate the path? I don't know. Let's catch both. */ + cygwin_conv_to_posix_path (location, location_as_posix_path); + location_as_posix_path[MAX_PATH - 1] = '\0'; + if (strlen (location_as_posix_path) >= MAX_PATH - 1) + /* A sign of buffer overflow or path truncation. */ + return FALSE; + shared_library_fullname = strdup (location_as_posix_path); +#else + shared_library_fullname = strdup (location); +#endif + } + } + + return TRUE; +} + +#else /* Unix except Cygwin */ + +static void +find_shared_library_fullname () +{ +#if defined __linux__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2 + /* Linux has /proc/self/maps. glibc 2 has the getline() function. */ + FILE *fp; + + /* Open the current process' maps file. It describes one VMA per line. */ + fp = fopen ("/proc/self/maps", "r"); + if (fp) + { + unsigned long address = (unsigned long) &find_shared_library_fullname; + for (;;) + { + unsigned long start, end; + int c; + + if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2) + break; + if (address >= start && address <= end - 1) + { + /* Found it. Now see if this line contains a filename. */ + while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/') + continue; + if (c == '/') + { + size_t size; + int len; + + ungetc (c, fp); + shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0; + len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp); + if (len >= 0) + { + /* Success: filled shared_library_fullname. */ + if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n') + shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0'; + } + } + break; + } + while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n') + continue; + } + fclose (fp); + } +#endif +} + +#endif /* (WIN32 or Cygwin) / (Unix except Cygwin) */ + +/* Return the full pathname of the current shared library. + Return NULL if unknown. + Guaranteed to work only on Linux, Cygwin and Woe32. */ +static char * +get_shared_library_fullname () +{ +#if !(defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__) + static bool tried_find_shared_library_fullname; + if (!tried_find_shared_library_fullname) + { + find_shared_library_fullname (); + tried_find_shared_library_fullname = true; + } +#endif + return shared_library_fullname; +} + +#endif /* PIC */ + +/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation + directory. */ +const char * +relocate (const char *pathname) +{ +#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR + static int initialized; + + /* Initialization code for a shared library. */ + if (!initialized) + { + /* At this point, orig_prefix and curr_prefix likely have already been + set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir + function. This is sufficient in the case that the library has + initially been installed in the same orig_prefix. But we can do + better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed + in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later) + to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from + orig_prefix. */ + const char *orig_installprefix = INSTALLPREFIX; + const char *orig_installdir = INSTALLDIR; + const char *curr_prefix_better; + + curr_prefix_better = + compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, + get_shared_library_fullname ()); + if (curr_prefix_better == NULL) + curr_prefix_better = curr_prefix; + + set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix, curr_prefix_better); + + initialized = 1; + } +#endif + + /* Note: It is not necessary to perform case insensitive comparison here, + even for DOS-like filesystems, because the pathname argument was + typically created from the same Makefile variable as orig_prefix came + from. */ + if (orig_prefix != NULL && curr_prefix != NULL + && strncmp (pathname, orig_prefix, orig_prefix_len) == 0) + { + if (pathname[orig_prefix_len] == '\0') + /* pathname equals orig_prefix. */ + return curr_prefix; + if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len])) + { + /* pathname starts with orig_prefix. */ + const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len]; + char *result = + (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1); + +#ifdef NO_XMALLOC + if (result != NULL) +#endif + { + memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len); + strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail); + return result; + } + } + } + /* Nothing to relocate. */ + return pathname; +} + +#endif diff --git a/intl/relocatable.h b/intl/relocatable.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f6d38321 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/relocatable.h @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/* Provide relocatable packages. + Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H +#define _RELOCATABLE_H + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option. */ +#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE + +/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because + this is a private .h file, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) + in any case. */ +#if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL +# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default"))) +#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL +# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport) +#else +# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED +#endif + +/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. + Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix + by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both + prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" + instead of "/"). */ +extern RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED void + set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix, + const char *curr_prefix); + +/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation + directory. */ +extern const char * relocate (const char *pathname); + +/* Memory management: relocate() leaks memory, because it has to construct + a fresh pathname. If this is a problem because your program calls + relocate() frequently, think about caching the result. */ + +/* Convenience function: + Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original + installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular + file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */ +extern const char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix, + const char *orig_installdir, + const char *curr_pathname); + +#else + +/* By default, we use the hardwired pathnames. */ +#define relocate(pathname) (pathname) + +#endif + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */ diff --git a/intl/textdomain.c b/intl/textdomain.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..70131bc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/textdomain.c @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <bits/libc-lock.h> +# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define +# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock +# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock +#else +# include "lock.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain +# ifndef strdup +# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) +# endif +#else +# define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain +#endif + +/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ +gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) + +/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. + If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. + If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ +char * +TEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname) +{ + char *new_domain; + char *old_domain; + + /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */ + if (domainname == NULL) + return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; + + gl_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); + + old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; + + /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */ + if (domainname[0] == '\0' + || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0) + { + _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; + new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; + } + else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0) + /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some + environment variable changed. */ + new_domain = old_domain; + else + { + /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain' + will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we + are out of core. */ +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + new_domain = strdup (domainname); +#else + size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; + new_domain = (char *) malloc (len); + if (new_domain != NULL) + memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len); +#endif + + if (new_domain != NULL) + _nl_current_default_domain = new_domain; + } + + /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs + since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we + to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */ + if (new_domain != NULL) + { + ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; + + if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) + free (old_domain); + } + + gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); + + return new_domain; +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain); +#endif diff --git a/intl/tsearch.c b/intl/tsearch.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d549dd45 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/tsearch.c @@ -0,0 +1,684 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2000, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Bernd Schmidt <crux@Pool.Informatik.RWTH-Aachen.DE>, 1997. + + NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C + Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* Tree search for red/black trees. + The algorithm for adding nodes is taken from one of the many "Algorithms" + books by Robert Sedgewick, although the implementation differs. + The algorithm for deleting nodes can probably be found in a book named + "Introduction to Algorithms" by Cormen/Leiserson/Rivest. At least that's + the book that my professor took most algorithms from during the "Data + Structures" course... + + Totally public domain. */ + +/* Red/black trees are binary trees in which the edges are colored either red + or black. They have the following properties: + 1. The number of black edges on every path from the root to a leaf is + constant. + 2. No two red edges are adjacent. + Therefore there is an upper bound on the length of every path, it's + O(log n) where n is the number of nodes in the tree. No path can be longer + than 1+2*P where P is the length of the shortest path in the tree. + Useful for the implementation: + 3. If one of the children of a node is NULL, then the other one is red + (if it exists). + + In the implementation, not the edges are colored, but the nodes. The color + interpreted as the color of the edge leading to this node. The color is + meaningless for the root node, but we color the root node black for + convenience. All added nodes are red initially. + + Adding to a red/black tree is rather easy. The right place is searched + with a usual binary tree search. Additionally, whenever a node N is + reached that has two red successors, the successors are colored black and + the node itself colored red. This moves red edges up the tree where they + pose less of a problem once we get to really insert the new node. Changing + N's color to red may violate rule 2, however, so rotations may become + necessary to restore the invariants. Adding a new red leaf may violate + the same rule, so afterwards an additional check is run and the tree + possibly rotated. + + Deleting is hairy. There are mainly two nodes involved: the node to be + deleted (n1), and another node that is to be unchained from the tree (n2). + If n1 has a successor (the node with a smallest key that is larger than + n1), then the successor becomes n2 and its contents are copied into n1, + otherwise n1 becomes n2. + Unchaining a node may violate rule 1: if n2 is black, one subtree is + missing one black edge afterwards. The algorithm must try to move this + error upwards towards the root, so that the subtree that does not have + enough black edges becomes the whole tree. Once that happens, the error + has disappeared. It may not be necessary to go all the way up, since it + is possible that rotations and recoloring can fix the error before that. + + Although the deletion algorithm must walk upwards through the tree, we + do not store parent pointers in the nodes. Instead, delete allocates a + small array of parent pointers and fills it while descending the tree. + Since we know that the length of a path is O(log n), where n is the number + of nodes, this is likely to use less memory. */ + +/* Tree rotations look like this: + A C + / \ / \ + B C A G + / \ / \ --> / \ + D E F G B F + / \ + D E + + In this case, A has been rotated left. This preserves the ordering of the + binary tree. */ + +#include <config.h> + +/* Specification. */ +#ifdef IN_LIBINTL +# include "tsearch.h" +#else +# include <search.h> +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> + +typedef int (*__compar_fn_t) (const void *, const void *); +typedef void (*__action_fn_t) (const void *, VISIT, int); + +#ifndef weak_alias +# define __tsearch tsearch +# define __tfind tfind +# define __tdelete tdelete +# define __twalk twalk +#endif + +#ifndef internal_function +/* Inside GNU libc we mark some function in a special way. In other + environments simply ignore the marking. */ +# define internal_function +#endif + +typedef struct node_t +{ + /* Callers expect this to be the first element in the structure - do not + move! */ + const void *key; + struct node_t *left; + struct node_t *right; + unsigned int red:1; +} *node; +typedef const struct node_t *const_node; + +#undef DEBUGGING + +#ifdef DEBUGGING + +/* Routines to check tree invariants. */ + +#include <assert.h> + +#define CHECK_TREE(a) check_tree(a) + +static void +check_tree_recurse (node p, int d_sofar, int d_total) +{ + if (p == NULL) + { + assert (d_sofar == d_total); + return; + } + + check_tree_recurse (p->left, d_sofar + (p->left && !p->left->red), d_total); + check_tree_recurse (p->right, d_sofar + (p->right && !p->right->red), d_total); + if (p->left) + assert (!(p->left->red && p->red)); + if (p->right) + assert (!(p->right->red && p->red)); +} + +static void +check_tree (node root) +{ + int cnt = 0; + node p; + if (root == NULL) + return; + root->red = 0; + for(p = root->left; p; p = p->left) + cnt += !p->red; + check_tree_recurse (root, 0, cnt); +} + + +#else + +#define CHECK_TREE(a) + +#endif + +/* Possibly "split" a node with two red successors, and/or fix up two red + edges in a row. ROOTP is a pointer to the lowest node we visited, PARENTP + and GPARENTP pointers to its parent/grandparent. P_R and GP_R contain the + comparison values that determined which way was taken in the tree to reach + ROOTP. MODE is 1 if we need not do the split, but must check for two red + edges between GPARENTP and ROOTP. */ +static void +maybe_split_for_insert (node *rootp, node *parentp, node *gparentp, + int p_r, int gp_r, int mode) +{ + node root = *rootp; + node *rp, *lp; + rp = &(*rootp)->right; + lp = &(*rootp)->left; + + /* See if we have to split this node (both successors red). */ + if (mode == 1 + || ((*rp) != NULL && (*lp) != NULL && (*rp)->red && (*lp)->red)) + { + /* This node becomes red, its successors black. */ + root->red = 1; + if (*rp) + (*rp)->red = 0; + if (*lp) + (*lp)->red = 0; + + /* If the parent of this node is also red, we have to do + rotations. */ + if (parentp != NULL && (*parentp)->red) + { + node gp = *gparentp; + node p = *parentp; + /* There are two main cases: + 1. The edge types (left or right) of the two red edges differ. + 2. Both red edges are of the same type. + There exist two symmetries of each case, so there is a total of + 4 cases. */ + if ((p_r > 0) != (gp_r > 0)) + { + /* Put the child at the top of the tree, with its parent + and grandparent as successors. */ + p->red = 1; + gp->red = 1; + root->red = 0; + if (p_r < 0) + { + /* Child is left of parent. */ + p->left = *rp; + *rp = p; + gp->right = *lp; + *lp = gp; + } + else + { + /* Child is right of parent. */ + p->right = *lp; + *lp = p; + gp->left = *rp; + *rp = gp; + } + *gparentp = root; + } + else + { + *gparentp = *parentp; + /* Parent becomes the top of the tree, grandparent and + child are its successors. */ + p->red = 0; + gp->red = 1; + if (p_r < 0) + { + /* Left edges. */ + gp->left = p->right; + p->right = gp; + } + else + { + /* Right edges. */ + gp->right = p->left; + p->left = gp; + } + } + } + } +} + +/* Find or insert datum into search tree. + KEY is the key to be located, ROOTP is the address of tree root, + COMPAR the ordering function. */ +void * +__tsearch (const void *key, void **vrootp, __compar_fn_t compar) +{ + node q; + node *parentp = NULL, *gparentp = NULL; + node *rootp = (node *) vrootp; + node *nextp; + int r = 0, p_r = 0, gp_r = 0; /* No they might not, Mr Compiler. */ + + if (rootp == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* This saves some additional tests below. */ + if (*rootp != NULL) + (*rootp)->red = 0; + + CHECK_TREE (*rootp); + + nextp = rootp; + while (*nextp != NULL) + { + node root = *rootp; + r = (*compar) (key, root->key); + if (r == 0) + return root; + + maybe_split_for_insert (rootp, parentp, gparentp, p_r, gp_r, 0); + /* If that did any rotations, parentp and gparentp are now garbage. + That doesn't matter, because the values they contain are never + used again in that case. */ + + nextp = r < 0 ? &root->left : &root->right; + if (*nextp == NULL) + break; + + gparentp = parentp; + parentp = rootp; + rootp = nextp; + + gp_r = p_r; + p_r = r; + } + + q = (struct node_t *) malloc (sizeof (struct node_t)); + if (q != NULL) + { + *nextp = q; /* link new node to old */ + q->key = key; /* initialize new node */ + q->red = 1; + q->left = q->right = NULL; + + if (nextp != rootp) + /* There may be two red edges in a row now, which we must avoid by + rotating the tree. */ + maybe_split_for_insert (nextp, rootp, parentp, r, p_r, 1); + } + + return q; +} +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__tsearch, tsearch) +#endif + + +/* Find datum in search tree. + KEY is the key to be located, ROOTP is the address of tree root, + COMPAR the ordering function. */ +void * +__tfind (key, vrootp, compar) + const void *key; + void *const *vrootp; + __compar_fn_t compar; +{ + node *rootp = (node *) vrootp; + + if (rootp == NULL) + return NULL; + + CHECK_TREE (*rootp); + + while (*rootp != NULL) + { + node root = *rootp; + int r; + + r = (*compar) (key, root->key); + if (r == 0) + return root; + + rootp = r < 0 ? &root->left : &root->right; + } + return NULL; +} +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__tfind, tfind) +#endif + + +/* Delete node with given key. + KEY is the key to be deleted, ROOTP is the address of the root of tree, + COMPAR the comparison function. */ +void * +__tdelete (const void *key, void **vrootp, __compar_fn_t compar) +{ + node p, q, r, retval; + int cmp; + node *rootp = (node *) vrootp; + node root, unchained; + /* Stack of nodes so we remember the parents without recursion. It's + _very_ unlikely that there are paths longer than 40 nodes. The tree + would need to have around 250.000 nodes. */ + int stacksize = 100; + int sp = 0; + node *nodestack[100]; + + if (rootp == NULL) + return NULL; + p = *rootp; + if (p == NULL) + return NULL; + + CHECK_TREE (p); + + while ((cmp = (*compar) (key, (*rootp)->key)) != 0) + { + if (sp == stacksize) + abort (); + + nodestack[sp++] = rootp; + p = *rootp; + rootp = ((cmp < 0) + ? &(*rootp)->left + : &(*rootp)->right); + if (*rootp == NULL) + return NULL; + } + + /* This is bogus if the node to be deleted is the root... this routine + really should return an integer with 0 for success, -1 for failure + and errno = ESRCH or something. */ + retval = p; + + /* We don't unchain the node we want to delete. Instead, we overwrite + it with its successor and unchain the successor. If there is no + successor, we really unchain the node to be deleted. */ + + root = *rootp; + + r = root->right; + q = root->left; + + if (q == NULL || r == NULL) + unchained = root; + else + { + node *parent = rootp, *up = &root->right; + for (;;) + { + if (sp == stacksize) + abort (); + nodestack[sp++] = parent; + parent = up; + if ((*up)->left == NULL) + break; + up = &(*up)->left; + } + unchained = *up; + } + + /* We know that either the left or right successor of UNCHAINED is NULL. + R becomes the other one, it is chained into the parent of UNCHAINED. */ + r = unchained->left; + if (r == NULL) + r = unchained->right; + if (sp == 0) + *rootp = r; + else + { + q = *nodestack[sp-1]; + if (unchained == q->right) + q->right = r; + else + q->left = r; + } + + if (unchained != root) + root->key = unchained->key; + if (!unchained->red) + { + /* Now we lost a black edge, which means that the number of black + edges on every path is no longer constant. We must balance the + tree. */ + /* NODESTACK now contains all parents of R. R is likely to be NULL + in the first iteration. */ + /* NULL nodes are considered black throughout - this is necessary for + correctness. */ + while (sp > 0 && (r == NULL || !r->red)) + { + node *pp = nodestack[sp - 1]; + p = *pp; + /* Two symmetric cases. */ + if (r == p->left) + { + /* Q is R's brother, P is R's parent. The subtree with root + R has one black edge less than the subtree with root Q. */ + q = p->right; + if (q->red) + { + /* If Q is red, we know that P is black. We rotate P left + so that Q becomes the top node in the tree, with P below + it. P is colored red, Q is colored black. + This action does not change the black edge count for any + leaf in the tree, but we will be able to recognize one + of the following situations, which all require that Q + is black. */ + q->red = 0; + p->red = 1; + /* Left rotate p. */ + p->right = q->left; + q->left = p; + *pp = q; + /* Make sure pp is right if the case below tries to use + it. */ + nodestack[sp++] = pp = &q->left; + q = p->right; + } + /* We know that Q can't be NULL here. We also know that Q is + black. */ + if ((q->left == NULL || !q->left->red) + && (q->right == NULL || !q->right->red)) + { + /* Q has two black successors. We can simply color Q red. + The whole subtree with root P is now missing one black + edge. Note that this action can temporarily make the + tree invalid (if P is red). But we will exit the loop + in that case and set P black, which both makes the tree + valid and also makes the black edge count come out + right. If P is black, we are at least one step closer + to the root and we'll try again the next iteration. */ + q->red = 1; + r = p; + } + else + { + /* Q is black, one of Q's successors is red. We can + repair the tree with one operation and will exit the + loop afterwards. */ + if (q->right == NULL || !q->right->red) + { + /* The left one is red. We perform the same action as + in maybe_split_for_insert where two red edges are + adjacent but point in different directions: + Q's left successor (let's call it Q2) becomes the + top of the subtree we are looking at, its parent (Q) + and grandparent (P) become its successors. The former + successors of Q2 are placed below P and Q. + P becomes black, and Q2 gets the color that P had. + This changes the black edge count only for node R and + its successors. */ + node q2 = q->left; + q2->red = p->red; + p->right = q2->left; + q->left = q2->right; + q2->right = q; + q2->left = p; + *pp = q2; + p->red = 0; + } + else + { + /* It's the right one. Rotate P left. P becomes black, + and Q gets the color that P had. Q's right successor + also becomes black. This changes the black edge + count only for node R and its successors. */ + q->red = p->red; + p->red = 0; + + q->right->red = 0; + + /* left rotate p */ + p->right = q->left; + q->left = p; + *pp = q; + } + + /* We're done. */ + sp = 1; + r = NULL; + } + } + else + { + /* Comments: see above. */ + q = p->left; + if (q->red) + { + q->red = 0; + p->red = 1; + p->left = q->right; + q->right = p; + *pp = q; + nodestack[sp++] = pp = &q->right; + q = p->left; + } + if ((q->right == NULL || !q->right->red) + && (q->left == NULL || !q->left->red)) + { + q->red = 1; + r = p; + } + else + { + if (q->left == NULL || !q->left->red) + { + node q2 = q->right; + q2->red = p->red; + p->left = q2->right; + q->right = q2->left; + q2->left = q; + q2->right = p; + *pp = q2; + p->red = 0; + } + else + { + q->red = p->red; + p->red = 0; + q->left->red = 0; + p->left = q->right; + q->right = p; + *pp = q; + } + sp = 1; + r = NULL; + } + } + --sp; + } + if (r != NULL) + r->red = 0; + } + + free (unchained); + return retval; +} +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__tdelete, tdelete) +#endif + + +/* Walk the nodes of a tree. + ROOT is the root of the tree to be walked, ACTION the function to be + called at each node. LEVEL is the level of ROOT in the whole tree. */ +static void +internal_function +trecurse (const void *vroot, __action_fn_t action, int level) +{ + const_node root = (const_node) vroot; + + if (root->left == NULL && root->right == NULL) + (*action) (root, leaf, level); + else + { + (*action) (root, preorder, level); + if (root->left != NULL) + trecurse (root->left, action, level + 1); + (*action) (root, postorder, level); + if (root->right != NULL) + trecurse (root->right, action, level + 1); + (*action) (root, endorder, level); + } +} + + +/* Walk the nodes of a tree. + ROOT is the root of the tree to be walked, ACTION the function to be + called at each node. */ +void +__twalk (const void *vroot, __action_fn_t action) +{ + const_node root = (const_node) vroot; + + CHECK_TREE (root); + + if (root != NULL && action != NULL) + trecurse (root, action, 0); +} +#ifdef weak_alias +weak_alias (__twalk, twalk) +#endif + + +#ifdef _LIBC + +/* The standardized functions miss an important functionality: the + tree cannot be removed easily. We provide a function to do this. */ +static void +internal_function +tdestroy_recurse (node root, __free_fn_t freefct) +{ + if (root->left != NULL) + tdestroy_recurse (root->left, freefct); + if (root->right != NULL) + tdestroy_recurse (root->right, freefct); + (*freefct) ((void *) root->key); + /* Free the node itself. */ + free (root); +} + +void +__tdestroy (void *vroot, __free_fn_t freefct) +{ + node root = (node) vroot; + + CHECK_TREE (root); + + if (root != NULL) + tdestroy_recurse (root, freefct); +} +weak_alias (__tdestroy, tdestroy) + +#endif /* _LIBC */ diff --git a/intl/tsearch.h b/intl/tsearch.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f08e4a91 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/tsearch.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* Binary tree data structure. + Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _TSEARCH_H +#define _TSEARCH_H + +#if HAVE_TSEARCH + +/* Get tseach(), tfind(), tdelete(), twalk() declarations. */ +#include <search.h> + +#else + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* See <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xbd/search.h.html>, + <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/tsearch.html> + for details. */ + +typedef enum +{ + preorder, + postorder, + endorder, + leaf +} +VISIT; + +/* Searches an element in the tree *VROOTP that compares equal to KEY. + If one is found, it is returned. Otherwise, a new element equal to KEY + is inserted in the tree and is returned. */ +extern void * tsearch (const void *key, void **vrootp, + int (*compar) (const void *, const void *)); + +/* Searches an element in the tree *VROOTP that compares equal to KEY. + If one is found, it is returned. Otherwise, NULL is returned. */ +extern void * tfind (const void *key, void *const *vrootp, + int (*compar) (const void *, const void *)); + +/* Searches an element in the tree *VROOTP that compares equal to KEY. + If one is found, it is removed from the tree, and its parent node is + returned. Otherwise, NULL is returned. */ +extern void * tdelete (const void *key, void **vrootp, + int (*compar) (const void *, const void *)); + +/* Perform a depth-first, left-to-right traversal of the tree VROOT. + The ACTION function is called: + - for non-leaf nodes: 3 times, before the left subtree traversal, + after the left subtree traversal but before the right subtree traversal, + and after the right subtree traversal, + - for leaf nodes: once. + The arguments passed to ACTION are: + 1. the node; it can be casted to a 'const void * const *', i.e. into a + pointer to the key, + 2. an indicator which visit of the node this is, + 3. the level of the node in the tree (0 for the root). */ +extern void twalk (const void *vroot, + void (*action) (const void *, VISIT, int)); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif + +#endif /* _TSEARCH_H */ diff --git a/intl/vasnprintf.c b/intl/vasnprintf.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4a8e7f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/vasnprintf.c @@ -0,0 +1,4677 @@ +/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation. + Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros: + VASNPRINTF The name of the function being defined. + FCHAR_T The element type of the format string. + DCHAR_T The element type of the destination (result) string. + FCHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII Set to 1 to enable verification that all characters + in the format string are ASCII. MUST be set if + FCHAR_T and DCHAR_T are not the same type. + DIRECTIVE Structure denoting a format directive. + Depends on FCHAR_T. + DIRECTIVES Structure denoting the set of format directives of a + format string. Depends on FCHAR_T. + PRINTF_PARSE Function that parses a format string. + Depends on FCHAR_T. + DCHAR_CPY memcpy like function for DCHAR_T[] arrays. + DCHAR_SET memset like function for DCHAR_T[] arrays. + DCHAR_MBSNLEN mbsnlen like function for DCHAR_T[] arrays. + SNPRINTF The system's snprintf (or similar) function. + This may be either snprintf or swprintf. + TCHAR_T The element type of the argument and result string + of the said SNPRINTF function. This may be either + char or wchar_t. The code exploits that + sizeof (TCHAR_T) | sizeof (DCHAR_T) and + alignof (TCHAR_T) <= alignof (DCHAR_T). + DCHAR_IS_TCHAR Set to 1 if DCHAR_T and TCHAR_T are the same type. + DCHAR_CONV_FROM_ENCODING A function to convert from char[] to DCHAR[]. + DCHAR_IS_UINT8_T Set to 1 if DCHAR_T is uint8_t. + DCHAR_IS_UINT16_T Set to 1 if DCHAR_T is uint16_t. + DCHAR_IS_UINT32_T Set to 1 if DCHAR_T is uint32_t. */ + +/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for snprintf(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifndef VASNPRINTF +# include <config.h> +#endif +#ifndef IN_LIBINTL +# include <alloca.h> +#endif + +/* Specification. */ +#ifndef VASNPRINTF +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION +# include "vasnwprintf.h" +# else +# include "vasnprintf.h" +# endif +#endif + +#include <locale.h> /* localeconv() */ +#include <stdio.h> /* snprintf(), sprintf() */ +#include <stdlib.h> /* abort(), malloc(), realloc(), free() */ +#include <string.h> /* memcpy(), strlen() */ +#include <errno.h> /* errno */ +#include <limits.h> /* CHAR_BIT */ +#include <float.h> /* DBL_MAX_EXP, LDBL_MAX_EXP */ +#if HAVE_NL_LANGINFO +# include <langinfo.h> +#endif +#ifndef VASNPRINTF +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION +# include "wprintf-parse.h" +# else +# include "printf-parse.h" +# endif +#endif + +/* Checked size_t computations. */ +#include "xsize.h" + +#if (NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL +# include <math.h> +# include "float+.h" +#endif + +#if (NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL +# include <math.h> +# include "isnan.h" +#endif + +#if (NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL +# include <math.h> +# include "isnanl-nolibm.h" +# include "fpucw.h" +#endif + +#if (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL +# include <math.h> +# include "isnan.h" +# include "printf-frexp.h" +#endif + +#if (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL +# include <math.h> +# include "isnanl-nolibm.h" +# include "printf-frexpl.h" +# include "fpucw.h" +#endif + +/* Some systems, like OSF/1 4.0 and Woe32, don't have EOVERFLOW. */ +#ifndef EOVERFLOW +# define EOVERFLOW E2BIG +#endif + +#if HAVE_WCHAR_T +# if HAVE_WCSLEN +# define local_wcslen wcslen +# else + /* Solaris 2.5.1 has wcslen() in a separate library libw.so. To avoid + a dependency towards this library, here is a local substitute. + Define this substitute only once, even if this file is included + twice in the same compilation unit. */ +# ifndef local_wcslen_defined +# define local_wcslen_defined 1 +static size_t +local_wcslen (const wchar_t *s) +{ + const wchar_t *ptr; + + for (ptr = s; *ptr != (wchar_t) 0; ptr++) + ; + return ptr - s; +} +# endif +# endif +#endif + +/* Default parameters. */ +#ifndef VASNPRINTF +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION +# define VASNPRINTF vasnwprintf +# define FCHAR_T wchar_t +# define DCHAR_T wchar_t +# define TCHAR_T wchar_t +# define DCHAR_IS_TCHAR 1 +# define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive +# define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives +# define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse +# define DCHAR_CPY wmemcpy +# else +# define VASNPRINTF vasnprintf +# define FCHAR_T char +# define DCHAR_T char +# define TCHAR_T char +# define DCHAR_IS_TCHAR 1 +# define DIRECTIVE char_directive +# define DIRECTIVES char_directives +# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse +# define DCHAR_CPY memcpy +# endif +#endif +#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + /* TCHAR_T is wchar_t. */ +# define USE_SNPRINTF 1 +# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF + /* On Windows, the function swprintf() has a different signature than + on Unix; we use the _snwprintf() function instead. */ +# define SNPRINTF _snwprintf +# else + /* Unix. */ +# define SNPRINTF swprintf +# endif +#else + /* TCHAR_T is char. */ +# /* Use snprintf if it exists under the name 'snprintf' or '_snprintf'. + But don't use it on BeOS, since BeOS snprintf produces no output if the + size argument is >= 0x3000000. */ +# if (HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF || HAVE_SNPRINTF) && !defined __BEOS__ +# define USE_SNPRINTF 1 +# else +# define USE_SNPRINTF 0 +# endif +# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF + /* Windows. */ +# define SNPRINTF _snprintf +# else + /* Unix. */ +# define SNPRINTF snprintf + /* Here we need to call the native snprintf, not rpl_snprintf. */ +# undef snprintf +# endif +#endif +/* Here we need to call the native sprintf, not rpl_sprintf. */ +#undef sprintf + +#if (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL +/* Determine the decimal-point character according to the current locale. */ +# ifndef decimal_point_char_defined +# define decimal_point_char_defined 1 +static char +decimal_point_char () +{ + const char *point; + /* Determine it in a multithread-safe way. We know nl_langinfo is + multithread-safe on glibc systems, but is not required to be multithread- + safe by POSIX. sprintf(), however, is multithread-safe. localeconv() + is rarely multithread-safe. */ +# if HAVE_NL_LANGINFO && __GLIBC__ + point = nl_langinfo (RADIXCHAR); +# elif 1 + char pointbuf[5]; + sprintf (pointbuf, "%#.0f", 1.0); + point = &pointbuf[1]; +# else + point = localeconv () -> decimal_point; +# endif + /* The decimal point is always a single byte: either '.' or ','. */ + return (point[0] != '\0' ? point[0] : '.'); +} +# endif +#endif + +#if NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE && !NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE && !defined IN_LIBINTL + +/* Equivalent to !isfinite(x) || x == 0, but does not require libm. */ +static int +is_infinite_or_zero (double x) +{ + return isnan (x) || x + x == x; +} + +#endif + +#if NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE && !NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE && !defined IN_LIBINTL + +/* Equivalent to !isfinite(x), but does not require libm. */ +static int +is_infinitel (long double x) +{ + return isnanl (x) || (x + x == x && x != 0.0L); +} + +#endif + +#if (NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL + +/* Converting 'long double' to decimal without rare rounding bugs requires + real bignums. We use the naming conventions of GNU gmp, but vastly simpler + (and slower) algorithms. */ + +typedef unsigned int mp_limb_t; +# define GMP_LIMB_BITS 32 +typedef int mp_limb_verify[2 * (sizeof (mp_limb_t) * CHAR_BIT == GMP_LIMB_BITS) - 1]; + +typedef unsigned long long mp_twolimb_t; +# define GMP_TWOLIMB_BITS 64 +typedef int mp_twolimb_verify[2 * (sizeof (mp_twolimb_t) * CHAR_BIT == GMP_TWOLIMB_BITS) - 1]; + +/* Representation of a bignum >= 0. */ +typedef struct +{ + size_t nlimbs; + mp_limb_t *limbs; /* Bits in little-endian order, allocated with malloc(). */ +} mpn_t; + +/* Compute the product of two bignums >= 0. + Return the allocated memory in case of success, NULL in case of memory + allocation failure. */ +static void * +multiply (mpn_t src1, mpn_t src2, mpn_t *dest) +{ + const mp_limb_t *p1; + const mp_limb_t *p2; + size_t len1; + size_t len2; + + if (src1.nlimbs <= src2.nlimbs) + { + len1 = src1.nlimbs; + p1 = src1.limbs; + len2 = src2.nlimbs; + p2 = src2.limbs; + } + else + { + len1 = src2.nlimbs; + p1 = src2.limbs; + len2 = src1.nlimbs; + p2 = src1.limbs; + } + /* Now 0 <= len1 <= len2. */ + if (len1 == 0) + { + /* src1 or src2 is zero. */ + dest->nlimbs = 0; + dest->limbs = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (1); + } + else + { + /* Here 1 <= len1 <= len2. */ + size_t dlen; + mp_limb_t *dp; + size_t k, i, j; + + dlen = len1 + len2; + dp = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (dlen * sizeof (mp_limb_t)); + if (dp == NULL) + return NULL; + for (k = len2; k > 0; ) + dp[--k] = 0; + for (i = 0; i < len1; i++) + { + mp_limb_t digit1 = p1[i]; + mp_twolimb_t carry = 0; + for (j = 0; j < len2; j++) + { + mp_limb_t digit2 = p2[j]; + carry += (mp_twolimb_t) digit1 * (mp_twolimb_t) digit2; + carry += dp[i + j]; + dp[i + j] = (mp_limb_t) carry; + carry = carry >> GMP_LIMB_BITS; + } + dp[i + len2] = (mp_limb_t) carry; + } + /* Normalise. */ + while (dlen > 0 && dp[dlen - 1] == 0) + dlen--; + dest->nlimbs = dlen; + dest->limbs = dp; + } + return dest->limbs; +} + +/* Compute the quotient of a bignum a >= 0 and a bignum b > 0. + a is written as a = q * b + r with 0 <= r < b. q is the quotient, r + the remainder. + Finally, round-to-even is performed: If r > b/2 or if r = b/2 and q is odd, + q is incremented. + Return the allocated memory in case of success, NULL in case of memory + allocation failure. */ +static void * +divide (mpn_t a, mpn_t b, mpn_t *q) +{ + /* Algorithm: + First normalise a and b: a=[a[m-1],...,a[0]], b=[b[n-1],...,b[0]] + with m>=0 and n>0 (in base beta = 2^GMP_LIMB_BITS). + If m<n, then q:=0 and r:=a. + If m>=n=1, perform a single-precision division: + r:=0, j:=m, + while j>0 do + {Here (q[m-1]*beta^(m-1)+...+q[j]*beta^j) * b[0] + r*beta^j = + = a[m-1]*beta^(m-1)+...+a[j]*beta^j und 0<=r<b[0]<beta} + j:=j-1, r:=r*beta+a[j], q[j]:=floor(r/b[0]), r:=r-b[0]*q[j]. + Normalise [q[m-1],...,q[0]], yields q. + If m>=n>1, perform a multiple-precision division: + We have a/b < beta^(m-n+1). + s:=intDsize-1-(hightest bit in b[n-1]), 0<=s<intDsize. + Shift a and b left by s bits, copying them. r:=a. + r=[r[m],...,r[0]], b=[b[n-1],...,b[0]] with b[n-1]>=beta/2. + For j=m-n,...,0: {Here 0 <= r < b*beta^(j+1).} + Compute q* : + q* := floor((r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1])/b[n-1]). + In case of overflow (q* >= beta) set q* := beta-1. + Compute c2 := ((r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1]) - q* * b[n-1])*beta + r[j+n-2] + and c3 := b[n-2] * q*. + {We have 0 <= c2 < 2*beta^2, even 0 <= c2 < beta^2 if no overflow + occurred. Furthermore 0 <= c3 < beta^2. + If there was overflow and + r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] - q* * b[n-1] >= beta, i.e. c2 >= beta^2, + the next test can be skipped.} + While c3 > c2, {Here 0 <= c2 < c3 < beta^2} + Put q* := q* - 1, c2 := c2 + b[n-1]*beta, c3 := c3 - b[n-2]. + If q* > 0: + Put r := r - b * q* * beta^j. In detail: + [r[n+j],...,r[j]] := [r[n+j],...,r[j]] - q* * [b[n-1],...,b[0]]. + hence: u:=0, for i:=0 to n-1 do + u := u + q* * b[i], + r[j+i]:=r[j+i]-(u mod beta) (+ beta, if carry), + u:=u div beta (+ 1, if carry in subtraction) + r[n+j]:=r[n+j]-u. + {Since always u = (q* * [b[i-1],...,b[0]] div beta^i) + 1 + < q* + 1 <= beta, + the carry u does not overflow.} + If a negative carry occurs, put q* := q* - 1 + and [r[n+j],...,r[j]] := [r[n+j],...,r[j]] + [0,b[n-1],...,b[0]]. + Set q[j] := q*. + Normalise [q[m-n],..,q[0]]; this yields the quotient q. + Shift [r[n-1],...,r[0]] right by s bits and normalise; this yields the + rest r. + The room for q[j] can be allocated at the memory location of r[n+j]. + Finally, round-to-even: + Shift r left by 1 bit. + If r > b or if r = b and q[0] is odd, q := q+1. + */ + const mp_limb_t *a_ptr = a.limbs; + size_t a_len = a.nlimbs; + const mp_limb_t *b_ptr = b.limbs; + size_t b_len = b.nlimbs; + mp_limb_t *roomptr; + mp_limb_t *tmp_roomptr = NULL; + mp_limb_t *q_ptr; + size_t q_len; + mp_limb_t *r_ptr; + size_t r_len; + + /* Allocate room for a_len+2 digits. + (Need a_len+1 digits for the real division and 1 more digit for the + final rounding of q.) */ + roomptr = (mp_limb_t *) malloc ((a_len + 2) * sizeof (mp_limb_t)); + if (roomptr == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* Normalise a. */ + while (a_len > 0 && a_ptr[a_len - 1] == 0) + a_len--; + + /* Normalise b. */ + for (;;) + { + if (b_len == 0) + /* Division by zero. */ + abort (); + if (b_ptr[b_len - 1] == 0) + b_len--; + else + break; + } + + /* Here m = a_len >= 0 and n = b_len > 0. */ + + if (a_len < b_len) + { + /* m<n: trivial case. q=0, r := copy of a. */ + r_ptr = roomptr; + r_len = a_len; + memcpy (r_ptr, a_ptr, a_len * sizeof (mp_limb_t)); + q_ptr = roomptr + a_len; + q_len = 0; + } + else if (b_len == 1) + { + /* n=1: single precision division. + beta^(m-1) <= a < beta^m ==> beta^(m-2) <= a/b < beta^m */ + r_ptr = roomptr; + q_ptr = roomptr + 1; + { + mp_limb_t den = b_ptr[0]; + mp_limb_t remainder = 0; + const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = a_ptr + a_len; + mp_limb_t *destptr = q_ptr + a_len; + size_t count; + for (count = a_len; count > 0; count--) + { + mp_twolimb_t num = + ((mp_twolimb_t) remainder << GMP_LIMB_BITS) | *--sourceptr; + *--destptr = num / den; + remainder = num % den; + } + /* Normalise and store r. */ + if (remainder > 0) + { + r_ptr[0] = remainder; + r_len = 1; + } + else + r_len = 0; + /* Normalise q. */ + q_len = a_len; + if (q_ptr[q_len - 1] == 0) + q_len--; + } + } + else + { + /* n>1: multiple precision division. + beta^(m-1) <= a < beta^m, beta^(n-1) <= b < beta^n ==> + beta^(m-n-1) <= a/b < beta^(m-n+1). */ + /* Determine s. */ + size_t s; + { + mp_limb_t msd = b_ptr[b_len - 1]; /* = b[n-1], > 0 */ + s = 31; + if (msd >= 0x10000) + { + msd = msd >> 16; + s -= 16; + } + if (msd >= 0x100) + { + msd = msd >> 8; + s -= 8; + } + if (msd >= 0x10) + { + msd = msd >> 4; + s -= 4; + } + if (msd >= 0x4) + { + msd = msd >> 2; + s -= 2; + } + if (msd >= 0x2) + { + msd = msd >> 1; + s -= 1; + } + } + /* 0 <= s < GMP_LIMB_BITS. + Copy b, shifting it left by s bits. */ + if (s > 0) + { + tmp_roomptr = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (b_len * sizeof (mp_limb_t)); + if (tmp_roomptr == NULL) + { + free (roomptr); + return NULL; + } + { + const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = b_ptr; + mp_limb_t *destptr = tmp_roomptr; + mp_twolimb_t accu = 0; + size_t count; + for (count = b_len; count > 0; count--) + { + accu += (mp_twolimb_t) *sourceptr++ << s; + *destptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu; + accu = accu >> GMP_LIMB_BITS; + } + /* accu must be zero, since that was how s was determined. */ + if (accu != 0) + abort (); + } + b_ptr = tmp_roomptr; + } + /* Copy a, shifting it left by s bits, yields r. + Memory layout: + At the beginning: r = roomptr[0..a_len], + at the end: r = roomptr[0..b_len-1], q = roomptr[b_len..a_len] */ + r_ptr = roomptr; + if (s == 0) + { + memcpy (r_ptr, a_ptr, a_len * sizeof (mp_limb_t)); + r_ptr[a_len] = 0; + } + else + { + const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = a_ptr; + mp_limb_t *destptr = r_ptr; + mp_twolimb_t accu = 0; + size_t count; + for (count = a_len; count > 0; count--) + { + accu += (mp_twolimb_t) *sourceptr++ << s; + *destptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu; + accu = accu >> GMP_LIMB_BITS; + } + *destptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu; + } + q_ptr = roomptr + b_len; + q_len = a_len - b_len + 1; /* q will have m-n+1 limbs */ + { + size_t j = a_len - b_len; /* m-n */ + mp_limb_t b_msd = b_ptr[b_len - 1]; /* b[n-1] */ + mp_limb_t b_2msd = b_ptr[b_len - 2]; /* b[n-2] */ + mp_twolimb_t b_msdd = /* b[n-1]*beta+b[n-2] */ + ((mp_twolimb_t) b_msd << GMP_LIMB_BITS) | b_2msd; + /* Division loop, traversed m-n+1 times. + j counts down, b is unchanged, beta/2 <= b[n-1] < beta. */ + for (;;) + { + mp_limb_t q_star; + mp_limb_t c1; + if (r_ptr[j + b_len] < b_msd) /* r[j+n] < b[n-1] ? */ + { + /* Divide r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] by b[n-1], no overflow. */ + mp_twolimb_t num = + ((mp_twolimb_t) r_ptr[j + b_len] << GMP_LIMB_BITS) + | r_ptr[j + b_len - 1]; + q_star = num / b_msd; + c1 = num % b_msd; + } + else + { + /* Overflow, hence r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] >= beta*b[n-1]. */ + q_star = (mp_limb_t)~(mp_limb_t)0; /* q* = beta-1 */ + /* Test whether r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] - (beta-1)*b[n-1] >= beta + <==> r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] + b[n-1] >= beta*b[n-1]+beta + <==> b[n-1] < floor((r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1]+b[n-1])/beta) + {<= beta !}. + If yes, jump directly to the subtraction loop. + (Otherwise, r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] - (beta-1)*b[n-1] < beta + <==> floor((r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1]+b[n-1])/beta) = b[n-1] ) */ + if (r_ptr[j + b_len] > b_msd + || (c1 = r_ptr[j + b_len - 1] + b_msd) < b_msd) + /* r[j+n] >= b[n-1]+1 or + r[j+n] = b[n-1] and the addition r[j+n-1]+b[n-1] gives a + carry. */ + goto subtract; + } + /* q_star = q*, + c1 = (r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1]) - q* * b[n-1] (>=0, <beta). */ + { + mp_twolimb_t c2 = /* c1*beta+r[j+n-2] */ + ((mp_twolimb_t) c1 << GMP_LIMB_BITS) | r_ptr[j + b_len - 2]; + mp_twolimb_t c3 = /* b[n-2] * q* */ + (mp_twolimb_t) b_2msd * (mp_twolimb_t) q_star; + /* While c2 < c3, increase c2 and decrease c3. + Consider c3-c2. While it is > 0, decrease it by + b[n-1]*beta+b[n-2]. Because of b[n-1]*beta+b[n-2] >= beta^2/2 + this can happen only twice. */ + if (c3 > c2) + { + q_star = q_star - 1; /* q* := q* - 1 */ + if (c3 - c2 > b_msdd) + q_star = q_star - 1; /* q* := q* - 1 */ + } + } + if (q_star > 0) + subtract: + { + /* Subtract r := r - b * q* * beta^j. */ + mp_limb_t cr; + { + const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = b_ptr; + mp_limb_t *destptr = r_ptr + j; + mp_twolimb_t carry = 0; + size_t count; + for (count = b_len; count > 0; count--) + { + /* Here 0 <= carry <= q*. */ + carry = + carry + + (mp_twolimb_t) q_star * (mp_twolimb_t) *sourceptr++ + + (mp_limb_t) ~(*destptr); + /* Here 0 <= carry <= beta*q* + beta-1. */ + *destptr++ = ~(mp_limb_t) carry; + carry = carry >> GMP_LIMB_BITS; /* <= q* */ + } + cr = (mp_limb_t) carry; + } + /* Subtract cr from r_ptr[j + b_len], then forget about + r_ptr[j + b_len]. */ + if (cr > r_ptr[j + b_len]) + { + /* Subtraction gave a carry. */ + q_star = q_star - 1; /* q* := q* - 1 */ + /* Add b back. */ + { + const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = b_ptr; + mp_limb_t *destptr = r_ptr + j; + mp_limb_t carry = 0; + size_t count; + for (count = b_len; count > 0; count--) + { + mp_limb_t source1 = *sourceptr++; + mp_limb_t source2 = *destptr; + *destptr++ = source1 + source2 + carry; + carry = + (carry + ? source1 >= (mp_limb_t) ~source2 + : source1 > (mp_limb_t) ~source2); + } + } + /* Forget about the carry and about r[j+n]. */ + } + } + /* q* is determined. Store it as q[j]. */ + q_ptr[j] = q_star; + if (j == 0) + break; + j--; + } + } + r_len = b_len; + /* Normalise q. */ + if (q_ptr[q_len - 1] == 0) + q_len--; +# if 0 /* Not needed here, since we need r only to compare it with b/2, and + b is shifted left by s bits. */ + /* Shift r right by s bits. */ + if (s > 0) + { + mp_limb_t ptr = r_ptr + r_len; + mp_twolimb_t accu = 0; + size_t count; + for (count = r_len; count > 0; count--) + { + accu = (mp_twolimb_t) (mp_limb_t) accu << GMP_LIMB_BITS; + accu += (mp_twolimb_t) *--ptr << (GMP_LIMB_BITS - s); + *ptr = (mp_limb_t) (accu >> GMP_LIMB_BITS); + } + } +# endif + /* Normalise r. */ + while (r_len > 0 && r_ptr[r_len - 1] == 0) + r_len--; + } + /* Compare r << 1 with b. */ + if (r_len > b_len) + goto increment_q; + { + size_t i; + for (i = b_len;;) + { + mp_limb_t r_i = + (i <= r_len && i > 0 ? r_ptr[i - 1] >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS - 1) : 0) + | (i < r_len ? r_ptr[i] << 1 : 0); + mp_limb_t b_i = (i < b_len ? b_ptr[i] : 0); + if (r_i > b_i) + goto increment_q; + if (r_i < b_i) + goto keep_q; + if (i == 0) + break; + i--; + } + } + if (q_len > 0 && ((q_ptr[0] & 1) != 0)) + /* q is odd. */ + increment_q: + { + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < q_len; i++) + if (++(q_ptr[i]) != 0) + goto keep_q; + q_ptr[q_len++] = 1; + } + keep_q: + if (tmp_roomptr != NULL) + free (tmp_roomptr); + q->limbs = q_ptr; + q->nlimbs = q_len; + return roomptr; +} + +/* Convert a bignum a >= 0, multiplied with 10^extra_zeroes, to decimal + representation. + Destroys the contents of a. + Return the allocated memory - containing the decimal digits in low-to-high + order, terminated with a NUL character - in case of success, NULL in case + of memory allocation failure. */ +static char * +convert_to_decimal (mpn_t a, size_t extra_zeroes) +{ + mp_limb_t *a_ptr = a.limbs; + size_t a_len = a.nlimbs; + /* 0.03345 is slightly larger than log(2)/(9*log(10)). */ + size_t c_len = 9 * ((size_t)(a_len * (GMP_LIMB_BITS * 0.03345f)) + 1); + char *c_ptr = (char *) malloc (xsum (c_len, extra_zeroes)); + if (c_ptr != NULL) + { + char *d_ptr = c_ptr; + for (; extra_zeroes > 0; extra_zeroes--) + *d_ptr++ = '0'; + while (a_len > 0) + { + /* Divide a by 10^9, in-place. */ + mp_limb_t remainder = 0; + mp_limb_t *ptr = a_ptr + a_len; + size_t count; + for (count = a_len; count > 0; count--) + { + mp_twolimb_t num = + ((mp_twolimb_t) remainder << GMP_LIMB_BITS) | *--ptr; + *ptr = num / 1000000000; + remainder = num % 1000000000; + } + /* Store the remainder as 9 decimal digits. */ + for (count = 9; count > 0; count--) + { + *d_ptr++ = '0' + (remainder % 10); + remainder = remainder / 10; + } + /* Normalize a. */ + if (a_ptr[a_len - 1] == 0) + a_len--; + } + /* Remove leading zeroes. */ + while (d_ptr > c_ptr && d_ptr[-1] == '0') + d_ptr--; + /* But keep at least one zero. */ + if (d_ptr == c_ptr) + *d_ptr++ = '0'; + /* Terminate the string. */ + *d_ptr = '\0'; + } + return c_ptr; +} + +# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE + +/* Assuming x is finite and >= 0: + write x as x = 2^e * m, where m is a bignum. + Return the allocated memory in case of success, NULL in case of memory + allocation failure. */ +static void * +decode_long_double (long double x, int *ep, mpn_t *mp) +{ + mpn_t m; + int exp; + long double y; + size_t i; + + /* Allocate memory for result. */ + m.nlimbs = (LDBL_MANT_BIT + GMP_LIMB_BITS - 1) / GMP_LIMB_BITS; + m.limbs = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (m.nlimbs * sizeof (mp_limb_t)); + if (m.limbs == NULL) + return NULL; + /* Split into exponential part and mantissa. */ + y = frexpl (x, &exp); + if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L)) + abort (); + /* x = 2^exp * y = 2^(exp - LDBL_MANT_BIT) * (y * LDBL_MANT_BIT), and the + latter is an integer. */ + /* Convert the mantissa (y * LDBL_MANT_BIT) to a sequence of limbs. + I'm not sure whether it's safe to cast a 'long double' value between + 2^31 and 2^32 to 'unsigned int', therefore play safe and cast only + 'long double' values between 0 and 2^16 (to 'unsigned int' or 'int', + doesn't matter). */ +# if (LDBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS) != 0 +# if (LDBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS) > GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2 + { + mp_limb_t hi, lo; + y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (LDBL_MANT_BIT % (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)); + hi = (int) y; + y -= hi; + if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L)) + abort (); + y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2); + lo = (int) y; + y -= lo; + if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L)) + abort (); + m.limbs[LDBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS] = (hi << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) | lo; + } +# else + { + mp_limb_t d; + y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (LDBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS); + d = (int) y; + y -= d; + if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L)) + abort (); + m.limbs[LDBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS] = d; + } +# endif +# endif + for (i = LDBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS; i > 0; ) + { + mp_limb_t hi, lo; + y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2); + hi = (int) y; + y -= hi; + if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L)) + abort (); + y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2); + lo = (int) y; + y -= lo; + if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L)) + abort (); + m.limbs[--i] = (hi << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) | lo; + } + if (!(y == 0.0L)) + abort (); + /* Normalise. */ + while (m.nlimbs > 0 && m.limbs[m.nlimbs - 1] == 0) + m.nlimbs--; + *mp = m; + *ep = exp - LDBL_MANT_BIT; + return m.limbs; +} + +# endif + +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE + +/* Assuming x is finite and >= 0: + write x as x = 2^e * m, where m is a bignum. + Return the allocated memory in case of success, NULL in case of memory + allocation failure. */ +static void * +decode_double (double x, int *ep, mpn_t *mp) +{ + mpn_t m; + int exp; + double y; + size_t i; + + /* Allocate memory for result. */ + m.nlimbs = (DBL_MANT_BIT + GMP_LIMB_BITS - 1) / GMP_LIMB_BITS; + m.limbs = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (m.nlimbs * sizeof (mp_limb_t)); + if (m.limbs == NULL) + return NULL; + /* Split into exponential part and mantissa. */ + y = frexp (x, &exp); + if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0)) + abort (); + /* x = 2^exp * y = 2^(exp - DBL_MANT_BIT) * (y * DBL_MANT_BIT), and the + latter is an integer. */ + /* Convert the mantissa (y * DBL_MANT_BIT) to a sequence of limbs. + I'm not sure whether it's safe to cast a 'double' value between + 2^31 and 2^32 to 'unsigned int', therefore play safe and cast only + 'double' values between 0 and 2^16 (to 'unsigned int' or 'int', + doesn't matter). */ +# if (DBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS) != 0 +# if (DBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS) > GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2 + { + mp_limb_t hi, lo; + y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (DBL_MANT_BIT % (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)); + hi = (int) y; + y -= hi; + if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0)) + abort (); + y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2); + lo = (int) y; + y -= lo; + if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0)) + abort (); + m.limbs[DBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS] = (hi << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) | lo; + } +# else + { + mp_limb_t d; + y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (DBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS); + d = (int) y; + y -= d; + if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0)) + abort (); + m.limbs[DBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS] = d; + } +# endif +# endif + for (i = DBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS; i > 0; ) + { + mp_limb_t hi, lo; + y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2); + hi = (int) y; + y -= hi; + if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0)) + abort (); + y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2); + lo = (int) y; + y -= lo; + if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0)) + abort (); + m.limbs[--i] = (hi << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) | lo; + } + if (!(y == 0.0)) + abort (); + /* Normalise. */ + while (m.nlimbs > 0 && m.limbs[m.nlimbs - 1] == 0) + m.nlimbs--; + *mp = m; + *ep = exp - DBL_MANT_BIT; + return m.limbs; +} + +# endif + +/* Assuming x = 2^e * m is finite and >= 0, and n is an integer: + Returns the decimal representation of round (x * 10^n). + Return the allocated memory - containing the decimal digits in low-to-high + order, terminated with a NUL character - in case of success, NULL in case + of memory allocation failure. */ +static char * +scale10_round_decimal_decoded (int e, mpn_t m, void *memory, int n) +{ + int s; + size_t extra_zeroes; + unsigned int abs_n; + unsigned int abs_s; + mp_limb_t *pow5_ptr; + size_t pow5_len; + unsigned int s_limbs; + unsigned int s_bits; + mpn_t pow5; + mpn_t z; + void *z_memory; + char *digits; + + if (memory == NULL) + return NULL; + /* x = 2^e * m, hence + y = round (2^e * 10^n * m) = round (2^(e+n) * 5^n * m) + = round (2^s * 5^n * m). */ + s = e + n; + extra_zeroes = 0; + /* Factor out a common power of 10 if possible. */ + if (s > 0 && n > 0) + { + extra_zeroes = (s < n ? s : n); + s -= extra_zeroes; + n -= extra_zeroes; + } + /* Here y = round (2^s * 5^n * m) * 10^extra_zeroes. + Before converting to decimal, we need to compute + z = round (2^s * 5^n * m). */ + /* Compute 5^|n|, possibly shifted by |s| bits if n and s have the same + sign. 2.322 is slightly larger than log(5)/log(2). */ + abs_n = (n >= 0 ? n : -n); + abs_s = (s >= 0 ? s : -s); + pow5_ptr = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (((int)(abs_n * (2.322f / GMP_LIMB_BITS)) + 1 + + abs_s / GMP_LIMB_BITS + 1) + * sizeof (mp_limb_t)); + if (pow5_ptr == NULL) + { + free (memory); + return NULL; + } + /* Initialize with 1. */ + pow5_ptr[0] = 1; + pow5_len = 1; + /* Multiply with 5^|n|. */ + if (abs_n > 0) + { + static mp_limb_t const small_pow5[13 + 1] = + { + 1, 5, 25, 125, 625, 3125, 15625, 78125, 390625, 1953125, 9765625, + 48828125, 244140625, 1220703125 + }; + unsigned int n13; + for (n13 = 0; n13 <= abs_n; n13 += 13) + { + mp_limb_t digit1 = small_pow5[n13 + 13 <= abs_n ? 13 : abs_n - n13]; + size_t j; + mp_twolimb_t carry = 0; + for (j = 0; j < pow5_len; j++) + { + mp_limb_t digit2 = pow5_ptr[j]; + carry += (mp_twolimb_t) digit1 * (mp_twolimb_t) digit2; + pow5_ptr[j] = (mp_limb_t) carry; + carry = carry >> GMP_LIMB_BITS; + } + if (carry > 0) + pow5_ptr[pow5_len++] = (mp_limb_t) carry; + } + } + s_limbs = abs_s / GMP_LIMB_BITS; + s_bits = abs_s % GMP_LIMB_BITS; + if (n >= 0 ? s >= 0 : s <= 0) + { + /* Multiply with 2^|s|. */ + if (s_bits > 0) + { + mp_limb_t *ptr = pow5_ptr; + mp_twolimb_t accu = 0; + size_t count; + for (count = pow5_len; count > 0; count--) + { + accu += (mp_twolimb_t) *ptr << s_bits; + *ptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu; + accu = accu >> GMP_LIMB_BITS; + } + if (accu > 0) + { + *ptr = (mp_limb_t) accu; + pow5_len++; + } + } + if (s_limbs > 0) + { + size_t count; + for (count = pow5_len; count > 0;) + { + count--; + pow5_ptr[s_limbs + count] = pow5_ptr[count]; + } + for (count = s_limbs; count > 0;) + { + count--; + pow5_ptr[count] = 0; + } + pow5_len += s_limbs; + } + pow5.limbs = pow5_ptr; + pow5.nlimbs = pow5_len; + if (n >= 0) + { + /* Multiply m with pow5. No division needed. */ + z_memory = multiply (m, pow5, &z); + } + else + { + /* Divide m by pow5 and round. */ + z_memory = divide (m, pow5, &z); + } + } + else + { + pow5.limbs = pow5_ptr; + pow5.nlimbs = pow5_len; + if (n >= 0) + { + /* n >= 0, s < 0. + Multiply m with pow5, then divide by 2^|s|. */ + mpn_t numerator; + mpn_t denominator; + void *tmp_memory; + tmp_memory = multiply (m, pow5, &numerator); + if (tmp_memory == NULL) + { + free (pow5_ptr); + free (memory); + return NULL; + } + /* Construct 2^|s|. */ + { + mp_limb_t *ptr = pow5_ptr + pow5_len; + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < s_limbs; i++) + ptr[i] = 0; + ptr[s_limbs] = (mp_limb_t) 1 << s_bits; + denominator.limbs = ptr; + denominator.nlimbs = s_limbs + 1; + } + z_memory = divide (numerator, denominator, &z); + free (tmp_memory); + } + else + { + /* n < 0, s > 0. + Multiply m with 2^s, then divide by pow5. */ + mpn_t numerator; + mp_limb_t *num_ptr; + num_ptr = (mp_limb_t *) malloc ((m.nlimbs + s_limbs + 1) + * sizeof (mp_limb_t)); + if (num_ptr == NULL) + { + free (pow5_ptr); + free (memory); + return NULL; + } + { + mp_limb_t *destptr = num_ptr; + { + size_t i; + for (i = 0; i < s_limbs; i++) + *destptr++ = 0; + } + if (s_bits > 0) + { + const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = m.limbs; + mp_twolimb_t accu = 0; + size_t count; + for (count = m.nlimbs; count > 0; count--) + { + accu += (mp_twolimb_t) *sourceptr++ << s_bits; + *destptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu; + accu = accu >> GMP_LIMB_BITS; + } + if (accu > 0) + *destptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu; + } + else + { + const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = m.limbs; + size_t count; + for (count = m.nlimbs; count > 0; count--) + *destptr++ = *sourceptr++; + } + numerator.limbs = num_ptr; + numerator.nlimbs = destptr - num_ptr; + } + z_memory = divide (numerator, pow5, &z); + free (num_ptr); + } + } + free (pow5_ptr); + free (memory); + + /* Here y = round (x * 10^n) = z * 10^extra_zeroes. */ + + if (z_memory == NULL) + return NULL; + digits = convert_to_decimal (z, extra_zeroes); + free (z_memory); + return digits; +} + +# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE + +/* Assuming x is finite and >= 0, and n is an integer: + Returns the decimal representation of round (x * 10^n). + Return the allocated memory - containing the decimal digits in low-to-high + order, terminated with a NUL character - in case of success, NULL in case + of memory allocation failure. */ +static char * +scale10_round_decimal_long_double (long double x, int n) +{ + int e; + mpn_t m; + void *memory = decode_long_double (x, &e, &m); + return scale10_round_decimal_decoded (e, m, memory, n); +} + +# endif + +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE + +/* Assuming x is finite and >= 0, and n is an integer: + Returns the decimal representation of round (x * 10^n). + Return the allocated memory - containing the decimal digits in low-to-high + order, terminated with a NUL character - in case of success, NULL in case + of memory allocation failure. */ +static char * +scale10_round_decimal_double (double x, int n) +{ + int e; + mpn_t m; + void *memory = decode_double (x, &e, &m); + return scale10_round_decimal_decoded (e, m, memory, n); +} + +# endif + +# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE + +/* Assuming x is finite and > 0: + Return an approximation for n with 10^n <= x < 10^(n+1). + The approximation is usually the right n, but may be off by 1 sometimes. */ +static int +floorlog10l (long double x) +{ + int exp; + long double y; + double z; + double l; + + /* Split into exponential part and mantissa. */ + y = frexpl (x, &exp); + if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L)) + abort (); + if (y == 0.0L) + return INT_MIN; + if (y < 0.5L) + { + while (y < (1.0L / (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) / (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)))) + { + y *= 1.0L * (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) * (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)); + exp -= GMP_LIMB_BITS; + } + if (y < (1.0L / (1 << 16))) + { + y *= 1.0L * (1 << 16); + exp -= 16; + } + if (y < (1.0L / (1 << 8))) + { + y *= 1.0L * (1 << 8); + exp -= 8; + } + if (y < (1.0L / (1 << 4))) + { + y *= 1.0L * (1 << 4); + exp -= 4; + } + if (y < (1.0L / (1 << 2))) + { + y *= 1.0L * (1 << 2); + exp -= 2; + } + if (y < (1.0L / (1 << 1))) + { + y *= 1.0L * (1 << 1); + exp -= 1; + } + } + if (!(y >= 0.5L && y < 1.0L)) + abort (); + /* Compute an approximation for l = log2(x) = exp + log2(y). */ + l = exp; + z = y; + if (z < 0.70710678118654752444) + { + z *= 1.4142135623730950488; + l -= 0.5; + } + if (z < 0.8408964152537145431) + { + z *= 1.1892071150027210667; + l -= 0.25; + } + if (z < 0.91700404320467123175) + { + z *= 1.0905077326652576592; + l -= 0.125; + } + if (z < 0.9576032806985736469) + { + z *= 1.0442737824274138403; + l -= 0.0625; + } + /* Now 0.95 <= z <= 1.01. */ + z = 1 - z; + /* log(1-z) = - z - z^2/2 - z^3/3 - z^4/4 - ... + Four terms are enough to get an approximation with error < 10^-7. */ + l -= z * (1.0 + z * (0.5 + z * ((1.0 / 3) + z * 0.25))); + /* Finally multiply with log(2)/log(10), yields an approximation for + log10(x). */ + l *= 0.30102999566398119523; + /* Round down to the next integer. */ + return (int) l + (l < 0 ? -1 : 0); +} + +# endif + +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE + +/* Assuming x is finite and > 0: + Return an approximation for n with 10^n <= x < 10^(n+1). + The approximation is usually the right n, but may be off by 1 sometimes. */ +static int +floorlog10 (double x) +{ + int exp; + double y; + double z; + double l; + + /* Split into exponential part and mantissa. */ + y = frexp (x, &exp); + if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0)) + abort (); + if (y == 0.0) + return INT_MIN; + if (y < 0.5) + { + while (y < (1.0 / (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) / (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)))) + { + y *= 1.0 * (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) * (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)); + exp -= GMP_LIMB_BITS; + } + if (y < (1.0 / (1 << 16))) + { + y *= 1.0 * (1 << 16); + exp -= 16; + } + if (y < (1.0 / (1 << 8))) + { + y *= 1.0 * (1 << 8); + exp -= 8; + } + if (y < (1.0 / (1 << 4))) + { + y *= 1.0 * (1 << 4); + exp -= 4; + } + if (y < (1.0 / (1 << 2))) + { + y *= 1.0 * (1 << 2); + exp -= 2; + } + if (y < (1.0 / (1 << 1))) + { + y *= 1.0 * (1 << 1); + exp -= 1; + } + } + if (!(y >= 0.5 && y < 1.0)) + abort (); + /* Compute an approximation for l = log2(x) = exp + log2(y). */ + l = exp; + z = y; + if (z < 0.70710678118654752444) + { + z *= 1.4142135623730950488; + l -= 0.5; + } + if (z < 0.8408964152537145431) + { + z *= 1.1892071150027210667; + l -= 0.25; + } + if (z < 0.91700404320467123175) + { + z *= 1.0905077326652576592; + l -= 0.125; + } + if (z < 0.9576032806985736469) + { + z *= 1.0442737824274138403; + l -= 0.0625; + } + /* Now 0.95 <= z <= 1.01. */ + z = 1 - z; + /* log(1-z) = - z - z^2/2 - z^3/3 - z^4/4 - ... + Four terms are enough to get an approximation with error < 10^-7. */ + l -= z * (1.0 + z * (0.5 + z * ((1.0 / 3) + z * 0.25))); + /* Finally multiply with log(2)/log(10), yields an approximation for + log10(x). */ + l *= 0.30102999566398119523; + /* Round down to the next integer. */ + return (int) l + (l < 0 ? -1 : 0); +} + +# endif + +#endif + +DCHAR_T * +VASNPRINTF (DCHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, + const FCHAR_T *format, va_list args) +{ + DIRECTIVES d; + arguments a; + + if (PRINTF_PARSE (format, &d, &a) < 0) + /* errno is already set. */ + return NULL; + +#define CLEANUP() \ + free (d.dir); \ + if (a.arg) \ + free (a.arg); + + if (PRINTF_FETCHARGS (args, &a) < 0) + { + CLEANUP (); + errno = EINVAL; + return NULL; + } + + { + size_t buf_neededlength; + TCHAR_T *buf; + TCHAR_T *buf_malloced; + const FCHAR_T *cp; + size_t i; + DIRECTIVE *dp; + /* Output string accumulator. */ + DCHAR_T *result; + size_t allocated; + size_t length; + + /* Allocate a small buffer that will hold a directive passed to + sprintf or snprintf. */ + buf_neededlength = + xsum4 (7, d.max_width_length, d.max_precision_length, 6); +#if HAVE_ALLOCA + if (buf_neededlength < 4000 / sizeof (TCHAR_T)) + { + buf = (TCHAR_T *) alloca (buf_neededlength * sizeof (TCHAR_T)); + buf_malloced = NULL; + } + else +#endif + { + size_t buf_memsize = xtimes (buf_neededlength, sizeof (TCHAR_T)); + if (size_overflow_p (buf_memsize)) + goto out_of_memory_1; + buf = (TCHAR_T *) malloc (buf_memsize); + if (buf == NULL) + goto out_of_memory_1; + buf_malloced = buf; + } + + if (resultbuf != NULL) + { + result = resultbuf; + allocated = *lengthp; + } + else + { + result = NULL; + allocated = 0; + } + length = 0; + /* Invariants: + result is either == resultbuf or == NULL or malloc-allocated. + If length > 0, then result != NULL. */ + + /* Ensures that allocated >= needed. Aborts through a jump to + out_of_memory if needed is SIZE_MAX or otherwise too big. */ +#define ENSURE_ALLOCATION(needed) \ + if ((needed) > allocated) \ + { \ + size_t memory_size; \ + DCHAR_T *memory; \ + \ + allocated = (allocated > 0 ? xtimes (allocated, 2) : 12); \ + if ((needed) > allocated) \ + allocated = (needed); \ + memory_size = xtimes (allocated, sizeof (DCHAR_T)); \ + if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \ + goto out_of_memory; \ + if (result == resultbuf || result == NULL) \ + memory = (DCHAR_T *) malloc (memory_size); \ + else \ + memory = (DCHAR_T *) realloc (result, memory_size); \ + if (memory == NULL) \ + goto out_of_memory; \ + if (result == resultbuf && length > 0) \ + DCHAR_CPY (memory, result, length); \ + result = memory; \ + } + + for (cp = format, i = 0, dp = &d.dir[0]; ; cp = dp->dir_end, i++, dp++) + { + if (cp != dp->dir_start) + { + size_t n = dp->dir_start - cp; + size_t augmented_length = xsum (length, n); + + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length); + /* This copies a piece of FCHAR_T[] into a DCHAR_T[]. Here we + need that the format string contains only ASCII characters + if FCHAR_T and DCHAR_T are not the same type. */ + if (sizeof (FCHAR_T) == sizeof (DCHAR_T)) + { + DCHAR_CPY (result + length, (const DCHAR_T *) cp, n); + length = augmented_length; + } + else + { + do + result[length++] = (unsigned char) *cp++; + while (--n > 0); + } + } + if (i == d.count) + break; + + /* Execute a single directive. */ + if (dp->conversion == '%') + { + size_t augmented_length; + + if (!(dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)) + abort (); + augmented_length = xsum (length, 1); + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length); + result[length] = '%'; + length = augmented_length; + } + else + { + if (!(dp->arg_index != ARG_NONE)) + abort (); + + if (dp->conversion == 'n') + { + switch (a.arg[dp->arg_index].type) + { + case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER: + *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_schar_pointer = length; + break; + case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER: + *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_short_pointer = length; + break; + case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER: + *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_int_pointer = length; + break; + case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER: + *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longint_pointer = length; + break; +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER: + *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = length; + break; +#endif + default: + abort (); + } + } +#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO + /* The unistdio extensions. */ + else if (dp->conversion == 'U') + { + arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type; + int flags = dp->flags; + int has_width; + size_t width; + int has_precision; + size_t precision; + + has_width = 0; + width = 0; + if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end) + { + if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + int arg; + + if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int; + if (arg < 0) + { + /* "A negative field width is taken as a '-' flag + followed by a positive field width." */ + flags |= FLAG_LEFT; + width = (unsigned int) (-arg); + } + else + width = arg; + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start; + + do + width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); + while (digitp != dp->width_end); + } + has_width = 1; + } + + has_precision = 0; + precision = 0; + if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end) + { + if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + int arg; + + if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int; + /* "A negative precision is taken as if the precision + were omitted." */ + if (arg >= 0) + { + precision = arg; + has_precision = 1; + } + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1; + + precision = 0; + while (digitp != dp->precision_end) + precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); + has_precision = 1; + } + } + + switch (type) + { + case TYPE_U8_STRING: + { + const uint8_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_u8_string; + const uint8_t *arg_end; + size_t characters; + + if (has_precision) + { + /* Use only PRECISION characters, from the left. */ + arg_end = arg; + characters = 0; + for (; precision > 0; precision--) + { + int count = u8_strmblen (arg_end); + if (count == 0) + break; + if (count < 0) + { + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = EILSEQ; + return NULL; + } + arg_end += count; + characters++; + } + } + else if (has_width) + { + /* Use the entire string, and count the number of + characters. */ + arg_end = arg; + characters = 0; + for (;;) + { + int count = u8_strmblen (arg_end); + if (count == 0) + break; + if (count < 0) + { + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = EILSEQ; + return NULL; + } + arg_end += count; + characters++; + } + } + else + { + /* Use the entire string. */ + arg_end = arg + u8_strlen (arg); + /* The number of characters doesn't matter. */ + characters = 0; + } + + if (has_width && width > characters + && !(dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)) + { + size_t n = width - characters; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n); + length += n; + } + +# if DCHAR_IS_UINT8_T + { + size_t n = arg_end - arg; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_CPY (result + length, arg, n); + length += n; + } +# else + { /* Convert. */ + DCHAR_T *converted = result + length; + size_t converted_len = allocated - length; +# if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR + /* Convert from UTF-8 to locale encoding. */ + if (u8_conv_to_encoding (locale_charset (), + iconveh_question_mark, + arg, arg_end - arg, NULL, + &converted, &converted_len) + < 0) +# else + /* Convert from UTF-8 to UTF-16/UTF-32. */ + converted = + U8_TO_DCHAR (arg, arg_end - arg, + converted, &converted_len); + if (converted == NULL) +# endif + { + int saved_errno = errno; + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = saved_errno; + return NULL; + } + if (converted != result + length) + { + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, converted_len)); + DCHAR_CPY (result + length, converted, converted_len); + free (converted); + } + length += converted_len; + } +# endif + + if (has_width && width > characters + && (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)) + { + size_t n = width - characters; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n); + length += n; + } + } + break; + + case TYPE_U16_STRING: + { + const uint16_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_u16_string; + const uint16_t *arg_end; + size_t characters; + + if (has_precision) + { + /* Use only PRECISION characters, from the left. */ + arg_end = arg; + characters = 0; + for (; precision > 0; precision--) + { + int count = u16_strmblen (arg_end); + if (count == 0) + break; + if (count < 0) + { + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = EILSEQ; + return NULL; + } + arg_end += count; + characters++; + } + } + else if (has_width) + { + /* Use the entire string, and count the number of + characters. */ + arg_end = arg; + characters = 0; + for (;;) + { + int count = u16_strmblen (arg_end); + if (count == 0) + break; + if (count < 0) + { + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = EILSEQ; + return NULL; + } + arg_end += count; + characters++; + } + } + else + { + /* Use the entire string. */ + arg_end = arg + u16_strlen (arg); + /* The number of characters doesn't matter. */ + characters = 0; + } + + if (has_width && width > characters + && !(dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)) + { + size_t n = width - characters; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n); + length += n; + } + +# if DCHAR_IS_UINT16_T + { + size_t n = arg_end - arg; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_CPY (result + length, arg, n); + length += n; + } +# else + { /* Convert. */ + DCHAR_T *converted = result + length; + size_t converted_len = allocated - length; +# if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR + /* Convert from UTF-16 to locale encoding. */ + if (u16_conv_to_encoding (locale_charset (), + iconveh_question_mark, + arg, arg_end - arg, NULL, + &converted, &converted_len) + < 0) +# else + /* Convert from UTF-16 to UTF-8/UTF-32. */ + converted = + U16_TO_DCHAR (arg, arg_end - arg, + converted, &converted_len); + if (converted == NULL) +# endif + { + int saved_errno = errno; + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = saved_errno; + return NULL; + } + if (converted != result + length) + { + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, converted_len)); + DCHAR_CPY (result + length, converted, converted_len); + free (converted); + } + length += converted_len; + } +# endif + + if (has_width && width > characters + && (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)) + { + size_t n = width - characters; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n); + length += n; + } + } + break; + + case TYPE_U32_STRING: + { + const uint32_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_u32_string; + const uint32_t *arg_end; + size_t characters; + + if (has_precision) + { + /* Use only PRECISION characters, from the left. */ + arg_end = arg; + characters = 0; + for (; precision > 0; precision--) + { + int count = u32_strmblen (arg_end); + if (count == 0) + break; + if (count < 0) + { + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = EILSEQ; + return NULL; + } + arg_end += count; + characters++; + } + } + else if (has_width) + { + /* Use the entire string, and count the number of + characters. */ + arg_end = arg; + characters = 0; + for (;;) + { + int count = u32_strmblen (arg_end); + if (count == 0) + break; + if (count < 0) + { + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = EILSEQ; + return NULL; + } + arg_end += count; + characters++; + } + } + else + { + /* Use the entire string. */ + arg_end = arg + u32_strlen (arg); + /* The number of characters doesn't matter. */ + characters = 0; + } + + if (has_width && width > characters + && !(dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)) + { + size_t n = width - characters; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n); + length += n; + } + +# if DCHAR_IS_UINT32_T + { + size_t n = arg_end - arg; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_CPY (result + length, arg, n); + length += n; + } +# else + { /* Convert. */ + DCHAR_T *converted = result + length; + size_t converted_len = allocated - length; +# if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR + /* Convert from UTF-32 to locale encoding. */ + if (u32_conv_to_encoding (locale_charset (), + iconveh_question_mark, + arg, arg_end - arg, NULL, + &converted, &converted_len) + < 0) +# else + /* Convert from UTF-32 to UTF-8/UTF-16. */ + converted = + U32_TO_DCHAR (arg, arg_end - arg, + converted, &converted_len); + if (converted == NULL) +# endif + { + int saved_errno = errno; + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = saved_errno; + return NULL; + } + if (converted != result + length) + { + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, converted_len)); + DCHAR_CPY (result + length, converted, converted_len); + free (converted); + } + length += converted_len; + } +# endif + + if (has_width && width > characters + && (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)) + { + size_t n = width - characters; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n)); + DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n); + length += n; + } + } + break; + + default: + abort (); + } + } +#endif +#if (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL + else if ((dp->conversion == 'a' || dp->conversion == 'A') +# if !(NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || (NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE && NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE)) + && (0 +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE + || a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_DOUBLE +# endif +# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE + || a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE +# endif + ) +# endif + ) + { + arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type; + int flags = dp->flags; + int has_width; + size_t width; + int has_precision; + size_t precision; + size_t tmp_length; + DCHAR_T tmpbuf[700]; + DCHAR_T *tmp; + DCHAR_T *pad_ptr; + DCHAR_T *p; + + has_width = 0; + width = 0; + if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end) + { + if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + int arg; + + if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int; + if (arg < 0) + { + /* "A negative field width is taken as a '-' flag + followed by a positive field width." */ + flags |= FLAG_LEFT; + width = (unsigned int) (-arg); + } + else + width = arg; + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start; + + do + width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); + while (digitp != dp->width_end); + } + has_width = 1; + } + + has_precision = 0; + precision = 0; + if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end) + { + if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + int arg; + + if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int; + /* "A negative precision is taken as if the precision + were omitted." */ + if (arg >= 0) + { + precision = arg; + has_precision = 1; + } + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1; + + precision = 0; + while (digitp != dp->precision_end) + precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); + has_precision = 1; + } + } + + /* Allocate a temporary buffer of sufficient size. */ + if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) ((LDBL_DIG + 1) + * 0.831 /* decimal -> hexadecimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) ((DBL_DIG + 1) + * 0.831 /* decimal -> hexadecimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + if (tmp_length < precision) + tmp_length = precision; + /* Account for sign, decimal point etc. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 12); + + if (tmp_length < width) + tmp_length = width; + + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); /* account for trailing NUL */ + + if (tmp_length <= sizeof (tmpbuf) / sizeof (DCHAR_T)) + tmp = tmpbuf; + else + { + size_t tmp_memsize = xtimes (tmp_length, sizeof (DCHAR_T)); + + if (size_overflow_p (tmp_memsize)) + /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ + goto out_of_memory; + tmp = (DCHAR_T *) malloc (tmp_memsize); + if (tmp == NULL) + /* Out of memory. */ + goto out_of_memory; + } + + pad_ptr = NULL; + p = tmp; + if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE) + { +# if NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE + long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble; + + if (isnanl (arg)) + { + if (dp->conversion == 'A') + { + *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'A'; *p++ = 'N'; + } + else + { + *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'a'; *p++ = 'n'; + } + } + else + { + int sign = 0; + DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING + + BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING (); + + if (signbit (arg)) /* arg < 0.0L or negative zero */ + { + sign = -1; + arg = -arg; + } + + if (sign < 0) + *p++ = '-'; + else if (flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN) + *p++ = '+'; + else if (flags & FLAG_SPACE) + *p++ = ' '; + + if (arg > 0.0L && arg + arg == arg) + { + if (dp->conversion == 'A') + { + *p++ = 'I'; *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'F'; + } + else + { + *p++ = 'i'; *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'f'; + } + } + else + { + int exponent; + long double mantissa; + + if (arg > 0.0L) + mantissa = printf_frexpl (arg, &exponent); + else + { + exponent = 0; + mantissa = 0.0L; + } + + if (has_precision + && precision < (unsigned int) ((LDBL_DIG + 1) * 0.831) + 1) + { + /* Round the mantissa. */ + long double tail = mantissa; + size_t q; + + for (q = precision; ; q--) + { + int digit = (int) tail; + tail -= digit; + if (q == 0) + { + if (digit & 1 ? tail >= 0.5L : tail > 0.5L) + tail = 1 - tail; + else + tail = - tail; + break; + } + tail *= 16.0L; + } + if (tail != 0.0L) + for (q = precision; q > 0; q--) + tail *= 0.0625L; + mantissa += tail; + } + + *p++ = '0'; + *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'X'; + pad_ptr = p; + { + int digit; + + digit = (int) mantissa; + mantissa -= digit; + *p++ = '0' + digit; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) + || mantissa > 0.0L || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + /* This loop terminates because we assume + that FLT_RADIX is a power of 2. */ + while (mantissa > 0.0L) + { + mantissa *= 16.0L; + digit = (int) mantissa; + mantissa -= digit; + *p++ = digit + + (digit < 10 + ? '0' + : dp->conversion - 10); + if (precision > 0) + precision--; + } + while (precision > 0) + { + *p++ = '0'; + precision--; + } + } + } + *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'P'; +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + { + static const wchar_t decimal_format[] = + { '%', '+', 'd', '\0' }; + SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent); + } + while (*p != '\0') + p++; +# else + if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1) + { + sprintf ((char *) p, "%+d", exponent); + while (*p != '\0') + p++; + } + else + { + char expbuf[6 + 1]; + const char *ep; + sprintf (expbuf, "%+d", exponent); + for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++) + p++; + } +# endif + } + + END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING (); + } +# else + abort (); +# endif + } + else + { +# if NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE + double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double; + + if (isnan (arg)) + { + if (dp->conversion == 'A') + { + *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'A'; *p++ = 'N'; + } + else + { + *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'a'; *p++ = 'n'; + } + } + else + { + int sign = 0; + + if (signbit (arg)) /* arg < 0.0 or negative zero */ + { + sign = -1; + arg = -arg; + } + + if (sign < 0) + *p++ = '-'; + else if (flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN) + *p++ = '+'; + else if (flags & FLAG_SPACE) + *p++ = ' '; + + if (arg > 0.0 && arg + arg == arg) + { + if (dp->conversion == 'A') + { + *p++ = 'I'; *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'F'; + } + else + { + *p++ = 'i'; *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'f'; + } + } + else + { + int exponent; + double mantissa; + + if (arg > 0.0) + mantissa = printf_frexp (arg, &exponent); + else + { + exponent = 0; + mantissa = 0.0; + } + + if (has_precision + && precision < (unsigned int) ((DBL_DIG + 1) * 0.831) + 1) + { + /* Round the mantissa. */ + double tail = mantissa; + size_t q; + + for (q = precision; ; q--) + { + int digit = (int) tail; + tail -= digit; + if (q == 0) + { + if (digit & 1 ? tail >= 0.5 : tail > 0.5) + tail = 1 - tail; + else + tail = - tail; + break; + } + tail *= 16.0; + } + if (tail != 0.0) + for (q = precision; q > 0; q--) + tail *= 0.0625; + mantissa += tail; + } + + *p++ = '0'; + *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'X'; + pad_ptr = p; + { + int digit; + + digit = (int) mantissa; + mantissa -= digit; + *p++ = '0' + digit; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) + || mantissa > 0.0 || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + /* This loop terminates because we assume + that FLT_RADIX is a power of 2. */ + while (mantissa > 0.0) + { + mantissa *= 16.0; + digit = (int) mantissa; + mantissa -= digit; + *p++ = digit + + (digit < 10 + ? '0' + : dp->conversion - 10); + if (precision > 0) + precision--; + } + while (precision > 0) + { + *p++ = '0'; + precision--; + } + } + } + *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'P'; +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + { + static const wchar_t decimal_format[] = + { '%', '+', 'd', '\0' }; + SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent); + } + while (*p != '\0') + p++; +# else + if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1) + { + sprintf ((char *) p, "%+d", exponent); + while (*p != '\0') + p++; + } + else + { + char expbuf[6 + 1]; + const char *ep; + sprintf (expbuf, "%+d", exponent); + for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++) + p++; + } +# endif + } + } +# else + abort (); +# endif + } + /* The generated string now extends from tmp to p, with the + zero padding insertion point being at pad_ptr. */ + if (has_width && p - tmp < width) + { + size_t pad = width - (p - tmp); + DCHAR_T *end = p + pad; + + if (flags & FLAG_LEFT) + { + /* Pad with spaces on the right. */ + for (; pad > 0; pad--) + *p++ = ' '; + } + else if ((flags & FLAG_ZERO) && pad_ptr != NULL) + { + /* Pad with zeroes. */ + DCHAR_T *q = end; + + while (p > pad_ptr) + *--q = *--p; + for (; pad > 0; pad--) + *p++ = '0'; + } + else + { + /* Pad with spaces on the left. */ + DCHAR_T *q = end; + + while (p > tmp) + *--q = *--p; + for (; pad > 0; pad--) + *p++ = ' '; + } + + p = end; + } + + { + size_t count = p - tmp; + + if (count >= tmp_length) + /* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the + code above! */ + abort (); + + /* Make room for the result. */ + if (count >= allocated - length) + { + size_t n = xsum (length, count); + + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n); + } + + /* Append the result. */ + memcpy (result + length, tmp, count * sizeof (DCHAR_T)); + if (tmp != tmpbuf) + free (tmp); + length += count; + } + } +#endif +#if (NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL + else if ((dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F' + || dp->conversion == 'e' || dp->conversion == 'E' + || dp->conversion == 'g' || dp->conversion == 'G' + || dp->conversion == 'a' || dp->conversion == 'A') + && (0 +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE + || a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_DOUBLE +# elif NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE + || (a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_DOUBLE + /* The systems (mingw) which produce wrong output + for Inf, -Inf, and NaN also do so for -0.0. + Therefore we treat this case here as well. */ + && is_infinite_or_zero (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double)) +# endif +# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE + || a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE +# elif NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE + || (a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE + /* Some systems produce wrong output for Inf, + -Inf, and NaN. */ + && is_infinitel (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble)) +# endif + )) + { +# if (NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE) && (NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE) + arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type; +# endif + int flags = dp->flags; + int has_width; + size_t width; + int has_precision; + size_t precision; + size_t tmp_length; + DCHAR_T tmpbuf[700]; + DCHAR_T *tmp; + DCHAR_T *pad_ptr; + DCHAR_T *p; + + has_width = 0; + width = 0; + if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end) + { + if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + int arg; + + if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int; + if (arg < 0) + { + /* "A negative field width is taken as a '-' flag + followed by a positive field width." */ + flags |= FLAG_LEFT; + width = (unsigned int) (-arg); + } + else + width = arg; + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start; + + do + width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); + while (digitp != dp->width_end); + } + has_width = 1; + } + + has_precision = 0; + precision = 0; + if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end) + { + if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + int arg; + + if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int; + /* "A negative precision is taken as if the precision + were omitted." */ + if (arg >= 0) + { + precision = arg; + has_precision = 1; + } + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1; + + precision = 0; + while (digitp != dp->precision_end) + precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); + has_precision = 1; + } + } + + /* POSIX specifies the default precision to be 6 for %f, %F, + %e, %E, but not for %g, %G. Implementations appear to use + the same default precision also for %g, %G. */ + if (!has_precision) + precision = 6; + + /* Allocate a temporary buffer of sufficient size. */ +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE && NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE + tmp_length = (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE ? LDBL_DIG + 1 : DBL_DIG + 1); +# elif NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE && NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE + tmp_length = (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE ? LDBL_DIG + 1 : 0); +# elif NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE + tmp_length = LDBL_DIG + 1; +# elif NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE + tmp_length = DBL_DIG + 1; +# else + tmp_length = 0; +# endif + if (tmp_length < precision) + tmp_length = precision; +# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE + if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE) +# endif + if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F') + { + long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble; + if (!(isnanl (arg) || arg + arg == arg)) + { + /* arg is finite and nonzero. */ + int exponent = floorlog10l (arg < 0 ? -arg : arg); + if (exponent >= 0 && tmp_length < exponent + precision) + tmp_length = exponent + precision; + } + } +# endif +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE +# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE + if (type == TYPE_DOUBLE) +# endif + if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F') + { + double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double; + if (!(isnan (arg) || arg + arg == arg)) + { + /* arg is finite and nonzero. */ + int exponent = floorlog10 (arg < 0 ? -arg : arg); + if (exponent >= 0 && tmp_length < exponent + precision) + tmp_length = exponent + precision; + } + } +# endif + /* Account for sign, decimal point etc. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 12); + + if (tmp_length < width) + tmp_length = width; + + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); /* account for trailing NUL */ + + if (tmp_length <= sizeof (tmpbuf) / sizeof (DCHAR_T)) + tmp = tmpbuf; + else + { + size_t tmp_memsize = xtimes (tmp_length, sizeof (DCHAR_T)); + + if (size_overflow_p (tmp_memsize)) + /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ + goto out_of_memory; + tmp = (DCHAR_T *) malloc (tmp_memsize); + if (tmp == NULL) + /* Out of memory. */ + goto out_of_memory; + } + + pad_ptr = NULL; + p = tmp; + +# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE + if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE) +# endif + { + long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble; + + if (isnanl (arg)) + { + if (dp->conversion >= 'A' && dp->conversion <= 'Z') + { + *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'A'; *p++ = 'N'; + } + else + { + *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'a'; *p++ = 'n'; + } + } + else + { + int sign = 0; + DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING + + BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING (); + + if (signbit (arg)) /* arg < 0.0L or negative zero */ + { + sign = -1; + arg = -arg; + } + + if (sign < 0) + *p++ = '-'; + else if (flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN) + *p++ = '+'; + else if (flags & FLAG_SPACE) + *p++ = ' '; + + if (arg > 0.0L && arg + arg == arg) + { + if (dp->conversion >= 'A' && dp->conversion <= 'Z') + { + *p++ = 'I'; *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'F'; + } + else + { + *p++ = 'i'; *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'f'; + } + } + else + { +# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE + pad_ptr = p; + + if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F') + { + char *digits; + size_t ndigits; + + digits = + scale10_round_decimal_long_double (arg, precision); + if (digits == NULL) + { + END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING (); + goto out_of_memory; + } + ndigits = strlen (digits); + + if (ndigits > precision) + do + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + while (ndigits > precision); + else + *p++ = '0'; + /* Here ndigits <= precision. */ + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; precision > ndigits; precision--) + *p++ = '0'; + while (ndigits > 0) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + } + + free (digits); + } + else if (dp->conversion == 'e' || dp->conversion == 'E') + { + int exponent; + + if (arg == 0.0L) + { + exponent = 0; + *p++ = '0'; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; precision > 0; precision--) + *p++ = '0'; + } + } + else + { + /* arg > 0.0L. */ + int adjusted; + char *digits; + size_t ndigits; + + exponent = floorlog10l (arg); + adjusted = 0; + for (;;) + { + digits = + scale10_round_decimal_long_double (arg, + (int)precision - exponent); + if (digits == NULL) + { + END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING (); + goto out_of_memory; + } + ndigits = strlen (digits); + + if (ndigits == precision + 1) + break; + if (ndigits < precision + || ndigits > precision + 2) + /* The exponent was not guessed + precisely enough. */ + abort (); + if (adjusted) + /* None of two values of exponent is + the right one. Prevent an endless + loop. */ + abort (); + free (digits); + if (ndigits == precision) + exponent -= 1; + else + exponent += 1; + adjusted = 1; + } + + /* Here ndigits = precision+1. */ + *p++ = digits[--ndigits]; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + while (ndigits > 0) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + } + + free (digits); + } + + *p++ = dp->conversion; /* 'e' or 'E' */ +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + { + static const wchar_t decimal_format[] = + { '%', '+', '.', '2', 'd', '\0' }; + SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent); + } + while (*p != '\0') + p++; +# else + if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1) + { + sprintf ((char *) p, "%+.2d", exponent); + while (*p != '\0') + p++; + } + else + { + char expbuf[6 + 1]; + const char *ep; + sprintf (expbuf, "%+.2d", exponent); + for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++) + p++; + } +# endif + } + else if (dp->conversion == 'g' || dp->conversion == 'G') + { + if (precision == 0) + precision = 1; + /* precision >= 1. */ + + if (arg == 0.0L) + /* The exponent is 0, >= -4, < precision. + Use fixed-point notation. */ + { + size_t ndigits = precision; + /* Number of trailing zeroes that have to be + dropped. */ + size_t nzeroes = + (flags & FLAG_ALT ? 0 : precision - 1); + + --ndigits; + *p++ = '0'; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + while (ndigits > nzeroes) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = '0'; + } + } + } + else + { + /* arg > 0.0L. */ + int exponent; + int adjusted; + char *digits; + size_t ndigits; + size_t nzeroes; + + exponent = floorlog10l (arg); + adjusted = 0; + for (;;) + { + digits = + scale10_round_decimal_long_double (arg, + (int)(precision - 1) - exponent); + if (digits == NULL) + { + END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING (); + goto out_of_memory; + } + ndigits = strlen (digits); + + if (ndigits == precision) + break; + if (ndigits < precision - 1 + || ndigits > precision + 1) + /* The exponent was not guessed + precisely enough. */ + abort (); + if (adjusted) + /* None of two values of exponent is + the right one. Prevent an endless + loop. */ + abort (); + free (digits); + if (ndigits < precision) + exponent -= 1; + else + exponent += 1; + adjusted = 1; + } + /* Here ndigits = precision. */ + + /* Determine the number of trailing zeroes + that have to be dropped. */ + nzeroes = 0; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) == 0) + while (nzeroes < ndigits + && digits[nzeroes] == '0') + nzeroes++; + + /* The exponent is now determined. */ + if (exponent >= -4 + && exponent < (long)precision) + { + /* Fixed-point notation: + max(exponent,0)+1 digits, then the + decimal point, then the remaining + digits without trailing zeroes. */ + if (exponent >= 0) + { + size_t count = exponent + 1; + /* Note: count <= precision = ndigits. */ + for (; count > 0; count--) + *p++ = digits[--ndigits]; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + while (ndigits > nzeroes) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + } + } + else + { + size_t count = -exponent - 1; + *p++ = '0'; + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; count > 0; count--) + *p++ = '0'; + while (ndigits > nzeroes) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Exponential notation. */ + *p++ = digits[--ndigits]; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + while (ndigits > nzeroes) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + } + *p++ = dp->conversion - 'G' + 'E'; /* 'e' or 'E' */ +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + { + static const wchar_t decimal_format[] = + { '%', '+', '.', '2', 'd', '\0' }; + SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent); + } + while (*p != '\0') + p++; +# else + if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1) + { + sprintf ((char *) p, "%+.2d", exponent); + while (*p != '\0') + p++; + } + else + { + char expbuf[6 + 1]; + const char *ep; + sprintf (expbuf, "%+.2d", exponent); + for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++) + p++; + } +# endif + } + + free (digits); + } + } + else + abort (); +# else + /* arg is finite. */ + abort (); +# endif + } + + END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING (); + } + } +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE + else +# endif +# endif +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE + { + double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double; + + if (isnan (arg)) + { + if (dp->conversion >= 'A' && dp->conversion <= 'Z') + { + *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'A'; *p++ = 'N'; + } + else + { + *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'a'; *p++ = 'n'; + } + } + else + { + int sign = 0; + + if (signbit (arg)) /* arg < 0.0 or negative zero */ + { + sign = -1; + arg = -arg; + } + + if (sign < 0) + *p++ = '-'; + else if (flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN) + *p++ = '+'; + else if (flags & FLAG_SPACE) + *p++ = ' '; + + if (arg > 0.0 && arg + arg == arg) + { + if (dp->conversion >= 'A' && dp->conversion <= 'Z') + { + *p++ = 'I'; *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'F'; + } + else + { + *p++ = 'i'; *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'f'; + } + } + else + { +# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE + pad_ptr = p; + + if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F') + { + char *digits; + size_t ndigits; + + digits = + scale10_round_decimal_double (arg, precision); + if (digits == NULL) + goto out_of_memory; + ndigits = strlen (digits); + + if (ndigits > precision) + do + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + while (ndigits > precision); + else + *p++ = '0'; + /* Here ndigits <= precision. */ + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; precision > ndigits; precision--) + *p++ = '0'; + while (ndigits > 0) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + } + + free (digits); + } + else if (dp->conversion == 'e' || dp->conversion == 'E') + { + int exponent; + + if (arg == 0.0) + { + exponent = 0; + *p++ = '0'; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; precision > 0; precision--) + *p++ = '0'; + } + } + else + { + /* arg > 0.0. */ + int adjusted; + char *digits; + size_t ndigits; + + exponent = floorlog10 (arg); + adjusted = 0; + for (;;) + { + digits = + scale10_round_decimal_double (arg, + (int)precision - exponent); + if (digits == NULL) + goto out_of_memory; + ndigits = strlen (digits); + + if (ndigits == precision + 1) + break; + if (ndigits < precision + || ndigits > precision + 2) + /* The exponent was not guessed + precisely enough. */ + abort (); + if (adjusted) + /* None of two values of exponent is + the right one. Prevent an endless + loop. */ + abort (); + free (digits); + if (ndigits == precision) + exponent -= 1; + else + exponent += 1; + adjusted = 1; + } + + /* Here ndigits = precision+1. */ + *p++ = digits[--ndigits]; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + while (ndigits > 0) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + } + + free (digits); + } + + *p++ = dp->conversion; /* 'e' or 'E' */ +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + { + static const wchar_t decimal_format[] = + /* Produce the same number of exponent digits + as the native printf implementation. */ +# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + { '%', '+', '.', '3', 'd', '\0' }; +# else + { '%', '+', '.', '2', 'd', '\0' }; +# endif + SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent); + } + while (*p != '\0') + p++; +# else + { + static const char decimal_format[] = + /* Produce the same number of exponent digits + as the native printf implementation. */ +# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + "%+.3d"; +# else + "%+.2d"; +# endif + if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1) + { + sprintf ((char *) p, decimal_format, exponent); + while (*p != '\0') + p++; + } + else + { + char expbuf[6 + 1]; + const char *ep; + sprintf (expbuf, decimal_format, exponent); + for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++) + p++; + } + } +# endif + } + else if (dp->conversion == 'g' || dp->conversion == 'G') + { + if (precision == 0) + precision = 1; + /* precision >= 1. */ + + if (arg == 0.0) + /* The exponent is 0, >= -4, < precision. + Use fixed-point notation. */ + { + size_t ndigits = precision; + /* Number of trailing zeroes that have to be + dropped. */ + size_t nzeroes = + (flags & FLAG_ALT ? 0 : precision - 1); + + --ndigits; + *p++ = '0'; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + while (ndigits > nzeroes) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = '0'; + } + } + } + else + { + /* arg > 0.0. */ + int exponent; + int adjusted; + char *digits; + size_t ndigits; + size_t nzeroes; + + exponent = floorlog10 (arg); + adjusted = 0; + for (;;) + { + digits = + scale10_round_decimal_double (arg, + (int)(precision - 1) - exponent); + if (digits == NULL) + goto out_of_memory; + ndigits = strlen (digits); + + if (ndigits == precision) + break; + if (ndigits < precision - 1 + || ndigits > precision + 1) + /* The exponent was not guessed + precisely enough. */ + abort (); + if (adjusted) + /* None of two values of exponent is + the right one. Prevent an endless + loop. */ + abort (); + free (digits); + if (ndigits < precision) + exponent -= 1; + else + exponent += 1; + adjusted = 1; + } + /* Here ndigits = precision. */ + + /* Determine the number of trailing zeroes + that have to be dropped. */ + nzeroes = 0; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) == 0) + while (nzeroes < ndigits + && digits[nzeroes] == '0') + nzeroes++; + + /* The exponent is now determined. */ + if (exponent >= -4 + && exponent < (long)precision) + { + /* Fixed-point notation: + max(exponent,0)+1 digits, then the + decimal point, then the remaining + digits without trailing zeroes. */ + if (exponent >= 0) + { + size_t count = exponent + 1; + /* Note: count <= precision = ndigits. */ + for (; count > 0; count--) + *p++ = digits[--ndigits]; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + while (ndigits > nzeroes) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + } + } + else + { + size_t count = -exponent - 1; + *p++ = '0'; + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; count > 0; count--) + *p++ = '0'; + while (ndigits > nzeroes) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Exponential notation. */ + *p++ = digits[--ndigits]; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + while (ndigits > nzeroes) + { + --ndigits; + *p++ = digits[ndigits]; + } + } + *p++ = dp->conversion - 'G' + 'E'; /* 'e' or 'E' */ +# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + { + static const wchar_t decimal_format[] = + /* Produce the same number of exponent digits + as the native printf implementation. */ +# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + { '%', '+', '.', '3', 'd', '\0' }; +# else + { '%', '+', '.', '2', 'd', '\0' }; +# endif + SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent); + } + while (*p != '\0') + p++; +# else + { + static const char decimal_format[] = + /* Produce the same number of exponent digits + as the native printf implementation. */ +# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + "%+.3d"; +# else + "%+.2d"; +# endif + if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1) + { + sprintf ((char *) p, decimal_format, exponent); + while (*p != '\0') + p++; + } + else + { + char expbuf[6 + 1]; + const char *ep; + sprintf (expbuf, decimal_format, exponent); + for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++) + p++; + } + } +# endif + } + + free (digits); + } + } + else + abort (); +# else + /* arg is finite. */ + if (!(arg == 0.0)) + abort (); + + pad_ptr = p; + + if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F') + { + *p++ = '0'; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; precision > 0; precision--) + *p++ = '0'; + } + } + else if (dp->conversion == 'e' || dp->conversion == 'E') + { + *p++ = '0'; + if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0) + { + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; precision > 0; precision--) + *p++ = '0'; + } + *p++ = dp->conversion; /* 'e' or 'E' */ + *p++ = '+'; + /* Produce the same number of exponent digits as + the native printf implementation. */ +# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + *p++ = '0'; +# endif + *p++ = '0'; + *p++ = '0'; + } + else if (dp->conversion == 'g' || dp->conversion == 'G') + { + *p++ = '0'; + if (flags & FLAG_ALT) + { + size_t ndigits = + (precision > 0 ? precision - 1 : 0); + *p++ = decimal_point_char (); + for (; ndigits > 0; --ndigits) + *p++ = '0'; + } + } + else + abort (); +# endif + } + } + } +# endif + + /* The generated string now extends from tmp to p, with the + zero padding insertion point being at pad_ptr. */ + if (has_width && p - tmp < width) + { + size_t pad = width - (p - tmp); + DCHAR_T *end = p + pad; + + if (flags & FLAG_LEFT) + { + /* Pad with spaces on the right. */ + for (; pad > 0; pad--) + *p++ = ' '; + } + else if ((flags & FLAG_ZERO) && pad_ptr != NULL) + { + /* Pad with zeroes. */ + DCHAR_T *q = end; + + while (p > pad_ptr) + *--q = *--p; + for (; pad > 0; pad--) + *p++ = '0'; + } + else + { + /* Pad with spaces on the left. */ + DCHAR_T *q = end; + + while (p > tmp) + *--q = *--p; + for (; pad > 0; pad--) + *p++ = ' '; + } + + p = end; + } + + { + size_t count = p - tmp; + + if (count >= tmp_length) + /* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the + code above! */ + abort (); + + /* Make room for the result. */ + if (count >= allocated - length) + { + size_t n = xsum (length, count); + + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n); + } + + /* Append the result. */ + memcpy (result + length, tmp, count * sizeof (DCHAR_T)); + if (tmp != tmpbuf) + free (tmp); + length += count; + } + } +#endif + else + { + arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type; + int flags = dp->flags; +#if !USE_SNPRINTF || !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + int has_width; + size_t width; +#endif +#if !USE_SNPRINTF || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + int has_precision; + size_t precision; +#endif +#if NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + int prec_ourselves; +#else +# define prec_ourselves 0 +#endif +#if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + int pad_ourselves; +#else +# define pad_ourselves 0 +#endif + TCHAR_T *fbp; + unsigned int prefix_count; + int prefixes[2]; +#if !USE_SNPRINTF + size_t tmp_length; + TCHAR_T tmpbuf[700]; + TCHAR_T *tmp; +#endif + +#if !USE_SNPRINTF || !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + has_width = 0; + width = 0; + if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end) + { + if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + int arg; + + if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int; + if (arg < 0) + { + /* "A negative field width is taken as a '-' flag + followed by a positive field width." */ + flags |= FLAG_LEFT; + width = (unsigned int) (-arg); + } + else + width = arg; + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start; + + do + width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); + while (digitp != dp->width_end); + } + has_width = 1; + } +#endif + +#if !USE_SNPRINTF || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + has_precision = 0; + precision = 6; + if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end) + { + if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + int arg; + + if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int; + /* "A negative precision is taken as if the precision + were omitted." */ + if (arg >= 0) + { + precision = arg; + has_precision = 1; + } + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1; + + precision = 0; + while (digitp != dp->precision_end) + precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0'); + has_precision = 1; + } + } +#endif + +#if !USE_SNPRINTF + /* Allocate a temporary buffer of sufficient size for calling + sprintf. */ + { + switch (dp->conversion) + { + + case 'd': case 'i': case 'u': +# if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else +# endif + if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + if (tmp_length < precision) + tmp_length = precision; + /* Multiply by 2, as an estimate for FLAG_GROUP. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, tmp_length); + /* Add 1, to account for a leading sign. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); + break; + + case 'o': +# if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else +# endif + if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + if (tmp_length < precision) + tmp_length = precision; + /* Add 1, to account for a leading sign. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); + break; + + case 'x': case 'X': +# if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else +# endif + if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + if (tmp_length < precision) + tmp_length = precision; + /* Add 2, to account for a leading sign or alternate form. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 2); + break; + + case 'f': case 'F': + if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (LDBL_MAX_EXP + * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ + * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */ + ) + + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ + + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */ + else + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (DBL_MAX_EXP + * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */ + * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */ + ) + + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ + + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision); + break; + + case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G': + tmp_length = + 12; /* sign, decimal point, exponent etc. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision); + break; + + case 'a': case 'A': + if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE) + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (LDBL_DIG + * 0.831 /* decimal -> hexadecimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + else + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (DBL_DIG + * 0.831 /* decimal -> hexadecimal */ + ) + + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */ + if (tmp_length < precision) + tmp_length = precision; + /* Account for sign, decimal point etc. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 12); + break; + + case 'c': +# if HAVE_WINT_T && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + if (type == TYPE_WIDE_CHAR) + tmp_length = MB_CUR_MAX; + else +# endif + tmp_length = 1; + break; + + case 's': +# if HAVE_WCHAR_T + if (type == TYPE_WIDE_STRING) + { + tmp_length = + local_wcslen (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string); + +# if !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION + tmp_length = xtimes (tmp_length, MB_CUR_MAX); +# endif + } + else +# endif + tmp_length = strlen (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string); + break; + + case 'p': + tmp_length = + (unsigned int) (sizeof (void *) * CHAR_BIT + * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */ + ) + + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */ + + 2; /* account for leading 0x */ + break; + + default: + abort (); + } + +# if ENABLE_UNISTDIO + /* Padding considers the number of characters, therefore the + number of elements after padding may be + > max (tmp_length, width) + but is certainly + <= tmp_length + width. */ + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, width); +# else + /* Padding considers the number of elements, says POSIX. */ + if (tmp_length < width) + tmp_length = width; +# endif + + tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); /* account for trailing NUL */ + } + + if (tmp_length <= sizeof (tmpbuf) / sizeof (TCHAR_T)) + tmp = tmpbuf; + else + { + size_t tmp_memsize = xtimes (tmp_length, sizeof (TCHAR_T)); + + if (size_overflow_p (tmp_memsize)) + /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ + goto out_of_memory; + tmp = (TCHAR_T *) malloc (tmp_memsize); + if (tmp == NULL) + /* Out of memory. */ + goto out_of_memory; + } +#endif + + /* Decide whether to handle the precision ourselves. */ +#if NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + switch (dp->conversion) + { + case 'd': case 'i': case 'u': + case 'o': + case 'x': case 'X': case 'p': + prec_ourselves = has_precision && (precision > 0); + break; + default: + prec_ourselves = 0; + break; + } +#endif + + /* Decide whether to perform the padding ourselves. */ +#if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + switch (dp->conversion) + { +# if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO + /* If we need conversion from TCHAR_T[] to DCHAR_T[], we need + to perform the padding after this conversion. Functions + with unistdio extensions perform the padding based on + character count rather than element count. */ + case 'c': case 's': +# endif +# if NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO + case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G': + case 'a': case 'A': +# endif + pad_ourselves = 1; + break; + default: + pad_ourselves = prec_ourselves; + break; + } +#endif + + /* Construct the format string for calling snprintf or + sprintf. */ + fbp = buf; + *fbp++ = '%'; +#if NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_GROUPING + /* The underlying implementation doesn't support the ' flag. + Produce no grouping characters in this case; this is + acceptable because the grouping is locale dependent. */ +#else + if (flags & FLAG_GROUP) + *fbp++ = '\''; +#endif + if (flags & FLAG_LEFT) + *fbp++ = '-'; + if (flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN) + *fbp++ = '+'; + if (flags & FLAG_SPACE) + *fbp++ = ' '; + if (flags & FLAG_ALT) + *fbp++ = '#'; + if (!pad_ourselves) + { + if (flags & FLAG_ZERO) + *fbp++ = '0'; + if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end) + { + size_t n = dp->width_end - dp->width_start; + /* The width specification is known to consist only + of standard ASCII characters. */ + if (sizeof (FCHAR_T) == sizeof (TCHAR_T)) + { + memcpy (fbp, dp->width_start, n * sizeof (TCHAR_T)); + fbp += n; + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *mp = dp->width_start; + do + *fbp++ = (unsigned char) *mp++; + while (--n > 0); + } + } + } + if (!prec_ourselves) + { + if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end) + { + size_t n = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start; + /* The precision specification is known to consist only + of standard ASCII characters. */ + if (sizeof (FCHAR_T) == sizeof (TCHAR_T)) + { + memcpy (fbp, dp->precision_start, n * sizeof (TCHAR_T)); + fbp += n; + } + else + { + const FCHAR_T *mp = dp->precision_start; + do + *fbp++ = (unsigned char) *mp++; + while (--n > 0); + } + } + } + + switch (type) + { +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + case TYPE_LONGLONGINT: + case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT: +# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__ + *fbp++ = 'I'; + *fbp++ = '6'; + *fbp++ = '4'; + break; +# else + *fbp++ = 'l'; + /*FALLTHROUGH*/ +# endif +#endif + case TYPE_LONGINT: + case TYPE_ULONGINT: +#if HAVE_WINT_T + case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR: +#endif +#if HAVE_WCHAR_T + case TYPE_WIDE_STRING: +#endif + *fbp++ = 'l'; + break; + case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE: + *fbp++ = 'L'; + break; + default: + break; + } +#if NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_F + if (dp->conversion == 'F') + *fbp = 'f'; + else +#endif + *fbp = dp->conversion; +#if USE_SNPRINTF +# if !(__GLIBC__ > 2 || (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 3)) + fbp[1] = '%'; + fbp[2] = 'n'; + fbp[3] = '\0'; +# else + /* On glibc2 systems from glibc >= 2.3 - probably also older + ones - we know that snprintf's returns value conforms to + ISO C 99: the gl_SNPRINTF_DIRECTIVE_N test passes. + Therefore we can avoid using %n in this situation. + On glibc2 systems from 2004-10-18 or newer, the use of %n + in format strings in writable memory may crash the program + (if compiled with _FORTIFY_SOURCE=2), so we should avoid it + in this situation. */ + fbp[1] = '\0'; +# endif +#else + fbp[1] = '\0'; +#endif + + /* Construct the arguments for calling snprintf or sprintf. */ + prefix_count = 0; + if (!pad_ourselves && dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int; + } + if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE) + { + if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT)) + abort (); + prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int; + } + +#if USE_SNPRINTF + /* The SNPRINTF result is appended after result[0..length]. + The latter is an array of DCHAR_T; SNPRINTF appends an + array of TCHAR_T to it. This is possible because + sizeof (TCHAR_T) divides sizeof (DCHAR_T) and + alignof (TCHAR_T) <= alignof (DCHAR_T). */ +# define TCHARS_PER_DCHAR (sizeof (DCHAR_T) / sizeof (TCHAR_T)) + /* Prepare checking whether snprintf returns the count + via %n. */ + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1)); + *(TCHAR_T *) (result + length) = '\0'; +#endif + + for (;;) + { + int count = -1; + +#if USE_SNPRINTF + int retcount = 0; + size_t maxlen = allocated - length; + /* SNPRINTF can fail if its second argument is + > INT_MAX. */ + if (maxlen > INT_MAX / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR) + maxlen = INT_MAX / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR; + maxlen = maxlen * TCHARS_PER_DCHAR; +# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \ + switch (prefix_count) \ + { \ + case 0: \ + retcount = SNPRINTF ((TCHAR_T *) (result + length), \ + maxlen, buf, \ + arg, &count); \ + break; \ + case 1: \ + retcount = SNPRINTF ((TCHAR_T *) (result + length), \ + maxlen, buf, \ + prefixes[0], arg, &count); \ + break; \ + case 2: \ + retcount = SNPRINTF ((TCHAR_T *) (result + length), \ + maxlen, buf, \ + prefixes[0], prefixes[1], arg, \ + &count); \ + break; \ + default: \ + abort (); \ + } +#else +# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \ + switch (prefix_count) \ + { \ + case 0: \ + count = sprintf (tmp, buf, arg); \ + break; \ + case 1: \ + count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], arg); \ + break; \ + case 2: \ + count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], prefixes[1],\ + arg); \ + break; \ + default: \ + abort (); \ + } +#endif + + switch (type) + { + case TYPE_SCHAR: + { + int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_schar; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_UCHAR: + { + unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uchar; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_SHORT: + { + int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_short; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_USHORT: + { + unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ushort; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_INT: + { + int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_int; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_UINT: + { + unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uint; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_LONGINT: + { + long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longint; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_ULONGINT: + { + unsigned long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulongint; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; +#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + case TYPE_LONGLONGINT: + { + long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longlongint; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT: + { + unsigned long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulonglongint; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; +#endif + case TYPE_DOUBLE: + { + double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE: + { + long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + case TYPE_CHAR: + { + int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_char; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; +#if HAVE_WINT_T + case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR: + { + wint_t arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_char; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; +#endif + case TYPE_STRING: + { + const char *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; +#if HAVE_WCHAR_T + case TYPE_WIDE_STRING: + { + const wchar_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; +#endif + case TYPE_POINTER: + { + void *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_pointer; + SNPRINTF_BUF (arg); + } + break; + default: + abort (); + } + +#if USE_SNPRINTF + /* Portability: Not all implementations of snprintf() + are ISO C 99 compliant. Determine the number of + bytes that snprintf() has produced or would have + produced. */ + if (count >= 0) + { + /* Verify that snprintf() has NUL-terminated its + result. */ + if (count < maxlen + && ((TCHAR_T *) (result + length)) [count] != '\0') + abort (); + /* Portability hack. */ + if (retcount > count) + count = retcount; + } + else + { + /* snprintf() doesn't understand the '%n' + directive. */ + if (fbp[1] != '\0') + { + /* Don't use the '%n' directive; instead, look + at the snprintf() return value. */ + fbp[1] = '\0'; + continue; + } + else + { + /* Look at the snprintf() return value. */ + if (retcount < 0) + { + /* HP-UX 10.20 snprintf() is doubly deficient: + It doesn't understand the '%n' directive, + *and* it returns -1 (rather than the length + that would have been required) when the + buffer is too small. */ + size_t bigger_need = + xsum (xtimes (allocated, 2), 12); + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (bigger_need); + continue; + } + else + count = retcount; + } + } +#endif + + /* Attempt to handle failure. */ + if (count < 0) + { + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = EINVAL; + return NULL; + } + +#if USE_SNPRINTF + /* Handle overflow of the allocated buffer. + If such an overflow occurs, a C99 compliant snprintf() + returns a count >= maxlen. However, a non-compliant + snprintf() function returns only count = maxlen - 1. To + cover both cases, test whether count >= maxlen - 1. */ + if ((unsigned int) count + 1 >= maxlen) + { + /* If maxlen already has attained its allowed maximum, + allocating more memory will not increase maxlen. + Instead of looping, bail out. */ + if (maxlen == INT_MAX / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR) + goto overflow; + else + { + /* Need at least count * sizeof (TCHAR_T) bytes. + But allocate proportionally, to avoid looping + eternally if snprintf() reports a too small + count. */ + size_t n = + xmax (xsum (length, + (count + TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1) + / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR), + xtimes (allocated, 2)); + + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n); + continue; + } + } +#endif + +#if NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + if (prec_ourselves) + { + /* Handle the precision. */ + TCHAR_T *prec_ptr = +# if USE_SNPRINTF + (TCHAR_T *) (result + length); +# else + tmp; +# endif + size_t prefix_count; + size_t move; + + prefix_count = 0; + /* Put the additional zeroes after the sign. */ + if (count >= 1 + && (*prec_ptr == '-' || *prec_ptr == '+' + || *prec_ptr == ' ')) + prefix_count = 1; + /* Put the additional zeroes after the 0x prefix if + (flags & FLAG_ALT) || (dp->conversion == 'p'). */ + else if (count >= 2 + && prec_ptr[0] == '0' + && (prec_ptr[1] == 'x' || prec_ptr[1] == 'X')) + prefix_count = 2; + + move = count - prefix_count; + if (precision > move) + { + /* Insert zeroes. */ + size_t insert = precision - move; + TCHAR_T *prec_end; + +# if USE_SNPRINTF + size_t n = + xsum (length, + (count + insert + TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1) + / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR); + length += (count + TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1) / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n); + length -= (count + TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1) / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR; + prec_ptr = (TCHAR_T *) (result + length); +# endif + + prec_end = prec_ptr + count; + prec_ptr += prefix_count; + + while (prec_end > prec_ptr) + { + prec_end--; + prec_end[insert] = prec_end[0]; + } + + prec_end += insert; + do + *--prec_end = '0'; + while (prec_end > prec_ptr); + + count += insert; + } + } +#endif + +#if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR +# if !USE_SNPRINTF + if (count >= tmp_length) + /* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the + code above! */ + abort (); +# endif + + /* Convert from TCHAR_T[] to DCHAR_T[]. */ + if (dp->conversion == 'c' || dp->conversion == 's') + { + /* type = TYPE_CHAR or TYPE_WIDE_CHAR or TYPE_STRING + TYPE_WIDE_STRING. + The result string is not certainly ASCII. */ + const TCHAR_T *tmpsrc; + DCHAR_T *tmpdst; + size_t tmpdst_len; + /* This code assumes that TCHAR_T is 'char'. */ + typedef int TCHAR_T_verify + [2 * (sizeof (TCHAR_T) == 1) - 1]; +# if USE_SNPRINTF + tmpsrc = (TCHAR_T *) (result + length); +# else + tmpsrc = tmp; +# endif + tmpdst = NULL; + tmpdst_len = 0; + if (DCHAR_CONV_FROM_ENCODING (locale_charset (), + iconveh_question_mark, + tmpsrc, count, + NULL, + &tmpdst, &tmpdst_len) + < 0) + { + int saved_errno = errno; + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = saved_errno; + return NULL; + } + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, tmpdst_len)); + DCHAR_CPY (result + length, tmpdst, tmpdst_len); + free (tmpdst); + count = tmpdst_len; + } + else + { + /* The result string is ASCII. + Simple 1:1 conversion. */ +# if USE_SNPRINTF + /* If sizeof (DCHAR_T) == sizeof (TCHAR_T), it's a + no-op conversion, in-place on the array starting + at (result + length). */ + if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) != sizeof (TCHAR_T)) +# endif + { + const TCHAR_T *tmpsrc; + DCHAR_T *tmpdst; + size_t n; + +# if USE_SNPRINTF + if (result == resultbuf) + { + tmpsrc = (TCHAR_T *) (result + length); + /* ENSURE_ALLOCATION will not move tmpsrc + (because it's part of resultbuf). */ + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, count)); + } + else + { + /* ENSURE_ALLOCATION will move the array + (because it uses realloc(). */ + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, count)); + tmpsrc = (TCHAR_T *) (result + length); + } +# else + tmpsrc = tmp; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, count)); +# endif + tmpdst = result + length; + /* Copy backwards, because of overlapping. */ + tmpsrc += count; + tmpdst += count; + for (n = count; n > 0; n--) + *--tmpdst = (unsigned char) *--tmpsrc; + } + } +#endif + +#if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR && !USE_SNPRINTF + /* Make room for the result. */ + if (count > allocated - length) + { + /* Need at least count elements. But allocate + proportionally. */ + size_t n = + xmax (xsum (length, count), xtimes (allocated, 2)); + + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n); + } +#endif + + /* Here count <= allocated - length. */ + + /* Perform padding. */ +#if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION + if (pad_ourselves && has_width) + { + size_t w; +# if ENABLE_UNISTDIO + /* Outside POSIX, it's preferrable to compare the width + against the number of _characters_ of the converted + value. */ + w = DCHAR_MBSNLEN (result + length, count); +# else + /* The width is compared against the number of _bytes_ + of the converted value, says POSIX. */ + w = count; +# endif + if (w < width) + { + size_t pad = width - w; +# if USE_SNPRINTF + /* Make room for the result. */ + if (xsum (count, pad) > allocated - length) + { + /* Need at least count + pad elements. But + allocate proportionally. */ + size_t n = + xmax (xsum3 (length, count, pad), + xtimes (allocated, 2)); + + length += count; + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n); + length -= count; + } + /* Here count + pad <= allocated - length. */ +# endif + { +# if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || USE_SNPRINTF + DCHAR_T * const rp = result + length; +# else + DCHAR_T * const rp = tmp; +# endif + DCHAR_T *p = rp + count; + DCHAR_T *end = p + pad; +# if NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO + DCHAR_T *pad_ptr; +# if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR + if (dp->conversion == 'c' + || dp->conversion == 's') + /* No zero-padding for string directives. */ + pad_ptr = NULL; + else +# endif + { + pad_ptr = (*rp == '-' ? rp + 1 : rp); + /* No zero-padding of "inf" and "nan". */ + if ((*pad_ptr >= 'A' && *pad_ptr <= 'Z') + || (*pad_ptr >= 'a' && *pad_ptr <= 'z')) + pad_ptr = NULL; + } +# endif + /* The generated string now extends from rp to p, + with the zero padding insertion point being at + pad_ptr. */ + + count = count + pad; /* = end - rp */ + + if (flags & FLAG_LEFT) + { + /* Pad with spaces on the right. */ + for (; pad > 0; pad--) + *p++ = ' '; + } +# if NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO + else if ((flags & FLAG_ZERO) && pad_ptr != NULL) + { + /* Pad with zeroes. */ + DCHAR_T *q = end; + + while (p > pad_ptr) + *--q = *--p; + for (; pad > 0; pad--) + *p++ = '0'; + } +# endif + else + { + /* Pad with spaces on the left. */ + DCHAR_T *q = end; + + while (p > rp) + *--q = *--p; + for (; pad > 0; pad--) + *p++ = ' '; + } + } + } + } +#endif + +#if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR && !USE_SNPRINTF + if (count >= tmp_length) + /* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the + code above! */ + abort (); +#endif + + /* Here still count <= allocated - length. */ + +#if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || USE_SNPRINTF + /* The snprintf() result did fit. */ +#else + /* Append the sprintf() result. */ + memcpy (result + length, tmp, count * sizeof (DCHAR_T)); +#endif +#if !USE_SNPRINTF + if (tmp != tmpbuf) + free (tmp); +#endif + +#if NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_F + if (dp->conversion == 'F') + { + /* Convert the %f result to upper case for %F. */ + DCHAR_T *rp = result + length; + size_t rc; + for (rc = count; rc > 0; rc--, rp++) + if (*rp >= 'a' && *rp <= 'z') + *rp = *rp - 'a' + 'A'; + } +#endif + + length += count; + break; + } + } + } + } + + /* Add the final NUL. */ + ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1)); + result[length] = '\0'; + + if (result != resultbuf && length + 1 < allocated) + { + /* Shrink the allocated memory if possible. */ + DCHAR_T *memory; + + memory = (DCHAR_T *) realloc (result, (length + 1) * sizeof (DCHAR_T)); + if (memory != NULL) + result = memory; + } + + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + *lengthp = length; + /* Note that we can produce a big string of a length > INT_MAX. POSIX + says that snprintf() fails with errno = EOVERFLOW in this case, but + that's only because snprintf() returns an 'int'. This function does + not have this limitation. */ + return result; + + overflow: + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + CLEANUP (); + errno = EOVERFLOW; + return NULL; + + out_of_memory: + if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL)) + free (result); + if (buf_malloced != NULL) + free (buf_malloced); + out_of_memory_1: + CLEANUP (); + errno = ENOMEM; + return NULL; + } +} + +#undef TCHARS_PER_DCHAR +#undef SNPRINTF +#undef USE_SNPRINTF +#undef DCHAR_CPY +#undef PRINTF_PARSE +#undef DIRECTIVES +#undef DIRECTIVE +#undef DCHAR_IS_TCHAR +#undef TCHAR_T +#undef DCHAR_T +#undef FCHAR_T +#undef VASNPRINTF diff --git a/intl/vasnprintf.h b/intl/vasnprintf.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff1d183b --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/vasnprintf.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation. + Copyright (C) 2002-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _VASNPRINTF_H +#define _VASNPRINTF_H + +/* Get va_list. */ +#include <stdarg.h> + +/* Get size_t. */ +#include <stddef.h> + +#ifndef __attribute__ +/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */ +# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__ +# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */ +# endif +/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes + are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */ +# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7) +# define __format__ format +# define __printf__ printf +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc(). + You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its + size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL. + If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF + if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the + number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set + errno and return NULL. + + When dynamic memory allocation occurs, the preallocated buffer is left + alone (with possibly modified contents). This makes it possible to use + a statically allocated or stack-allocated buffer, like this: + + char buf[100]; + size_t len = sizeof (buf); + char *output = vasnprintf (buf, &len, format, args); + if (output == NULL) + ... error handling ...; + else + { + ... use the output string ...; + if (output != buf) + free (output); + } + */ +extern char * asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...) + __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4))); +extern char * vasnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, va_list args) + __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0))); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _VASNPRINTF_H */ diff --git a/intl/vasnwprintf.h b/intl/vasnwprintf.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6ff03ce1 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/vasnwprintf.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* vswprintf with automatic memory allocation. + Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _VASNWPRINTF_H +#define _VASNWPRINTF_H + +/* Get va_list. */ +#include <stdarg.h> + +/* Get wchar_t, size_t. */ +#include <stddef.h> + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc(). + You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its + size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL. + If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF + if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the + number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set + errno and return NULL. */ +extern wchar_t * asnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, ...); +extern wchar_t * vasnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, va_list args); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _VASNWPRINTF_H */ diff --git a/intl/version.c b/intl/version.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a968cf74 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/version.c @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +/* libintl library version. + Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "libgnuintl.h" + +/* Version number: (major<<16) + (minor<<8) + subminor */ +int libintl_version = LIBINTL_VERSION; diff --git a/intl/wprintf-parse.h b/intl/wprintf-parse.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..600b89ad --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/wprintf-parse.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* Parse printf format string. + Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _WPRINTF_PARSE_H +#define _WPRINTF_PARSE_H + +#include "printf-args.h" + + +/* Flags */ +#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */ +#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */ +#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */ +#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */ +#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */ +#define FLAG_ZERO 32 + +/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */ +#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0) + +/* A parsed directive. */ +typedef struct +{ + const wchar_t* dir_start; + const wchar_t* dir_end; + int flags; + const wchar_t* width_start; + const wchar_t* width_end; + size_t width_arg_index; + const wchar_t* precision_start; + const wchar_t* precision_end; + size_t precision_arg_index; + wchar_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */ + size_t arg_index; +} +wchar_t_directive; + +/* A parsed format string. */ +typedef struct +{ + size_t count; + wchar_t_directive *dir; + size_t max_width_length; + size_t max_precision_length; +} +wchar_t_directives; + + +/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills + in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start + to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the + arguments and the needed count of arguments. */ +#ifdef STATIC +STATIC +#else +extern +#endif +int wprintf_parse (const wchar_t *format, wchar_t_directives *d, arguments *a); + +#endif /* _WPRINTF_PARSE_H */ diff --git a/intl/xsize.h b/intl/xsize.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b3023a7d --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/xsize.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* xsize.h -- Checked size_t computations. + + Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _XSIZE_H +#define _XSIZE_H + +/* Get size_t. */ +#include <stddef.h> + +/* Get SIZE_MAX. */ +#include <limits.h> +#if HAVE_STDINT_H +# include <stdint.h> +#endif + +/* The size of memory objects is often computed through expressions of + type size_t. Example: + void* p = malloc (header_size + n * element_size). + These computations can lead to overflow. When this happens, malloc() + returns a piece of memory that is way too small, and the program then + crashes while attempting to fill the memory. + To avoid this, the functions and macros in this file check for overflow. + The convention is that SIZE_MAX represents overflow. + malloc (SIZE_MAX) is not guaranteed to fail -- think of a malloc + implementation that uses mmap --, it's recommended to use size_overflow_p() + or size_in_bounds_p() before invoking malloc(). + The example thus becomes: + size_t size = xsum (header_size, xtimes (n, element_size)); + void *p = (size_in_bounds_p (size) ? malloc (size) : NULL); +*/ + +/* Convert an arbitrary value >= 0 to type size_t. */ +#define xcast_size_t(N) \ + ((N) <= SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) (N) : SIZE_MAX) + +/* Sum of two sizes, with overflow check. */ +static inline size_t +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +__attribute__ ((__pure__)) +#endif +xsum (size_t size1, size_t size2) +{ + size_t sum = size1 + size2; + return (sum >= size1 ? sum : SIZE_MAX); +} + +/* Sum of three sizes, with overflow check. */ +static inline size_t +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +__attribute__ ((__pure__)) +#endif +xsum3 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3) +{ + return xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3); +} + +/* Sum of four sizes, with overflow check. */ +static inline size_t +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +__attribute__ ((__pure__)) +#endif +xsum4 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3, size_t size4) +{ + return xsum (xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3), size4); +} + +/* Maximum of two sizes, with overflow check. */ +static inline size_t +#if __GNUC__ >= 3 +__attribute__ ((__pure__)) +#endif +xmax (size_t size1, size_t size2) +{ + /* No explicit check is needed here, because for any n: + max (SIZE_MAX, n) == SIZE_MAX and max (n, SIZE_MAX) == SIZE_MAX. */ + return (size1 >= size2 ? size1 : size2); +} + +/* Multiplication of a count with an element size, with overflow check. + The count must be >= 0 and the element size must be > 0. + This is a macro, not an inline function, so that it works correctly even + when N is of a wider tupe and N > SIZE_MAX. */ +#define xtimes(N, ELSIZE) \ + ((N) <= SIZE_MAX / (ELSIZE) ? (size_t) (N) * (ELSIZE) : SIZE_MAX) + +/* Check for overflow. */ +#define size_overflow_p(SIZE) \ + ((SIZE) == SIZE_MAX) +/* Check against overflow. */ +#define size_in_bounds_p(SIZE) \ + ((SIZE) != SIZE_MAX) + +#endif /* _XSIZE_H */ diff --git a/intltool-extract.in b/intltool-extract.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e69de29b --- /dev/null +++ b/intltool-extract.in diff --git a/intltool-merge.in b/intltool-merge.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e69de29b --- /dev/null +++ b/intltool-merge.in diff --git a/intltool-update.in b/intltool-update.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e69de29b --- /dev/null +++ b/intltool-update.in @@ -41,6 +41,7 @@ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include <config.h> #endif +#include "gettext.h" #include "playlist.h" #include "playback.h" #include "unistd.h" @@ -79,23 +80,23 @@ client_exec_command_line (const char *cmdline, int len) { // if (filter == 1) { // help, version and nowplaying are executed with any filter if (!strcmp (parg, "--help") || !strcmp (parg, "-h")) { - fprintf (stdout, "Usage: deadbeef [options] [file(s)]\n"); - fprintf (stdout, "Options:\n"); - fprintf (stdout, " --help or -h Print help (this message) and exit\n"); - fprintf (stdout, " --quit Quit player\n"); - fprintf (stdout, " --version Print version info and exit\n"); - fprintf (stdout, " --play Start playback\n"); - fprintf (stdout, " --stop Stop playback\n"); - fprintf (stdout, " --pause Pause playback\n"); - fprintf (stdout, " --next Next song in playlist\n"); - fprintf (stdout, " --prev Previous song in playlist\n"); - fprintf (stdout, " --random Random song in playlist\n"); - fprintf (stdout, " --queue Append file(s) to existing playlist\n"); - fprintf (stdout, " --nowplaying FMT Print formatted track name to stdout\n"); - fprintf (stdout, " FMT %%-syntax: [a]rtist, [t]itle, al[b]um,\n" + fprintf (stdout, _("Usage: deadbeef [options] [file(s)]\n")); + fprintf (stdout, _("Options:\n")); + fprintf (stdout, _(" --help or -h Print help (this message) and exit\n")); + fprintf (stdout, _(" --quit Quit player\n")); + fprintf (stdout, _(" --version Print version info and exit\n")); + fprintf (stdout, _(" --play Start playback\n")); + fprintf (stdout, _(" --stop Stop playback\n")); + fprintf (stdout, _(" --pause Pause playback\n")); + fprintf (stdout, _(" --next Next song in playlist\n")); + fprintf (stdout, _(" --prev Previous song in playlist\n")); + fprintf (stdout, _(" --random Random song in playlist\n")); + fprintf (stdout, _(" --queue Append file(s) to existing playlist\n")); + fprintf (stdout, _(" --nowplaying FMT Print formatted track name to stdout\n")); + fprintf (stdout, _(" FMT %%-syntax: [a]rtist, [t]itle, al[b]um,\n" " [l]ength, track[n]umber, [y]ear, [c]omment,\n" - " copy[r]ight, [e]lapsed\n"); - fprintf (stdout, " e.g.: --nowplaying \"%%a - %%t\" should print \"artist - title\"\n"); + " copy[r]ight, [e]lapsed\n")); + fprintf (stdout, _(" e.g.: --nowplaying \"%%a - %%t\" should print \"artist - title\"\n")); return 1; } else if (!strcmp (parg, "--version")) { @@ -429,10 +430,14 @@ sigterm_handler (int sig) { int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { - //u8_lc_map_test (); - //return -1; - setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); + setlocale (LC_ALL, ""); setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "C"); +#ifdef ENABLE_NLS + fprintf (stderr, "enabling gettext support: package=" PACKAGE ", dir=" LOCALEDIR "...\n"); + bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR); + bind_textdomain_codeset (PACKAGE, "UTF-8"); + textdomain (PACKAGE); +#endif fprintf (stderr, "starting deadbeef " VERSION "\n"); srand (time (NULL)); #ifdef __linux__ @@ -15,6 +15,9 @@ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ +//#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +//# include <config.h> +//#endif #include <stdlib.h> #include <string.h> #include <dirent.h> @@ -32,6 +35,7 @@ #endif #include <limits.h> #include <errno.h> +#include "gettext.h" #include "playlist.h" #include "streamer.h" #include "messagepump.h" @@ -358,7 +362,7 @@ plt_remove (int plt) { trace ("warning: deleting last playlist\n"); pl_clear (); free (playlist->title); - playlist->title = strdup ("Default"); + playlist->title = strdup (_("Default")); PLT_UNLOCK; plt_gen_conf (); plug_trigger_event (DB_EV_PLAYLISTSWITCH, 0); @@ -2201,7 +2205,7 @@ pl_load_all (void) { fprintf (stderr, "error: cannot make string with default playlist path\n"); return -1; } - plt_add (plt_get_count (), "Default"); + plt_add (plt_get_count (), _("Default")); return pl_load (defpl); } trace ("pl_load_all started\n"); @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include <config.h> #endif +#include "gettext.h" #include "plugins.h" #include "md5/md5.h" #include "messagepump.h" @@ -829,7 +830,7 @@ plug_get_output (void) { int plug_select_output (void) { - const char *outplugname = conf_get_str ("output_plugin", "ALSA output plugin"); + const char *outplugname = conf_get_str ("output_plugin", _("ALSA output plugin")); for (int i = 0; g_output_plugins[i]; i++) { DB_output_t *p = g_output_plugins[i]; if (!strcmp (p->plugin.name, outplugname)) { diff --git a/plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c b/plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c index 86850a27..7298cdd5 100644 --- a/plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c +++ b/plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c @@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ #include <assert.h> #include <ctype.h> #include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h> +#include "../../gettext.h" #include "callbacks.h" #include "interface.h" @@ -93,7 +94,7 @@ file_filter_func (const GtkFileFilterInfo *filter_info, gpointer data) { static GtkFileFilter * set_file_filter (GtkWidget *dlg, const char *name) { if (!name) { - name = "Supported sound formats"; + name = _("Supported sound formats"); } GtkFileFilter* flt; @@ -104,7 +105,7 @@ set_file_filter (GtkWidget *dlg, const char *name) { gtk_file_chooser_add_filter (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (dlg), flt); gtk_file_chooser_set_filter (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (dlg), flt); flt = gtk_file_filter_new (); - gtk_file_filter_set_name (flt, "Other files (*)"); + gtk_file_filter_set_name (flt, _("Other files (*)")); gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (flt, "*"); gtk_file_chooser_add_filter (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (dlg), flt); } @@ -113,7 +114,7 @@ void on_open_activate (GtkMenuItem *menuitem, gpointer user_data) { - GtkWidget *dlg = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new ("Open file(s)...", GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, NULL); + GtkWidget *dlg = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (_("Open file(s)..."), GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, NULL); set_file_filter (dlg, NULL); @@ -146,7 +147,7 @@ void on_add_files_activate (GtkMenuItem *menuitem, gpointer user_data) { - GtkWidget *dlg = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new ("Add file(s) to playlist...", GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, NULL); + GtkWidget *dlg = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (_("Add file(s) to playlist..."), GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, NULL); set_file_filter (dlg, NULL); @@ -178,7 +179,7 @@ void on_add_folders_activate (GtkMenuItem *menuitem, gpointer user_data) { - GtkWidget *dlg = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new ("Add folder(s) to playlist...", GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, NULL); + GtkWidget *dlg = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (_("Add folder(s) to playlist..."), GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, NULL); set_file_filter (dlg, NULL); @@ -360,14 +361,14 @@ char last_playlist_save_name[1024] = ""; void save_playlist_as (void) { - GtkWidget *dlg = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new ("Save Playlist As", GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_SAVE, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, NULL); + GtkWidget *dlg = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (_("Save Playlist As"), GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_SAVE, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, NULL); gtk_file_chooser_set_do_overwrite_confirmation (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (dlg), TRUE); gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (dlg), "untitled.dbpl"); GtkFileFilter* flt; flt = gtk_file_filter_new (); - gtk_file_filter_set_name (flt, "DeaDBeeF playlist files (*.dbpl)"); + gtk_file_filter_set_name (flt, _("DeaDBeeF playlist files (*.dbpl)")); gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (flt, "*.dbpl"); gtk_file_chooser_add_filter (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (dlg), flt); @@ -690,7 +691,7 @@ show_info_window (const char *fname, const char *title, GtkWidget **pwindow) { char buf[s+1]; if (fread (buf, 1, s, fp) != s) { fprintf (stderr, "error reading help file contents\n"); - const char *error = "Failed while reading help file"; + const char *error = _("Failed while reading help file"); gtk_text_buffer_set_text (buffer, error, strlen (error)); } else { @@ -700,7 +701,7 @@ show_info_window (const char *fname, const char *title, GtkWidget **pwindow) { fclose (fp); } else { - const char *error = "Failed to load help file"; + const char *error = _("Failed to load help file"); gtk_text_buffer_set_text (buffer, error, strlen (error)); } gtk_text_view_set_buffer (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (txt), buffer); diff --git a/plugins/gtkui/ddbtabstrip.c b/plugins/gtkui/ddbtabstrip.c index 28b53946..6f01499b 100644 --- a/plugins/gtkui/ddbtabstrip.c +++ b/plugins/gtkui/ddbtabstrip.c @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ on_rename_playlist1_activate (GtkMenuItem *menuitem, { GtkWidget *dlg = create_editplaylistdlg (); gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (dlg), GTK_RESPONSE_OK); - gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (dlg), "Edit playlist"); + gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (dlg), _("Edit playlist")); GtkWidget *e = lookup_widget (dlg, "title"); char t[100]; plt_get_title_wrapper (tab_clicked, t, sizeof (t)); @@ -601,15 +601,15 @@ create_plmenu (void) plmenu = gtk_menu_new (); - rename_playlist1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Rename Playlist"); + rename_playlist1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Rename Playlist")); gtk_widget_show (rename_playlist1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (plmenu), rename_playlist1); - remove_playlist1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Remove Playlist"); + remove_playlist1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Remove Playlist")); gtk_widget_show (remove_playlist1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (plmenu), remove_playlist1); - add_new_playlist1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Add New Playlist"); + add_new_playlist1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Add New Playlist")); gtk_widget_show (add_new_playlist1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (plmenu), add_new_playlist1); diff --git a/plugins/gtkui/deadbeef.gladep b/plugins/gtkui/deadbeef.gladep index 6cfb1d88..88874320 100644 --- a/plugins/gtkui/deadbeef.gladep +++ b/plugins/gtkui/deadbeef.gladep @@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ <program_name>deadbeef</program_name> <source_directory></source_directory> <gnome_support>FALSE</gnome_support> - <gettext_support>FALSE</gettext_support> <output_main_file>FALSE</output_main_file> <output_build_files>FALSE</output_build_files> </glade-project> diff --git a/plugins/gtkui/eq.c b/plugins/gtkui/eq.c index 01b5195d..cb62a303 100644 --- a/plugins/gtkui/eq.c +++ b/plugins/gtkui/eq.c @@ -110,14 +110,14 @@ on_zero_bands_clicked (GtkButton *button, void on_save_preset_clicked (GtkButton *button, gpointer user_data) { - GtkWidget *dlg = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new ("Save DeaDBeeF EQ Preset", GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_SAVE, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, NULL); + GtkWidget *dlg = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (_("Save DeaDBeeF EQ Preset"), GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_SAVE, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, NULL); gtk_file_chooser_set_do_overwrite_confirmation (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (dlg), TRUE); gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (dlg), "untitled.ddbeq"); GtkFileFilter* flt; flt = gtk_file_filter_new (); - gtk_file_filter_set_name (flt, "DeaDBeeF preset files (*.ddbeq)"); + gtk_file_filter_set_name (flt, _("DeaDBeeF EQ preset files (*.ddbeq)")); gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (flt, "*.ddbeq"); gtk_file_chooser_add_filter (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (dlg), flt); @@ -148,11 +148,11 @@ on_save_preset_clicked (GtkButton *button, void on_load_preset_clicked (GtkButton *button, gpointer user_data) { - GtkWidget *dlg = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new ("Load DeaDBeeF EQ Preset...", GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, NULL); + GtkWidget *dlg = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (_("Load DeaDBeeF EQ Preset..."), GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, NULL); GtkFileFilter* flt; flt = gtk_file_filter_new (); - gtk_file_filter_set_name (flt, "DeaDBeeF EQ presets (*.ddbeq)"); + gtk_file_filter_set_name (flt, _("DeaDBeeF EQ presets (*.ddbeq)")); gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (flt, "*.ddbeq"); gtk_file_chooser_add_filter (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (dlg), flt); @@ -211,11 +211,11 @@ on_load_preset_clicked (GtkButton *button, void on_import_fb2k_preset_clicked (GtkButton *button, gpointer user_data) { - GtkWidget *dlg = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new ("Import Foobar2000 EQ Preset...", GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, NULL); + GtkWidget *dlg = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (_("Import Foobar2000 EQ Preset..."), GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, NULL); GtkFileFilter* flt; flt = gtk_file_filter_new (); - gtk_file_filter_set_name (flt, "Foobar2000 EQ presets (*.feq)"); + gtk_file_filter_set_name (flt, _("Foobar2000 EQ presets (*.feq)")); gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (flt, "*.feq"); gtk_file_chooser_add_filter (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (dlg), flt); @@ -289,49 +289,49 @@ eq_window_show (void) { GtkWidget *button; - eqenablebtn = button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label ("Enable"); + eqenablebtn = button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label (_("Enable")); gtk_widget_show (button); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (buttons), button, FALSE, FALSE, 0); g_signal_connect ((gpointer) button, "toggled", G_CALLBACK (on_enable_toggled), NULL); - button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Zero All"); + button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Zero All")); gtk_widget_show (button); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (buttons), button, FALSE, FALSE, 0); g_signal_connect ((gpointer) button, "clicked", G_CALLBACK (on_zero_all_clicked), NULL); - button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Zero Preamp"); + button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Zero Preamp")); gtk_widget_show (button); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (buttons), button, FALSE, FALSE, 0); g_signal_connect ((gpointer) button, "clicked", G_CALLBACK (on_zero_preamp_clicked), NULL); - button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Zero Bands"); + button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Zero Bands")); gtk_widget_show (button); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (buttons), button, FALSE, FALSE, 0); g_signal_connect ((gpointer) button, "clicked", G_CALLBACK (on_zero_bands_clicked), NULL); - button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Save Preset"); + button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Save Preset")); gtk_widget_show (button); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (buttons), button, FALSE, FALSE, 0); g_signal_connect ((gpointer) button, "clicked", G_CALLBACK (on_save_preset_clicked), NULL); - button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Load Preset"); + button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Load Preset")); gtk_widget_show (button); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (buttons), button, FALSE, FALSE, 0); g_signal_connect ((gpointer) button, "clicked", G_CALLBACK (on_load_preset_clicked), NULL); - button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Import Foobar2000 Preset"); + button = gtk_button_new_with_label (_("Import Foobar2000 Preset")); gtk_widget_show (button); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (buttons), button, FALSE, FALSE, 0); g_signal_connect ((gpointer) button, "clicked", diff --git a/plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c b/plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c index 72aef0ae..e5c1a66f 100644 --- a/plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c +++ b/plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ #include <math.h> #include <sys/time.h> #include <unistd.h> +#include "../../gettext.h" #include "gtkui.h" #include "ddblistview.h" #include "mainplaylist.h" @@ -124,10 +125,10 @@ update_songinfo (gpointer ctx) { snprintf (totaltime_str, sizeof (totaltime_str), "%d:%02d:%02d", hourtotal, mintotal, sectotal); } else if (daystotal == 1) { - snprintf (totaltime_str, sizeof (totaltime_str), "1 day %d:%02d:%02d", hourtotal, mintotal, sectotal); + snprintf (totaltime_str, sizeof (totaltime_str), _("1 day %d:%02d:%02d"), hourtotal, mintotal, sectotal); } else { - snprintf (totaltime_str, sizeof (totaltime_str), "%d days %d:%02d:%02d", daystotal, hourtotal, mintotal, sectotal); + snprintf (totaltime_str, sizeof (totaltime_str), _("%d days %d:%02d:%02d"), daystotal, hourtotal, mintotal, sectotal); } DB_playItem_t *track = deadbeef->streamer_get_playing_track (); @@ -136,7 +137,7 @@ update_songinfo (gpointer ctx) { float duration = track ? deadbeef->pl_get_item_duration (track) : -1; if (deadbeef->get_output ()->state () == OUTPUT_STATE_STOPPED || !track || !c) { - snprintf (sbtext_new, sizeof (sbtext_new), "Stopped | %d tracks | %s total playtime", deadbeef->pl_getcount (PL_MAIN), totaltime_str); + snprintf (sbtext_new, sizeof (sbtext_new), _("Stopped | %d tracks | %s total playtime"), deadbeef->pl_getcount (PL_MAIN), totaltime_str); songpos = 0; } else { @@ -146,7 +147,7 @@ update_songinfo (gpointer ctx) { int mindur = duration / 60; int secdur = duration - mindur * 60; - const char *mode = c->channels == 1 ? "Mono" : "Stereo"; + const char *mode = c->channels == 1 ? _("Mono") : _("Stereo"); int samplerate = c->samplerate; int bitspersample = c->bps; songpos = playpos; @@ -166,14 +167,14 @@ update_songinfo (gpointer ctx) { memcpy (&last_br_update, &tm, sizeof (tm)); int bitrate = deadbeef->streamer_get_apx_bitrate (); if (bitrate > 0) { - snprintf (sbitrate, sizeof (sbitrate), "| %4d kbps ", bitrate); + snprintf (sbitrate, sizeof (sbitrate), _("| %4d kbps "), bitrate); } else { sbitrate[0] = 0; } } const char *spaused = deadbeef->get_output ()->state () == OUTPUT_STATE_PAUSED ? "Paused | " : ""; - snprintf (sbtext_new, sizeof (sbtext_new), "%s%s %s| %dHz | %d bit | %s | %d:%02d / %s | %d tracks | %s total playtime", spaused, track->filetype ? track->filetype:"-", sbitrate, samplerate, bitspersample, mode, minpos, secpos, t, deadbeef->pl_getcount (PL_MAIN), totaltime_str); + snprintf (sbtext_new, sizeof (sbtext_new), _("%s%s %s| %dHz | %d bit | %s | %d:%02d / %s | %d tracks | %s total playtime"), spaused, track->filetype ? track->filetype:"-", sbitrate, samplerate, bitspersample, mode, minpos, secpos, t, deadbeef->pl_getcount (PL_MAIN), totaltime_str); } if (strcmp (sbtext_new, sb_text)) { @@ -524,11 +525,11 @@ void on_playlist_load_activate (GtkMenuItem *menuitem, gpointer user_data) { - GtkWidget *dlg = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new ("Load Playlist", GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, NULL); + GtkWidget *dlg = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (_("Load Playlist"), GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, NULL); GtkFileFilter* flt; flt = gtk_file_filter_new (); - gtk_file_filter_set_name (flt, "DeaDBeeF playlist files (*.dbpl)"); + gtk_file_filter_set_name (flt, _("DeaDBeeF playlist files (*.dbpl)")); gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (flt, "*.dbpl"); gtk_file_chooser_add_filter (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (dlg), flt); @@ -659,10 +660,10 @@ gtkui_add_new_playlist (void) { for (;;) { char name[100]; if (!idx) { - strcpy (name, "New Playlist"); + strcpy (name, _("New Playlist")); } else { - snprintf (name, sizeof (name), "New Playlist (%d)", idx); + snprintf (name, sizeof (name), _("New Playlist (%d)"), idx); } for (i = 0; i < cnt; i++) { char t[100]; diff --git a/plugins/gtkui/interface.c b/plugins/gtkui/interface.c index 9ef636de..d04b4cee 100644 --- a/plugins/gtkui/interface.c +++ b/plugins/gtkui/interface.c @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ #define GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT(component,widget,name) \ g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (component), name, \ - g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (widget)), (GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref) + gtk_widget_ref (widget), (GDestroyNotify) gtk_widget_unref) #define GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT_NO_REF(component,widget,name) \ g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (component), name, widget) @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ create_mainwin (void) mainwin = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); gtk_widget_set_events (mainwin, GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK | GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK | GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK); - gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), "DeaDBeeF"); + gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), _("DeaDBeeF")); gtk_window_set_default_size (GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), 500, 300); vbox1 = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); @@ -137,14 +137,14 @@ create_mainwin (void) gtk_widget_show (menubar1); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox1), menubar1, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - menuitem1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("_File"); + menuitem1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_File")); gtk_widget_show (menuitem1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar1), menuitem1); menuitem1_menu = gtk_menu_new (); gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem1), menuitem1_menu); - open = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("_Open file(s)"); + open = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Open file(s)")); gtk_widget_show (open); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem1_menu), open); gtk_widget_add_accelerator (open, "activate", accel_group, @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ create_mainwin (void) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem1_menu), separator2); gtk_widget_set_sensitive (separator2, FALSE); - add_files = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Add file(s)"); + add_files = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Add file(s)")); gtk_widget_show (add_files); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem1_menu), add_files); @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ create_mainwin (void) gtk_widget_show (image377); gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (add_files), image377); - add_folders = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Add folder(s)"); + add_folders = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Add folder(s)")); gtk_widget_show (add_folders); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem1_menu), add_folders); @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ create_mainwin (void) gtk_widget_show (image378); gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (add_folders), image378); - add_audio_cd = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Add Audio CD"); + add_audio_cd = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Add Audio CD")); gtk_widget_show (add_audio_cd); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem1_menu), add_audio_cd); @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ create_mainwin (void) gtk_widget_show (image379); gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (add_audio_cd), image379); - add_location1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Add location"); + add_location1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Add location")); gtk_widget_show (add_location1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem1_menu), add_location1); @@ -193,22 +193,22 @@ create_mainwin (void) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem1_menu), separatormenuitem1); gtk_widget_set_sensitive (separatormenuitem1, FALSE); - new_playlist1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("New playlist"); + new_playlist1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("New playlist")); gtk_widget_show (new_playlist1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem1_menu), new_playlist1); gtk_widget_add_accelerator (new_playlist1, "activate", accel_group, GDK_n, (GdkModifierType) GDK_CONTROL_MASK, GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE); - playlist_load = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Load playlist"); + playlist_load = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Load playlist")); gtk_widget_show (playlist_load); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem1_menu), playlist_load); - playlist_save = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Save playlist"); + playlist_save = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Save playlist")); gtk_widget_show (playlist_save); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem1_menu), playlist_save); - playlist_save_as = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Save playlist as"); + playlist_save_as = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Save playlist as")); gtk_widget_show (playlist_save_as); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem1_menu), playlist_save_as); @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ create_mainwin (void) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem1_menu), separator8); gtk_widget_set_sensitive (separator8, FALSE); - quit = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("_Quit"); + quit = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Quit")); gtk_widget_show (quit); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem1_menu), quit); gtk_widget_add_accelerator (quit, "activate", accel_group, @@ -228,14 +228,14 @@ create_mainwin (void) gtk_widget_show (image380); gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (quit), image380); - edit1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("_Edit"); + edit1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Edit")); gtk_widget_show (edit1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar1), edit1); edit1_menu = gtk_menu_new (); gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (edit1), edit1_menu); - clear1 = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("_Clear"); + clear1 = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Clear")); gtk_widget_show (clear1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (edit1_menu), clear1); @@ -243,32 +243,32 @@ create_mainwin (void) gtk_widget_show (image381); gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (clear1), image381); - select_all1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Select all"); + select_all1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Select all")); gtk_widget_show (select_all1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (edit1_menu), select_all1); gtk_widget_add_accelerator (select_all1, "activate", accel_group, GDK_A, (GdkModifierType) GDK_CONTROL_MASK, GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE); - deselect_all1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Deselect all"); + deselect_all1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Deselect all")); gtk_widget_show (deselect_all1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (edit1_menu), deselect_all1); gtk_widget_add_accelerator (deselect_all1, "activate", accel_group, GDK_Escape, (GdkModifierType) 0, GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE); - invert_selection1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Invert selection"); + invert_selection1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Invert selection")); gtk_widget_show (invert_selection1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (edit1_menu), invert_selection1); - selection1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Selection"); + selection1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Selection")); gtk_widget_show (selection1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (edit1_menu), selection1); selection1_menu = gtk_menu_new (); gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (selection1), selection1_menu); - remove1 = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Remove"); + remove1 = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Remove")); gtk_widget_show (remove1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (selection1_menu), remove1); @@ -276,11 +276,11 @@ create_mainwin (void) gtk_widget_show (image382); gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (remove1), image382); - crop1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Crop"); + crop1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Crop")); gtk_widget_show (crop1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (selection1_menu), crop1); - find1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("_Find"); + find1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Find")); gtk_widget_show (find1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (edit1_menu), find1); gtk_widget_add_accelerator (find1, "activate", accel_group, @@ -292,114 +292,114 @@ create_mainwin (void) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (edit1_menu), separator5); gtk_widget_set_sensitive (separator5, FALSE); - preferences = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Preferences"); + preferences = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Preferences")); gtk_widget_show (preferences); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (edit1_menu), preferences); - view1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("_View"); + view1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_View")); gtk_widget_show (view1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar1), view1); view1_menu = gtk_menu_new (); gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (view1), view1_menu); - view_status_bar = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Status bar"); + view_status_bar = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Status bar")); gtk_widget_show (view_status_bar); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (view1_menu), view_status_bar); - view_headers = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Column headers"); + view_headers = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Column headers")); gtk_widget_show (view_headers); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (view1_menu), view_headers); - view_tabs = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Tabs"); + view_tabs = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Tabs")); gtk_widget_show (view_tabs); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (view1_menu), view_tabs); - view_eq = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Equalizer"); + view_eq = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Equalizer")); gtk_widget_show (view_eq); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (view1_menu), view_eq); - playback1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("_Playback"); + playback1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Playback")); gtk_widget_show (playback1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar1), playback1); playback1_menu = gtk_menu_new (); gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (playback1), playback1_menu); - order1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Order"); + order1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Order")); gtk_widget_show (order1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (playback1_menu), order1); order1_menu = gtk_menu_new (); gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (order1), order1_menu); - order_linear = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (order_linear_group, "Linear"); + order_linear = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (order_linear_group, _("Linear")); order_linear_group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (order_linear)); gtk_widget_show (order_linear); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (order1_menu), order_linear); gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (order_linear), TRUE); - order_shuffle = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (order_linear_group, "Shuffle"); + order_shuffle = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (order_linear_group, _("Shuffle")); order_linear_group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (order_shuffle)); gtk_widget_show (order_shuffle); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (order1_menu), order_shuffle); gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (order_shuffle), TRUE); - order_random = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (order_linear_group, "Random"); + order_random = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (order_linear_group, _("Random")); order_linear_group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (order_random)); gtk_widget_show (order_random); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (order1_menu), order_random); gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (order_random), TRUE); - looping1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Looping"); + looping1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Looping")); gtk_widget_show (looping1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (playback1_menu), looping1); looping1_menu = gtk_menu_new (); gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (looping1), looping1_menu); - loop_all = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (loop_all_group, "Loop All"); + loop_all = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (loop_all_group, _("Loop All")); loop_all_group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (loop_all)); gtk_widget_show (loop_all); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (looping1_menu), loop_all); gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (loop_all), TRUE); - loop_single = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (loop_all_group, "Loop Single Song"); + loop_single = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (loop_all_group, _("Loop Single Song")); loop_all_group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (loop_single)); gtk_widget_show (loop_single); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (looping1_menu), loop_single); gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (loop_single), TRUE); - loop_disable = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (loop_all_group, "Don't Loop"); + loop_disable = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (loop_all_group, _("Don't Loop")); loop_all_group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (loop_disable)); gtk_widget_show (loop_disable); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (looping1_menu), loop_disable); gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (loop_disable), TRUE); - scroll_follows_playback = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Scroll follows playback"); + scroll_follows_playback = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Scroll follows playback")); gtk_widget_show (scroll_follows_playback); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (playback1_menu), scroll_follows_playback); gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (scroll_follows_playback), TRUE); - cursor_follows_playback = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Cursor follows playback"); + cursor_follows_playback = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Cursor follows playback")); gtk_widget_show (cursor_follows_playback); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (playback1_menu), cursor_follows_playback); - stop_after_current = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Stop after current"); + stop_after_current = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Stop after current")); gtk_widget_show (stop_after_current); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (playback1_menu), stop_after_current); gtk_widget_add_accelerator (stop_after_current, "activate", accel_group, GDK_M, (GdkModifierType) GDK_CONTROL_MASK, GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE); - menuitem4 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("_Help"); + menuitem4 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Help")); gtk_widget_show (menuitem4); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar1), menuitem4); menuitem4_menu = gtk_menu_new (); gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (menuitem4), menuitem4_menu); - help1 = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("_Help"); + help1 = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Help")); gtk_widget_show (help1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem4_menu), help1); @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ create_mainwin (void) gtk_widget_show (image383); gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (help1), image383); - changelog1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("_ChangeLog"); + changelog1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_ChangeLog")); gtk_widget_show (changelog1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem4_menu), changelog1); @@ -416,11 +416,11 @@ create_mainwin (void) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem4_menu), separator10); gtk_widget_set_sensitive (separator10, FALSE); - gpl1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("_GPLv2"); + gpl1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_GPLv2")); gtk_widget_show (gpl1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem4_menu), gpl1); - lgpl1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("_LGPLv2.1"); + lgpl1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_LGPLv2.1")); gtk_widget_show (lgpl1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem4_menu), lgpl1); @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ create_mainwin (void) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem4_menu), separator9); gtk_widget_set_sensitive (separator9, FALSE); - about1 = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("_About"); + about1 = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("_About")); gtk_widget_show (about1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menuitem4_menu), about1); @@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ create_searchwin (void) searchwin = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); gtk_widget_set_events (searchwin, GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK); - gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (searchwin), "Search"); + gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (searchwin), _("Search")); gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint (GTK_WINDOW (searchwin), TRUE); gtk_window_set_skip_pager_hint (GTK_WINDOW (searchwin), TRUE); @@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ create_traymenu (void) traymenu = gtk_menu_new (); - stop2 = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Stop"); + stop2 = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Stop")); gtk_widget_show (stop2); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (traymenu), stop2); @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ create_traymenu (void) gtk_widget_show (image59); gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (stop2), image59); - play2 = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Play"); + play2 = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Play")); gtk_widget_show (play2); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (traymenu), play2); @@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ create_traymenu (void) gtk_widget_show (image60); gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (play2), image60); - pause2 = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Pause"); + pause2 = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Pause")); gtk_widget_show (pause2); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (traymenu), pause2); @@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ create_traymenu (void) gtk_widget_show (image61); gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (pause2), image61); - previous2 = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Previous"); + previous2 = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Previous")); gtk_widget_show (previous2); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (traymenu), previous2); @@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ create_traymenu (void) gtk_widget_show (image62); gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (previous2), image62); - next2 = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Next"); + next2 = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Next")); gtk_widget_show (next2); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (traymenu), next2); @@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ create_traymenu (void) gtk_widget_show (image63); gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (next2), image63); - play_random1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Play Random"); + play_random1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Play Random")); gtk_widget_show (play_random1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (traymenu), play_random1); @@ -937,7 +937,7 @@ create_traymenu (void) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (traymenu), separator4); gtk_widget_set_sensitive (separator4, FALSE); - about3 = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("About"); + about3 = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("About")); gtk_widget_show (about3); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (traymenu), about3); @@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ create_traymenu (void) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (traymenu), separator3); gtk_widget_set_sensitive (separator3, FALSE); - quit = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Quit"); + quit = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Quit")); gtk_widget_show (quit); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (traymenu), quit); @@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ create_addprogress (void) addprogress = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (addprogress), 12); - gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (addprogress), "Adding files..."); + gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (addprogress), _("Adding files...")); gtk_window_set_position (GTK_WINDOW (addprogress), GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ON_PARENT); gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (addprogress), TRUE); gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint (GTK_WINDOW (addprogress), TRUE); @@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ create_addprogress (void) gtk_widget_show (image389); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox51), image389, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label87 = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic ("_Abort"); + label87 = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Abort")); gtk_widget_show (label87); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox51), label87, FALSE, FALSE, 0); @@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ create_helpwindow (void) helpwindow = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); gtk_widget_set_size_request (helpwindow, 600, 400); gtk_widget_set_events (helpwindow, GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK); - gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (helpwindow), "Help"); + gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (helpwindow), _("Help")); gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (helpwindow), TRUE); gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (helpwindow), TRUE); gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint (GTK_WINDOW (helpwindow), TRUE); @@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ create_trackproperties (void) trackproperties = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); gtk_widget_set_size_request (trackproperties, 400, 400); - gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (trackproperties), "Track Properties"); + gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (trackproperties), _("Track Properties")); gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint (GTK_WINDOW (trackproperties), TRUE); gtk_window_set_skip_pager_hint (GTK_WINDOW (trackproperties), TRUE); @@ -1191,7 +1191,7 @@ create_trackproperties (void) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (scrolledwindow5), metalist); gtk_tree_view_set_rules_hint (GTK_TREE_VIEW (metalist), TRUE); - label99 = gtk_label_new ("<b>WARNING</b>: tag writing feature is still in development.\n<b>Make backup copies</b> before using."); + label99 = gtk_label_new (_("<b>WARNING</b>: tag writing feature is still in development.\n<b>Make backup copies</b> before using.")); gtk_widget_show (label99); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox16), label99, FALSE, FALSE, 0); gtk_label_set_use_markup (GTK_LABEL (label99), TRUE); @@ -1218,7 +1218,7 @@ create_trackproperties (void) gtk_widget_show (image390); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox52), image390, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label88 = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic ("_Apply"); + label88 = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Apply")); gtk_widget_show (label88); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox52), label88, FALSE, FALSE, 0); @@ -1239,11 +1239,11 @@ create_trackproperties (void) gtk_widget_show (image391); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox53), image391, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label89 = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic ("_Close"); + label89 = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Close")); gtk_widget_show (label89); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox53), label89, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label64 = gtk_label_new ("Metadata"); + label64 = gtk_label_new (_("Metadata")); gtk_widget_show (label64); gtk_notebook_set_tab_label (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook3), gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook3), 0), label64); @@ -1285,11 +1285,11 @@ create_trackproperties (void) gtk_widget_show (image392); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox54), image392, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label90 = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic ("_Close"); + label90 = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Close")); gtk_widget_show (label90); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox54), label90, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label80 = gtk_label_new ("Properties"); + label80 = gtk_label_new (_("Properties")); gtk_widget_show (label80); gtk_notebook_set_tab_label (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook3), gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook3), 1), label80); @@ -1375,7 +1375,7 @@ create_editcolumndlg (void) editcolumndlg = gtk_dialog_new (); gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (editcolumndlg), 12); - gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (editcolumndlg), "editcolumndlg"); + gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (editcolumndlg), _("editcolumndlg")); gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (editcolumndlg), TRUE); gtk_window_set_type_hint (GTK_WINDOW (editcolumndlg), GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG); @@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@ create_editcolumndlg (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox29); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox14), hbox29, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label26 = gtk_label_new ("Title:"); + label26 = gtk_label_new (_("Title:")); gtk_widget_show (label26); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox29), label26, FALSE, FALSE, 0); gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label26), 0, 0.5); @@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@ create_editcolumndlg (void) title = gtk_entry_new (); gtk_widget_show (title); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox29), title, TRUE, TRUE, 0); - gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (title), "Enter new column title here"); + gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (title), _("Enter new column title here")); gtk_entry_set_invisible_char (GTK_ENTRY (title), 9679); gtk_entry_set_activates_default (GTK_ENTRY (title), TRUE); @@ -1406,7 +1406,7 @@ create_editcolumndlg (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox30); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox14), hbox30, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label37 = gtk_label_new ("Type:"); + label37 = gtk_label_new (_("Type:")); gtk_widget_show (label37); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox30), label37, FALSE, FALSE, 0); gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label37), 0, 0.5); @@ -1414,23 +1414,23 @@ create_editcolumndlg (void) id = gtk_combo_box_new_text (); gtk_widget_show (id); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox30), id, TRUE, TRUE, 0); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), "File number"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), "Playing"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), "Album Art"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), "Artist - Album"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), "Artist"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), "Album"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), "Title"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), "Length"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), "Track"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), "Band / Album Artist"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), "Custom"); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), _("File number")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), _("Playing")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), _("Album Art")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), _("Artist - Album")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), _("Artist")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), _("Album")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), _("Title")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), _("Length")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), _("Track")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), _("Band / Album Artist")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id), _("Custom")); hbox31 = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 8); gtk_widget_show (hbox31); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox14), hbox31, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - fmtlabel = gtk_label_new ("Format:"); + fmtlabel = gtk_label_new (_("Format:")); gtk_widget_show (fmtlabel); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox31), fmtlabel, FALSE, FALSE, 0); gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (fmtlabel), 0, 0.5); @@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ create_editcolumndlg (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox32); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox14), hbox32, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label38 = gtk_label_new ("Alignment:"); + label38 = gtk_label_new (_("Alignment:")); gtk_widget_show (label38); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox32), label38, FALSE, FALSE, 0); gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label38), 0, 0.5); @@ -1453,10 +1453,10 @@ create_editcolumndlg (void) align = gtk_combo_box_new_text (); gtk_widget_show (align); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox32), align, TRUE, TRUE, 0); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (align), "Left"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (align), "Right"); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (align), _("Left")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (align), _("Right")); - label25 = gtk_label_new ("Format conversions (start with %):\n [a]rtist, [t]itle, al[b]um, [B]and,\n track[n]umber, [N]totaltracks,\n [l]ength, [y]ear, [g]enre, [c]omment,\n copy[r]ight, [f]ilename, [T]ags\nExample: %a - %t [%l]"); + label25 = gtk_label_new (_("Format conversions (start with %):\n [a]rtist, [t]itle, al[b]um, [B]and,\n track[n]umber, [N]totaltracks,\n [l]ength, [y]ear, [g]enre, [c]omment,\n copy[r]ight, [f]ilename, [T]ags\nExample: %a - %t [%l]")); gtk_widget_show (label25); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox14), label25, TRUE, TRUE, 0); GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (label25, GTK_CAN_FOCUS); @@ -1703,7 +1703,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) prefwin = gtk_dialog_new (); gtk_widget_set_size_request (prefwin, 630, 400); gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (prefwin), 12); - gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (prefwin), "Preferences"); + gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (prefwin), _("Preferences")); gtk_window_set_default_size (GTK_WINDOW (prefwin), 630, 400); gtk_window_set_type_hint (GTK_WINDOW (prefwin), GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG); @@ -1723,7 +1723,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox11); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox10), hbox11, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label23 = gtk_label_new ("Output plugin:"); + label23 = gtk_label_new (_("Output plugin:")); gtk_widget_show (label23); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox11), label23, FALSE, FALSE, 0); gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label23), 0, 0.5); @@ -1736,7 +1736,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox12); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox10), hbox12, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label4 = gtk_label_new ("Output device:"); + label4 = gtk_label_new (_("Output device:")); gtk_widget_show (label4); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox12), label4, FALSE, FALSE, 0); gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label4), 0, 0.5); @@ -1745,7 +1745,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_widget_show (pref_soundcard); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox12), pref_soundcard, TRUE, TRUE, 0); - Sound = gtk_label_new ("Sound"); + Sound = gtk_label_new (_("Sound")); gtk_widget_show (Sound); gtk_notebook_set_tab_label (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook), gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook), 0), Sound); @@ -1754,7 +1754,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (notebook), vbox8); gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (vbox8), 12); - pref_dynsamplerate = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Allow dynamic samplerate switching"); + pref_dynsamplerate = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Allow dynamic samplerate switching")); gtk_widget_show (pref_dynsamplerate); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox8), pref_dynsamplerate, FALSE, FALSE, 0); @@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox9); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox8), hbox9, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label6 = gtk_label_new ("Samplerate conversion quality:"); + label6 = gtk_label_new (_("Samplerate conversion quality:")); gtk_widget_show (label6); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox9), label6, FALSE, FALSE, 0); gtk_label_set_justify (GTK_LABEL (label6), GTK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT); @@ -1771,17 +1771,17 @@ create_prefwin (void) pref_src_quality = gtk_combo_box_new_text (); gtk_widget_show (pref_src_quality); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox9), pref_src_quality, TRUE, TRUE, 0); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_src_quality), "sinc_best_quality"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_src_quality), "sinc_medium_quality"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_src_quality), "sinc_fastest"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_src_quality), "zero_order_hold"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_src_quality), "linear"); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_src_quality), _("sinc_best_quality")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_src_quality), _("sinc_medium_quality")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_src_quality), _("sinc_fastest")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_src_quality), _("zero_order_hold")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_src_quality), _("linear")); hbox10 = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 8); gtk_widget_show (hbox10); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox8), hbox10, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label8 = gtk_label_new ("Replaygain mode:"); + label8 = gtk_label_new (_("Replaygain mode:")); gtk_widget_show (label8); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox10), label8, FALSE, FALSE, 0); gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label8), 0, 0.5); @@ -1790,15 +1790,15 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_widget_show (pref_replaygain_mode); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox10), pref_replaygain_mode, TRUE, TRUE, 0); gtk_widget_set_size_request (pref_replaygain_mode, 337, -1); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_replaygain_mode), "Disable"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_replaygain_mode), "Track"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_replaygain_mode), "Album"); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_replaygain_mode), _("Disable")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_replaygain_mode), _("Track")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_replaygain_mode), _("Album")); - pref_replaygain_scale = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Replaygain peak scale"); + pref_replaygain_scale = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Replaygain peak scale")); gtk_widget_show (pref_replaygain_scale); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox8), pref_replaygain_scale, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label39 = gtk_label_new ("Sound (adv.)"); + label39 = gtk_label_new (_("Sound (adv.)")); gtk_widget_show (label39); gtk_notebook_set_tab_label (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook), gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook), 1), label39); @@ -1807,11 +1807,11 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (notebook), vbox9); gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (vbox9), 12); - pref_close_send_to_tray = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Close minimizes to tray"); + pref_close_send_to_tray = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Close minimizes to tray")); gtk_widget_show (pref_close_send_to_tray); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox9), pref_close_send_to_tray, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - mmb_delete_playlist = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Middle mouse button closes playlist"); + mmb_delete_playlist = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Middle mouse button closes playlist")); gtk_widget_show (mmb_delete_playlist); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox9), mmb_delete_playlist, FALSE, FALSE, 0); @@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (notebook4), vbox21); gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (vbox21), 12); - override_bar_colors = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Override"); + override_bar_colors = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Override")); gtk_widget_show (override_bar_colors); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox21), override_bar_colors, FALSE, FALSE, 0); @@ -1833,14 +1833,14 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox21), bar_colors_group, TRUE, TRUE, 0); gtk_table_set_col_spacings (GTK_TABLE (bar_colors_group), 8); - label43 = gtk_label_new ("Foreground"); + label43 = gtk_label_new (_("Foreground")); gtk_widget_show (label43); gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (bar_colors_group), label43, 0, 1, 0, 1, (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_EXPAND), (GtkAttachOptions) (0), 0, 0); gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label43), 0, 0.5); - label47 = gtk_label_new ("Background"); + label47 = gtk_label_new (_("Background")); gtk_widget_show (label47); gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (bar_colors_group), label47, 1, 2, 0, 1, (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_EXPAND), @@ -1859,7 +1859,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_EXPAND), (GtkAttachOptions) (0), 0, 0); - label73 = gtk_label_new ("Seekbar/Volumebar colors"); + label73 = gtk_label_new (_("Seekbar/Volumebar colors")); gtk_widget_show (label73); gtk_notebook_set_tab_label (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook4), gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook4), 0), label73); @@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (notebook4), vbox22); gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (vbox22), 12); - override_tabstrip_colors = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Override"); + override_tabstrip_colors = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Override")); gtk_widget_show (override_tabstrip_colors); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox22), override_tabstrip_colors, FALSE, FALSE, 0); @@ -1877,21 +1877,21 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox22), tabstrip_colors_group, TRUE, TRUE, 0); gtk_table_set_col_spacings (GTK_TABLE (tabstrip_colors_group), 8); - label45 = gtk_label_new ("Middle"); + label45 = gtk_label_new (_("Middle")); gtk_widget_show (label45); gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (tabstrip_colors_group), label45, 0, 1, 0, 1, (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_EXPAND), (GtkAttachOptions) (0), 0, 0); gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label45), 0, 0.5); - label46 = gtk_label_new ("Light"); + label46 = gtk_label_new (_("Light")); gtk_widget_show (label46); gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (tabstrip_colors_group), label46, 1, 2, 0, 1, (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_EXPAND), (GtkAttachOptions) (0), 0, 0); gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label46), 0, 0.5); - label44 = gtk_label_new ("Dark"); + label44 = gtk_label_new (_("Dark")); gtk_widget_show (label44); gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (tabstrip_colors_group), label44, 2, 3, 0, 1, (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_EXPAND), @@ -1922,14 +1922,14 @@ create_prefwin (void) (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_EXPAND), (GtkAttachOptions) (0), 0, 0); - label76 = gtk_label_new ("Base"); + label76 = gtk_label_new (_("Base")); gtk_widget_show (label76); gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (tabstrip_colors_group), label76, 3, 4, 0, 1, (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_EXPAND), (GtkAttachOptions) (0), 0, 0); gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label76), 0, 0.5); - label74 = gtk_label_new ("Tab strip colors"); + label74 = gtk_label_new (_("Tab strip colors")); gtk_widget_show (label74); gtk_notebook_set_tab_label (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook4), gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook4), 1), label74); @@ -1938,7 +1938,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (notebook4), vbox23); gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (vbox23), 12); - override_listview_colors = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Override (looses GTK treeview theming, but speeds up rendering)"); + override_listview_colors = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Override (looses GTK treeview theming, but speeds up rendering)")); gtk_widget_show (override_listview_colors); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox23), override_listview_colors, FALSE, FALSE, 0); @@ -1947,14 +1947,14 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox23), listview_colors_group, TRUE, TRUE, 0); gtk_table_set_col_spacings (GTK_TABLE (listview_colors_group), 8); - label58 = gtk_label_new ("Even row"); + label58 = gtk_label_new (_("Even row")); gtk_widget_show (label58); gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (listview_colors_group), label58, 0, 1, 0, 1, (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_EXPAND), (GtkAttachOptions) (0), 0, 0); gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label58), 0, 0.5); - label59 = gtk_label_new ("Odd row"); + label59 = gtk_label_new (_("Odd row")); gtk_widget_show (label59); gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (listview_colors_group), label59, 1, 2, 0, 1, (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_EXPAND), @@ -1973,14 +1973,14 @@ create_prefwin (void) (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_EXPAND), (GtkAttachOptions) (0), 0, 0); - label77 = gtk_label_new ("Text"); + label77 = gtk_label_new (_("Text")); gtk_widget_show (label77); gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (listview_colors_group), label77, 3, 4, 0, 1, (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_EXPAND), (GtkAttachOptions) (0), 0, 0); gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label77), 0, 0.5); - label78 = gtk_label_new ("Selected row"); + label78 = gtk_label_new (_("Selected row")); gtk_widget_show (label78); gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (listview_colors_group), label78, 2, 3, 0, 1, (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_EXPAND), @@ -1999,7 +1999,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_EXPAND), (GtkAttachOptions) (0), 0, 0); - label61 = gtk_label_new ("Selected text"); + label61 = gtk_label_new (_("Selected text")); gtk_widget_show (label61); gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (listview_colors_group), label61, 4, 5, 0, 1, (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_EXPAND), @@ -2012,7 +2012,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_EXPAND), (GtkAttachOptions) (0), 0, 0); - label62 = gtk_label_new ("Cursor"); + label62 = gtk_label_new (_("Cursor")); gtk_widget_show (label62); gtk_table_attach (GTK_TABLE (listview_colors_group), label62, 5, 6, 0, 1, (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_EXPAND), @@ -2025,11 +2025,11 @@ create_prefwin (void) (GtkAttachOptions) (GTK_EXPAND), (GtkAttachOptions) (0), 0, 0); - label75 = gtk_label_new ("Playlist colors"); + label75 = gtk_label_new (_("Playlist colors")); gtk_widget_show (label75); gtk_notebook_set_tab_label (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook4), gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook4), 2), label75); - label2 = gtk_label_new ("GUI"); + label2 = gtk_label_new (_("GUI")); gtk_widget_show (label2); gtk_notebook_set_tab_label (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook), gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook), 2), label2); @@ -2038,7 +2038,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (notebook), vbox11); gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (vbox11), 12); - pref_network_enableproxy = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Enable Proxy Server"); + pref_network_enableproxy = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Enable Proxy Server")); gtk_widget_show (pref_network_enableproxy); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox11), pref_network_enableproxy, FALSE, FALSE, 0); @@ -2046,7 +2046,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox13); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox11), hbox13, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label18 = gtk_label_new ("Proxy Server Address:"); + label18 = gtk_label_new (_("Proxy Server Address:")); gtk_widget_show (label18); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox13), label18, FALSE, FALSE, 0); gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label18), 0, 0.5); @@ -2060,7 +2060,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox14); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox11), hbox14, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label19 = gtk_label_new ("Proxy Server Port:"); + label19 = gtk_label_new (_("Proxy Server Port:")); gtk_widget_show (label19); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox14), label19, FALSE, FALSE, 0); gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label19), 0, 0.5); @@ -2074,7 +2074,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox15); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox11), hbox15, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label20 = gtk_label_new ("Proxy Type:"); + label20 = gtk_label_new (_("Proxy Type:")); gtk_widget_show (label20); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox15), label20, FALSE, FALSE, 0); gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label20), 0, 0.5); @@ -2082,18 +2082,18 @@ create_prefwin (void) pref_network_proxytype = gtk_combo_box_new_text (); gtk_widget_show (pref_network_proxytype); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox15), pref_network_proxytype, TRUE, TRUE, 0); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_network_proxytype), "HTTP"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_network_proxytype), "HTTP_1_0"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_network_proxytype), "SOCKS4"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_network_proxytype), "SOCKS5"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_network_proxytype), "SOCKS4A"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_network_proxytype), "SOCKS5_HOSTNAME"); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_network_proxytype), _("HTTP")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_network_proxytype), _("HTTP_1_0")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_network_proxytype), _("SOCKS4")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_network_proxytype), _("SOCKS5")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_network_proxytype), _("SOCKS4A")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (pref_network_proxytype), _("SOCKS5_HOSTNAME")); hbox61 = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 8); gtk_widget_show (hbox61); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox11), hbox61, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label97 = gtk_label_new ("Proxy Username:"); + label97 = gtk_label_new (_("Proxy Username:")); gtk_widget_show (label97); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox61), label97, FALSE, FALSE, 0); @@ -2106,7 +2106,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox62); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox11), hbox62, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label98 = gtk_label_new ("Proxy Password:"); + label98 = gtk_label_new (_("Proxy Password:")); gtk_widget_show (label98); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox62), label98, FALSE, FALSE, 0); @@ -2116,7 +2116,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_entry_set_visibility (GTK_ENTRY (proxypassword), FALSE); gtk_entry_set_invisible_char (GTK_ENTRY (proxypassword), 9679); - label16 = gtk_label_new ("Network"); + label16 = gtk_label_new (_("Network")); gtk_widget_show (label16); gtk_notebook_set_tab_label (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook), gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook), 3), label16); @@ -2144,15 +2144,15 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox38); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox19), hbox38, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - write_id3v2 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Write ID3v2"); + write_id3v2 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Write ID3v2")); gtk_widget_show (write_id3v2); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox38), write_id3v2, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - write_id3v1 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Write ID3v1"); + write_id3v1 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Write ID3v1")); gtk_widget_show (write_id3v1); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox38), write_id3v1, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - write_apev2 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Write APEv2"); + write_apev2 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Write APEv2")); gtk_widget_show (write_apev2); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox38), write_apev2, FALSE, FALSE, 0); @@ -2160,15 +2160,15 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox40); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox19), hbox40, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - strip_id3v2 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Strip ID3v2"); + strip_id3v2 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Strip ID3v2")); gtk_widget_show (strip_id3v2); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox40), strip_id3v2, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - strip_id3v1 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Strip ID3v1"); + strip_id3v1 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Strip ID3v1")); gtk_widget_show (strip_id3v1); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox40), strip_id3v1, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - strip_apev2 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Strip APEv2"); + strip_apev2 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Strip APEv2")); gtk_widget_show (strip_apev2); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox40), strip_apev2, FALSE, FALSE, 0); @@ -2176,21 +2176,21 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox36); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox19), hbox36, TRUE, TRUE, 0); - label69 = gtk_label_new ("ID3v2 version"); + label69 = gtk_label_new (_("ID3v2 version")); gtk_widget_show (label69); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox36), label69, FALSE, FALSE, 0); id3v2_version = gtk_combo_box_new_text (); gtk_widget_show (id3v2_version); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox36), id3v2_version, TRUE, TRUE, 0); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id3v2_version), "2.3 (Recommended)"); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id3v2_version), "2.4"); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id3v2_version), _("2.3 (Recommended)")); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (GTK_COMBO_BOX (id3v2_version), _("2.4")); hbox39 = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 8); gtk_widget_show (hbox39); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox19), hbox39, TRUE, TRUE, 0); - label71 = gtk_label_new ("ID3v1 character encoding (default is iso8859-1)"); + label71 = gtk_label_new (_("ID3v1 character encoding (default is iso8859-1)")); gtk_widget_show (label71); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox39), label71, FALSE, FALSE, 0); @@ -2199,7 +2199,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox39), id3v1_encoding, TRUE, TRUE, 0); gtk_entry_set_invisible_char (GTK_ENTRY (id3v1_encoding), 9679); - label68 = gtk_label_new ("<b>MP3</b>"); + label68 = gtk_label_new (_("<b>MP3</b>")); gtk_widget_show (label68); gtk_frame_set_label_widget (GTK_FRAME (frame5), label68); gtk_label_set_use_markup (GTK_LABEL (label68), TRUE); @@ -2227,11 +2227,11 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox37); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox20), hbox37, TRUE, TRUE, 0); - ape_write_id3v2 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Write ID3v2.4"); + ape_write_id3v2 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Write ID3v2.4")); gtk_widget_show (ape_write_id3v2); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox37), ape_write_id3v2, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - ape_write_apev2 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Write APEv2"); + ape_write_apev2 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Write APEv2")); gtk_widget_show (ape_write_apev2); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox37), ape_write_apev2, FALSE, FALSE, 0); @@ -2239,15 +2239,15 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox45); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox20), hbox45, TRUE, TRUE, 0); - ape_strip_id3v2 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Strip ID3v2"); + ape_strip_id3v2 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Strip ID3v2")); gtk_widget_show (ape_strip_id3v2); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox45), ape_strip_id3v2, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - ape_strip_apev2 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Strip APEv2"); + ape_strip_apev2 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Strip APEv2")); gtk_widget_show (ape_strip_apev2); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox45), ape_strip_apev2, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label70 = gtk_label_new ("<b>APE</b>"); + label70 = gtk_label_new (_("<b>APE</b>")); gtk_widget_show (label70); gtk_frame_set_label_widget (GTK_FRAME (frame6), label70); gtk_label_set_use_markup (GTK_LABEL (label70), TRUE); @@ -2271,11 +2271,11 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox44); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox_wv), hbox44, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - wv_write_apev2 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Write APEv2"); + wv_write_apev2 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Write APEv2")); gtk_widget_show (wv_write_apev2); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox44), wv_write_apev2, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - wv_write_id3v1 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Write ID3v1"); + wv_write_id3v1 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Write ID3v1")); gtk_widget_show (wv_write_id3v1); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox44), wv_write_id3v1, FALSE, FALSE, 0); @@ -2283,20 +2283,20 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox43); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox_wv), hbox43, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - wv_strip_apev2 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Strip APEv2"); + wv_strip_apev2 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Strip APEv2")); gtk_widget_show (wv_strip_apev2); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox43), wv_strip_apev2, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - wv_strip_id3v1 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Strip ID3v1"); + wv_strip_id3v1 = gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Strip ID3v1")); gtk_widget_show (wv_strip_id3v1); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox43), wv_strip_id3v1, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label79 = gtk_label_new ("<b>WavPack</b>"); + label79 = gtk_label_new (_("<b>WavPack</b>")); gtk_widget_show (label79); gtk_frame_set_label_widget (GTK_FRAME (frame7), label79); gtk_label_set_use_markup (GTK_LABEL (label79), TRUE); - label67 = gtk_label_new ("Tag writer"); + label67 = gtk_label_new (_("Tag writer")); gtk_widget_show (label67); gtk_notebook_set_tab_label (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook), gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook), 4), label67); @@ -2327,7 +2327,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox16); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox12), hbox16, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label11 = gtk_label_new ("Description:"); + label11 = gtk_label_new (_("Description:")); gtk_widget_show (label11); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox16), label11, FALSE, FALSE, 0); gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label11), 0, 0.5); @@ -2342,7 +2342,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox17); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox12), hbox17, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label12 = gtk_label_new ("Author(s):"); + label12 = gtk_label_new (_("Author(s):")); gtk_widget_show (label12); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox17), label12, FALSE, FALSE, 0); gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label12), 0, 0.5); @@ -2357,7 +2357,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox18); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox12), hbox18, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label13 = gtk_label_new ("Email:"); + label13 = gtk_label_new (_("Email:")); gtk_widget_show (label13); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox18), label13, FALSE, FALSE, 0); gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label13), 0, 0.5); @@ -2372,7 +2372,7 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox19); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox12), hbox19, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label14 = gtk_label_new ("Website:"); + label14 = gtk_label_new (_("Website:")); gtk_widget_show (label14); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox19), label14, FALSE, FALSE, 0); gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label14), 0, 0.5); @@ -2403,11 +2403,11 @@ create_prefwin (void) gtk_widget_show (image394); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox56), image394, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label92 = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic ("Configure"); + label92 = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic (_("Configure")); gtk_widget_show (label92); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox56), label92, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label3 = gtk_label_new ("Plugins"); + label3 = gtk_label_new (_("Plugins")); gtk_widget_show (label3); gtk_notebook_set_tab_label (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook), gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook), 5), label3); gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (label3), 0.48, 0.5); @@ -2751,7 +2751,7 @@ create_editplaylistdlg (void) editplaylistdlg = gtk_dialog_new (); gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (editplaylistdlg), 8); - gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (editplaylistdlg), "editplaylistdlg"); + gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (editplaylistdlg), _("editplaylistdlg")); gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (editplaylistdlg), TRUE); gtk_window_set_type_hint (GTK_WINDOW (editplaylistdlg), GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG); @@ -2767,7 +2767,7 @@ create_editplaylistdlg (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox33); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox15), hbox33, TRUE, TRUE, 0); - label40 = gtk_label_new ("Title:"); + label40 = gtk_label_new (_("Title:")); gtk_widget_show (label40); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox33), label40, FALSE, FALSE, 0); @@ -2867,7 +2867,7 @@ create_addlocationdlg (void) addlocationdlg = gtk_dialog_new (); gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (addlocationdlg), 8); - gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (addlocationdlg), "Add location"); + gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (addlocationdlg), _("Add location")); gtk_window_set_type_hint (GTK_WINDOW (addlocationdlg), GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG); dialog_vbox4 = GTK_DIALOG (addlocationdlg)->vbox; @@ -2878,7 +2878,7 @@ create_addlocationdlg (void) gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (dialog_vbox4), hbox34, TRUE, TRUE, 0); gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (hbox34), 4); - label41 = gtk_label_new ("URL:"); + label41 = gtk_label_new (_("URL:")); gtk_widget_show (label41); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox34), label41, FALSE, FALSE, 0); @@ -2979,7 +2979,7 @@ create_groupbydlg (void) GtkWidget *label83; groupbydlg = gtk_dialog_new (); - gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (groupbydlg), "Group By"); + gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (groupbydlg), _("Group By")); gtk_window_set_type_hint (GTK_WINDOW (groupbydlg), GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG); dialog_vbox5 = GTK_DIALOG (groupbydlg)->vbox; @@ -2994,7 +2994,7 @@ create_groupbydlg (void) gtk_widget_show (hbox46); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox25), hbox46, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label81 = gtk_label_new ("Format:"); + label81 = gtk_label_new (_("Format:")); gtk_widget_show (label81); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox46), label81, FALSE, FALSE, 0); @@ -3004,7 +3004,7 @@ create_groupbydlg (void) gtk_entry_set_invisible_char (GTK_ENTRY (format), 9679); gtk_entry_set_activates_default (GTK_ENTRY (format), TRUE); - label82 = gtk_label_new ("Format conversions (start with %):\n [a]rtist, [t]itle, al[b]um, [B]and,\n track[n]umber, [N]totaltracks,\n [l]ength, [y]ear, [g]enre, [c]omment,\n copy[r]ight, [f]ilename, [T]ags\nExample: %a - %t [%l]"); + label82 = gtk_label_new (_("Format conversions (start with %):\n [a]rtist, [t]itle, al[b]um, [B]and,\n track[n]umber, [N]totaltracks,\n [l]ength, [y]ear, [g]enre, [c]omment,\n copy[r]ight, [f]ilename, [T]ags\nExample: %a - %t [%l]")); gtk_widget_show (label82); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox25), label82, FALSE, FALSE, 0); GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (label82, GTK_CAN_FOCUS); @@ -3033,7 +3033,7 @@ create_groupbydlg (void) gtk_widget_show (image386); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox48), image386, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label84 = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic ("_Cancel"); + label84 = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic (_("_Cancel")); gtk_widget_show (label84); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox48), label84, FALSE, FALSE, 0); @@ -3054,7 +3054,7 @@ create_groupbydlg (void) gtk_widget_show (image385); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox47), image385, FALSE, FALSE, 0); - label83 = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic ("_OK"); + label83 = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic (_("_OK")); gtk_widget_show (label83); gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox47), label83, FALSE, FALSE, 0); diff --git a/plugins/gtkui/mainplaylist.c b/plugins/gtkui/mainplaylist.c index 4c3b5d9e..7ad6e0ad 100644 --- a/plugins/gtkui/mainplaylist.c +++ b/plugins/gtkui/mainplaylist.c @@ -16,8 +16,12 @@ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif #include <stdlib.h> #include <string.h> +#include "../../gettext.h" #include "parser.h" #include "gtkui.h" #include "ddblistview.h" @@ -290,11 +294,11 @@ main_playlist_init (GtkWidget *widget) { DB_conf_item_t *col = deadbeef->conf_find ("playlist.column.", NULL); if (!col) { // create default set of columns - add_column_helper (listview, "Playing", 50, DB_COLUMN_PLAYING, NULL, 0); - add_column_helper (listview, "Artist / Album", 150, -1, "%a - %b", 0); - add_column_helper (listview, "Track No", 50, -1, "%n", 1); - add_column_helper (listview, "Title / Track Artist", 150, -1, "%t", 0); - add_column_helper (listview, "Duration", 50, -1, "%l", 0); + add_column_helper (listview, _("Playing"), 50, DB_COLUMN_PLAYING, NULL, 0); + add_column_helper (listview, _("Artist / Album"), 150, -1, "%a - %b", 0); + add_column_helper (listview, _("Track No"), 50, -1, "%n", 1); + add_column_helper (listview, _("Title / Track Artist"), 150, -1, "%t", 0); + add_column_helper (listview, _("Duration"), 50, -1, "%l", 0); } else { while (col) { diff --git a/plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c b/plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c index 96ddff69..df24c2dc 100644 --- a/plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c +++ b/plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c @@ -314,8 +314,8 @@ on_remove_from_disk_activate (GtkMenuItem *menuitem, if (deadbeef->conf_get_int ("gtkui.delete_files_ask", 1)) { GtkWidget *dlg = gtk_message_dialog_new (GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), GTK_DIALOG_MODAL, GTK_MESSAGE_WARNING, GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO, "Delete files from disk"); - gtk_message_dialog_format_secondary_text (GTK_MESSAGE_DIALOG (dlg), "Files will be lost. Proceed?\n(This dialog can be turned off in GTKUI plugin settings)"); - gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (dlg), "Warning"); + gtk_message_dialog_format_secondary_text (GTK_MESSAGE_DIALOG (dlg), _("Files will be lost. Proceed?\n(This dialog can be turned off in GTKUI plugin settings)")); + gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (dlg), _("Warning")); int response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dlg)); gtk_widget_destroy (dlg); @@ -360,12 +360,12 @@ list_context_menu (DdbListview *listview, DdbListviewIter it, int idx) { GtkWidget *reload_metadata; playlist_menu = gtk_menu_new (); - add_to_playback_queue1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Add to playback queue"); + add_to_playback_queue1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Add to playback queue")); gtk_widget_show (add_to_playback_queue1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (playlist_menu), add_to_playback_queue1); g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (add_to_playback_queue1), "ps", listview); - remove_from_playback_queue1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Remove from playback queue"); + remove_from_playback_queue1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Remove from playback queue")); if (inqueue == -1) { gtk_widget_set_sensitive (remove_from_playback_queue1, FALSE); } @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ list_context_menu (DdbListview *listview, DdbListviewIter it, int idx) { gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (playlist_menu), remove_from_playback_queue1); g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (remove_from_playback_queue1), "ps", listview); - reload_metadata = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Reload metadata"); + reload_metadata = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Reload metadata")); gtk_widget_show (reload_metadata); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (playlist_menu), reload_metadata); g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (reload_metadata), "ps", listview); @@ -384,12 +384,12 @@ list_context_menu (DdbListview *listview, DdbListviewIter it, int idx) { gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (playlist_menu), separator9); gtk_widget_set_sensitive (separator9, FALSE); - remove2 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Remove"); + remove2 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Remove")); gtk_widget_show (remove2); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (playlist_menu), remove2); g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (remove2), "ps", listview); - remove_from_disk = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Remove from disk"); + remove_from_disk = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Remove from disk")); gtk_widget_show (remove_from_disk); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (playlist_menu), remove_from_disk); g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (remove_from_disk), "ps", listview); @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ list_context_menu (DdbListview *listview, DdbListviewIter it, int idx) { gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (playlist_menu), separator8); gtk_widget_set_sensitive (separator8, FALSE); - properties1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Properties"); + properties1 = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Properties")); gtk_widget_show (properties1); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (playlist_menu), properties1); g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (properties1), "ps", listview); @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ on_add_column_activate (GtkMenuItem *menuitem, { GtkWidget *dlg = create_editcolumndlg (); gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (dlg), GTK_RESPONSE_OK); - gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (dlg), "Add column"); + gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (dlg), _("Add column")); gtk_combo_box_set_active (GTK_COMBO_BOX (lookup_widget (dlg, "id")), 0); gtk_combo_box_set_active (GTK_COMBO_BOX (lookup_widget (dlg, "align")), 0); gint response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dlg)); @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ on_edit_column_activate (GtkMenuItem *menuitem, return; GtkWidget *dlg = create_editcolumndlg (); gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (dlg), GTK_RESPONSE_OK); - gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (dlg), "Edit column"); + gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (dlg), _("Edit column")); const char *title; int width; @@ -738,15 +738,15 @@ create_headermenu (int groupby) headermenu = gtk_menu_new (); - add_column = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Add column"); + add_column = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Add column")); gtk_widget_show (add_column); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (headermenu), add_column); - edit_column = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Edit column"); + edit_column = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Edit column")); gtk_widget_show (edit_column); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (headermenu), edit_column); - remove_column = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Remove column"); + remove_column = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Remove column")); gtk_widget_show (remove_column); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (headermenu), remove_column); @@ -756,26 +756,26 @@ create_headermenu (int groupby) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (headermenu), separator); gtk_widget_set_sensitive (separator, FALSE); - group_by = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Group by"); + group_by = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Group by")); gtk_widget_show (group_by); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (headermenu), group_by); group_by_menu = gtk_menu_new (); gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (group_by), group_by_menu); - none = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("None"); + none = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("None")); gtk_widget_show (none); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (group_by_menu), none); - artist_date_album = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Artist/Date/Album"); + artist_date_album = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Artist/Date/Album")); gtk_widget_show (artist_date_album); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (group_by_menu), artist_date_album); - artist = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Artist"); + artist = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Artist")); gtk_widget_show (artist); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (group_by_menu), artist); - custom = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic ("Custom"); + custom = gtk_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (_("Custom")); gtk_widget_show (custom); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (group_by_menu), custom); diff --git a/plugins/gtkui/pluginconf.c b/plugins/gtkui/pluginconf.c index acae34d4..72ad0aae 100644 --- a/plugins/gtkui/pluginconf.c +++ b/plugins/gtkui/pluginconf.c @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ #include <stdlib.h> #include <gtk/gtk.h> #include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h> +#include "../../gettext.h" #include "../../deadbeef.h" #include "gtkui.h" #include "parser.h" @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ extern GtkWidget *mainwin; void on_prop_browse_file (GtkButton *button, gpointer user_data) { - GtkWidget *dlg = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new ("Open file...", GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, NULL); + GtkWidget *dlg = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (_("Open file..."), GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, NULL); gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (dlg), FALSE); // restore folder @@ -135,7 +136,7 @@ void plugin_configure (GtkWidget *parentwin, DB_plugin_t *p) { // create window char title[200]; - snprintf (title, sizeof (title), "Setup %s", p->name); + snprintf (title, sizeof (title), _("Setup %s"), p->name); GtkWidget *win = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons (title, GTK_WINDOW (parentwin), GTK_DIALOG_MODAL, GTK_STOCK_APPLY, GTK_RESPONSE_APPLY, GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_OK, NULL); gtk_dialog_set_default_response (GTK_DIALOG (win), GTK_RESPONSE_OK); gtk_window_set_type_hint (GTK_WINDOW (win), GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG); diff --git a/plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c b/plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c index 02ae8223..03a2b6b1 100644 --- a/plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c +++ b/plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c @@ -16,11 +16,15 @@ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif #include <gtk/gtk.h> #include <string.h> #include <assert.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h> +#include "../../gettext.h" #include "gtkui.h" #include "support.h" #include "interface.h" @@ -91,7 +95,7 @@ preferences_fill_soundcards (void) { GtkTreeModel *mdl = gtk_combo_box_get_model (combobox); gtk_list_store_clear (GTK_LIST_STORE (mdl)); - gtk_combo_box_append_text (combobox, "Default Audio Device"); + gtk_combo_box_append_text (combobox, _("Default Audio Device")); if (!strcmp (s, "default")) { gtk_combo_box_set_active (combobox, 0); } @@ -266,22 +270,22 @@ prefwin_add_hotkeys_tab (GtkWidget *prefwin) { gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox17), hbuttonbox3, FALSE, FALSE, 0); gtk_button_box_set_layout (GTK_BUTTON_BOX (hbuttonbox3), GTK_BUTTONBOX_END); - addhotkey = gtk_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Add"); + addhotkey = gtk_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Add")); gtk_widget_show (addhotkey); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (hbuttonbox3), addhotkey); GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (addhotkey, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); - removehotkey = gtk_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Remove"); + removehotkey = gtk_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Remove")); gtk_widget_show (removehotkey); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (hbuttonbox3), removehotkey); GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (removehotkey, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); - applyhotkeys = gtk_button_new_with_mnemonic ("Apply"); + applyhotkeys = gtk_button_new_with_mnemonic (_("Apply")); gtk_widget_show (applyhotkeys); gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (hbuttonbox3), applyhotkeys); GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (applyhotkeys, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT); - label66 = gtk_label_new ("Global Hotkeys"); + label66 = gtk_label_new (_("Global Hotkeys")); gtk_widget_show (label66); int npages = gtk_notebook_get_n_pages (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook2)); gtk_notebook_set_tab_label (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook2), gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook2), npages-1), label66); @@ -339,8 +343,8 @@ prefwin_add_hotkeys_tab (GtkWidget *prefwin) { hkstore); - GtkTreeViewColumn *hk_col1 = gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes ("Slot", rend_hk_slot, "text", 0, NULL); - GtkTreeViewColumn *hk_col2 = gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes ("Key combination", rend_hk_binding, "text", 1, NULL); + GtkTreeViewColumn *hk_col1 = gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes (_("Slot"), rend_hk_slot, "text", 0, NULL); + GtkTreeViewColumn *hk_col2 = gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes (_("Key combination"), rend_hk_binding, "text", 1, NULL); gtk_tree_view_append_column (hktree, hk_col1); gtk_tree_view_append_column (hktree, hk_col2); @@ -386,7 +390,7 @@ on_preferences_activate (GtkMenuItem *menuitem, GtkComboBox *combobox = NULL; // output plugin selection - const char *outplugname = deadbeef->conf_get_str ("output_plugin", "ALSA output plugin"); + const char *outplugname = deadbeef->conf_get_str ("output_plugin", _("ALSA output plugin")); combobox = GTK_COMBO_BOX (lookup_widget (w, "pref_output_plugin")); DB_output_t **out_plugs = deadbeef->plug_get_output_list (); @@ -495,7 +499,7 @@ on_preferences_activate (GtkMenuItem *menuitem, } #else GtkListStore *store = gtk_list_store_new (1, G_TYPE_STRING); - GtkTreeViewColumn *col2 = gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes ("Title", rend_text, "text", 0, NULL); + GtkTreeViewColumn *col2 = gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes (_("Title"), rend_text, "text", 0, NULL); gtk_tree_view_append_column (tree, col2); DB_plugin_t **plugins = deadbeef->plug_get_list (); int i; @@ -575,7 +579,7 @@ void on_pref_output_plugin_changed (GtkComboBox *combobox, gpointer user_data) { - const char *outplugname = deadbeef->conf_get_str ("output_plugin", "ALSA output plugin"); + const char *outplugname = deadbeef->conf_get_str ("output_plugin", _("ALSA output plugin")); int active = gtk_combo_box_get_active (combobox); DB_output_t **out_plugs = deadbeef->plug_get_output_list (); diff --git a/plugins/gtkui/progress.c b/plugins/gtkui/progress.c index 7cc13844..dcf89fbc 100644 --- a/plugins/gtkui/progress.c +++ b/plugins/gtkui/progress.c @@ -15,11 +15,15 @@ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif #include <gtk/gtk.h> #include <stdio.h> #include <stdint.h> #include <string.h> #include <stdlib.h> +#include "../../gettext.h" #include "interface.h" #include "callbacks.h" #include "support.h" @@ -46,7 +50,7 @@ void progress_show (void) { extern GtkWidget *mainwin; progress_aborted = 0; - progress_settext ("Initializing..."); + progress_settext (_("Initializing...")); gtk_widget_show_all (progressdlg); gtk_window_present (GTK_WINDOW (progressdlg)); gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (progressdlg), GTK_WINDOW (mainwin)); diff --git a/plugins/gtkui/search.c b/plugins/gtkui/search.c index ef34cd24..36818f9f 100644 --- a/plugins/gtkui/search.c +++ b/plugins/gtkui/search.c @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ #include <math.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <string.h> +#include "../../gettext.h" #include "callbacks.h" #include "interface.h" @@ -429,10 +430,10 @@ search_playlist_init (GtkWidget *widget) { // create default set of columns DB_conf_item_t *col = deadbeef->conf_find ("search.column.", NULL); if (!col) { - add_column_helper (listview, "Artist / Album", 150, -1, "%a - %b", 0); - add_column_helper (listview, "Track No", 50, -1, "%n", 1); - add_column_helper (listview, "Title / Track Artist", 150, -1, "%t", 0); - add_column_helper (listview, "Duration", 50, -1, "%l", 0); + add_column_helper (listview, _("Artist / Album"), 150, -1, "%a - %b", 0); + add_column_helper (listview, _("Track No"), 50, -1, "%n", 1); + add_column_helper (listview, _("Title / Track Artist"), 150, -1, "%t", 0); + add_column_helper (listview, _("Duration"), 50, -1, "%l", 0); } else { while (col) { diff --git a/plugins/gtkui/support.c b/plugins/gtkui/support.c index 7dc3c78c..00aff298 100644 --- a/plugins/gtkui/support.c +++ b/plugins/gtkui/support.c @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ create_pixmap (GtkWidget *widget, if (!pathname) { - g_warning ("Couldn't find pixmap file: %s", filename); + g_warning (_("Couldn't find pixmap file: %s"), filename); return gtk_image_new (); } @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ create_pixbuf (const gchar *filename) if (!pathname) { - g_warning ("Couldn't find pixmap file: %s", filename); + g_warning (_("Couldn't find pixmap file: %s"), filename); return NULL; } diff --git a/plugins/gtkui/support.h b/plugins/gtkui/support.h index 2dea079c..a32649e5 100644 --- a/plugins/gtkui/support.h +++ b/plugins/gtkui/support.h @@ -9,6 +9,31 @@ #include <gtk/gtk.h> /* + * Standard gettext macros. + */ +#ifdef ENABLE_NLS +# include <libintl.h> +# undef _ +# define _(String) dgettext (PACKAGE, String) +# define Q_(String) g_strip_context ((String), gettext (String)) +# ifdef gettext_noop +# define N_(String) gettext_noop (String) +# else +# define N_(String) (String) +# endif +#else +# define textdomain(String) (String) +# define gettext(String) (String) +# define dgettext(Domain,Message) (Message) +# define dcgettext(Domain,Message,Type) (Message) +# define bindtextdomain(Domain,Directory) (Domain) +# define _(String) (String) +# define Q_(String) g_strip_context ((String), (String)) +# define N_(String) (String) +#endif + + +/* * Public Functions. */ diff --git a/plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c b/plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c index 3c2e60cb..d2113b19 100644 --- a/plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c +++ b/plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c @@ -16,10 +16,14 @@ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif #include <gtk/gtk.h> #include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h> #include <string.h> #include <math.h> +#include "../../gettext.h" #include "ddblistview.h" #include "trkproperties.h" #include "interface.h" @@ -46,10 +50,10 @@ on_trackproperties_delete_event (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer user_data) { if (trkproperties_modified) { - GtkWidget *dlg = gtk_message_dialog_new (GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), GTK_DIALOG_MODAL, GTK_MESSAGE_WARNING, GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO, "You've modified data for this track."); + GtkWidget *dlg = gtk_message_dialog_new (GTK_WINDOW (mainwin), GTK_DIALOG_MODAL, GTK_MESSAGE_WARNING, GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO, _("You've modified data for this track.")); gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (dlg), GTK_WINDOW (trackproperties)); - gtk_message_dialog_format_secondary_text (GTK_MESSAGE_DIALOG (dlg), "Really close the window?"); - gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (dlg), "Warning"); + gtk_message_dialog_format_secondary_text (GTK_MESSAGE_DIALOG (dlg), _("Really close the window?")); + gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (dlg), _("Warning")); int response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dlg)); gtk_widget_destroy (dlg); @@ -168,12 +172,12 @@ trkproperties_fill_metadata (void) { gtk_list_store_set (propstore, &iter, 0, "Subtrack Index", 1, temp, -1); gtk_list_store_append (propstore, &iter); deadbeef->pl_format_time (deadbeef->pl_get_item_duration (track), temp, sizeof (temp)); - gtk_list_store_set (propstore, &iter, 0, "Duration", 1, temp, -1); + gtk_list_store_set (propstore, &iter, 0, _("Duration"), 1, temp, -1); gtk_list_store_append (propstore, &iter); deadbeef->pl_format_title (track, -1, temp, sizeof (temp), -1, "%T"); - gtk_list_store_set (propstore, &iter, 0, "Tag Type(s)", 1, temp, -1); + gtk_list_store_set (propstore, &iter, 0, _("Tag Type(s)"), 1, temp, -1); gtk_list_store_append (propstore, &iter); - gtk_list_store_set (propstore, &iter, 0, "Embedded Cuesheet", 1, (deadbeef->pl_get_item_flags (track) & DDB_HAS_EMBEDDED_CUESHEET) ? "Yes" : "No", -1); + gtk_list_store_set (propstore, &iter, 0, _("Embedded Cuesheet"), 1, (deadbeef->pl_get_item_flags (track) & DDB_HAS_EMBEDDED_CUESHEET) ? "Yes" : "No", -1); gtk_list_store_append (propstore, &iter); snprintf (temp, sizeof (temp), "%0.2f dB", amp_to_db (track->replaygain_album_gain)); @@ -237,8 +241,8 @@ show_track_properties_dlg (DB_playItem_t *it) { G_CALLBACK (on_metadata_edited), store); } - GtkTreeViewColumn *col1 = gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes ("Key", rend_text, "text", 0, NULL); - GtkTreeViewColumn *col2 = gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes ("Value", rend_text2, "text", 1, NULL); + GtkTreeViewColumn *col1 = gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes (_("Key"), rend_text, "text", 0, NULL); + GtkTreeViewColumn *col2 = gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes (_("Value"), rend_text2, "text", 1, NULL); gtk_tree_view_append_column (tree, col1); gtk_tree_view_append_column (tree, col2); @@ -249,8 +253,8 @@ show_track_properties_dlg (DB_playItem_t *it) { GtkCellRenderer *rend_propkey = gtk_cell_renderer_text_new (); GtkCellRenderer *rend_propvalue = gtk_cell_renderer_text_new (); g_object_set (G_OBJECT (rend_propvalue), "editable", TRUE, NULL); - col1 = gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes ("Key", rend_propkey, "text", 0, NULL); - col2 = gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes ("Value", rend_propvalue, "text", 1, NULL); + col1 = gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes (_("Key"), rend_propkey, "text", 0, NULL); + col2 = gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_attributes (_("Value"), rend_propvalue, "text", 1, NULL); gtk_tree_view_append_column (proptree, col1); gtk_tree_view_append_column (proptree, col2); } diff --git a/po/ChangeLog b/po/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e69de29b --- /dev/null +++ b/po/ChangeLog diff --git a/po/LINGUAS b/po/LINGUAS new file mode 100644 index 00000000..562ba4cf --- /dev/null +++ b/po/LINGUAS @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +ru diff --git a/po/Makefile.in.in b/po/Makefile.in.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fecf500f --- /dev/null +++ b/po/Makefile.in.in @@ -0,0 +1,429 @@ +# Makefile for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext. +# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2007 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu> +# +# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can +# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public +# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext +# functionality. +# Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU +# General Public License and is *not* in the public domain. +# +# Origin: gettext-0.17 +GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = 0.17 + +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ + +SHELL = /bin/sh +@SET_MAKE@ + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +VPATH = @srcdir@ + +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +datarootdir = @datarootdir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +localedir = @localedir@ +gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/po + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ + +# We use $(mkdir_p). +# In automake <= 1.9.x, $(mkdir_p) is defined either as "mkdir -p --" or as +# "$(mkinstalldirs)" or as "$(install_sh) -d". For these automake versions, +# @install_sh@ does not start with $(SHELL), so we add it. +# In automake >= 1.10, @mkdir_p@ is derived from ${MKDIR_P}, which is defined +# either as "/path/to/mkdir -p" or ".../install-sh -c -d". For these automake +# versions, $(mkinstalldirs) and $(install_sh) are unused. +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) @install_sh@ -d +install_sh = $(SHELL) @install_sh@ +MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ +mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ + +GMSGFMT_ = @GMSGFMT@ +GMSGFMT_no = @GMSGFMT@ +GMSGFMT_yes = @GMSGFMT_015@ +GMSGFMT = $(GMSGFMT_$(USE_MSGCTXT)) +MSGFMT_ = @MSGFMT@ +MSGFMT_no = @MSGFMT@ +MSGFMT_yes = @MSGFMT_015@ +MSGFMT = $(MSGFMT_$(USE_MSGCTXT)) +XGETTEXT_ = @XGETTEXT@ +XGETTEXT_no = @XGETTEXT@ +XGETTEXT_yes = @XGETTEXT_015@ +XGETTEXT = $(XGETTEXT_$(USE_MSGCTXT)) +MSGMERGE = msgmerge +MSGMERGE_UPDATE = @MSGMERGE@ --update +MSGINIT = msginit +MSGCONV = msgconv +MSGFILTER = msgfilter + +POFILES = @POFILES@ +GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@ +UPDATEPOFILES = @UPDATEPOFILES@ +DUMMYPOFILES = @DUMMYPOFILES@ +DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in.in remove-potcdate.sin \ +$(DISTFILES.common.extra1) $(DISTFILES.common.extra2) $(DISTFILES.common.extra3) +DISTFILES = $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars POTFILES.in \ +$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) \ +$(DISTFILES.extra1) $(DISTFILES.extra2) $(DISTFILES.extra3) + +POTFILES = \ + +CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@ + +# Makevars gets inserted here. (Don't remove this line!) + +.SUFFIXES: +.SUFFIXES: .po .gmo .mo .sed .sin .nop .po-create .po-update + +.po.mo: + @echo "$(MSGFMT) -c -o $@ $<"; \ + $(MSGFMT) -c -o t-$@ $< && mv t-$@ $@ + +.po.gmo: + @lang=`echo $* | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`; \ + test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \ + echo "$${cdcmd}rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po"; \ + cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po && mv t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.gmo + +.sin.sed: + sed -e '/^#/d' $< > t-$@ + mv t-$@ $@ + + +all: check-macro-version all-@USE_NLS@ + +all-yes: stamp-po +all-no: + +# Ensure that the gettext macros and this Makefile.in.in are in sync. +check-macro-version: + @test "$(GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION)" = "@GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@" \ + || { echo "*** error: gettext infrastructure mismatch: using a Makefile.in.in from gettext version $(GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION) but the autoconf macros are from gettext version @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@" 1>&2; \ + exit 1; \ + } + +# $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot is only created when needed. When xgettext finds no +# internationalized messages, no $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot is created (because +# we don't want to bother translators with empty POT files). We assume that +# LINGUAS is empty in this case, i.e. $(POFILES) and $(GMOFILES) are empty. +# In this case, stamp-po is a nop (i.e. a phony target). + +# stamp-po is a timestamp denoting the last time at which the CATALOGS have +# been loosely updated. Its purpose is that when a developer or translator +# checks out the package via CVS, and the $(DOMAIN).pot file is not in CVS, +# "make" will update the $(DOMAIN).pot and the $(CATALOGS), but subsequent +# invocations of "make" will do nothing. This timestamp would not be necessary +# if updating the $(CATALOGS) would always touch them; however, the rule for +# $(POFILES) has been designed to not touch files that don't need to be +# changed. +stamp-po: $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot + test ! -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot || \ + test -z "$(GMOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(GMOFILES) + @test ! -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot || { \ + echo "touch stamp-po" && \ + echo timestamp > stamp-poT && \ + mv stamp-poT stamp-po; \ + } + +# Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(DOMAIN).pot-update', +# otherwise packages like GCC can not be built if only parts of the source +# have been downloaded. + +# This target rebuilds $(DOMAIN).pot; it is an expensive operation. +# Note that $(DOMAIN).pot is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed. +$(DOMAIN).pot-update: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in remove-potcdate.sed + if LC_ALL=C grep 'GNU @PACKAGE@' $(top_srcdir)/* 2>/dev/null | grep -v 'libtool:' >/dev/null; then \ + package_gnu='GNU '; \ + else \ + package_gnu=''; \ + fi; \ + if test -n '$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)' || test '$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)' = '@'PACKAGE_BUGREPORT'@'; then \ + msgid_bugs_address='$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)'; \ + else \ + msgid_bugs_address='$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)'; \ + fi; \ + case `$(XGETTEXT) --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in \ + '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-5] | 0.1[0-5].* | 0.16 | 0.16.[0-1]*) \ + $(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \ + --add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ \ + --files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \ + --copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)' \ + --msgid-bugs-address="$$msgid_bugs_address" \ + ;; \ + *) \ + $(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \ + --add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ \ + --files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \ + --copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)' \ + --package-name="$${package_gnu}@PACKAGE@" \ + --package-version='@VERSION@' \ + --msgid-bugs-address="$$msgid_bugs_address" \ + ;; \ + esac + test ! -f $(DOMAIN).po || { \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \ + sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot > $(DOMAIN).1po && \ + sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(DOMAIN).po > $(DOMAIN).2po && \ + if cmp $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(DOMAIN).po; \ + else \ + rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot && \ + mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \ + fi; \ + else \ + mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \ + fi; \ + } + +# This rule has no dependencies: we don't need to update $(DOMAIN).pot at +# every "make" invocation, only create it when it is missing. +# Only "make $(DOMAIN).pot-update" or "make dist" will force an update. +$(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot: + $(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update + +# This target rebuilds a PO file if $(DOMAIN).pot has changed. +# Note that a PO file is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed. +$(POFILES): $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot + @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's,.*/,,' -e 's/\.po$$//'`; \ + if test -f "$(srcdir)/$${lang}.po"; then \ + test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \ + echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot"; \ + cd $(srcdir) && $(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot; \ + else \ + $(MAKE) $${lang}.po-create; \ + fi + + +install: install-exec install-data +install-exec: +install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ + for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \ + $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + for file in Makevars; do \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi +install-data-no: all +install-data-yes: all + $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir) + @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ + for cat in $$catalogs; do \ + cat=`basename $$cat`; \ + lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \ + dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \ + $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \ + if test -r $$cat; then realcat=$$cat; else realcat=$(srcdir)/$$cat; fi; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$realcat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo; \ + echo "installing $$realcat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \ + for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \ + if test -n "$$lc"; then \ + if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \ + link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \ + mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \ + mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ + (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \ + for file in *; do \ + if test -f $$file; then \ + ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \ + fi; \ + done); \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \ + else \ + if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \ + :; \ + else \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ + mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \ + ln -s ../LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \ + ln $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \ + cp -p $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \ + echo "installing $$realcat link as $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + done + +install-strip: install + +installdirs: installdirs-exec installdirs-data +installdirs-exec: +installdirs-data: installdirs-data-@USE_NLS@ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi +installdirs-data-no: +installdirs-data-yes: + $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir) + @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ + for cat in $$catalogs; do \ + cat=`basename $$cat`; \ + lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \ + dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \ + $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \ + for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \ + if test -n "$$lc"; then \ + if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \ + link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \ + mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \ + mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ + (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \ + for file in *; do \ + if test -f $$file; then \ + ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \ + fi; \ + done); \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \ + else \ + if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \ + :; \ + else \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ + mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + done + +# Define this as empty until I found a useful application. +installcheck: + +uninstall: uninstall-exec uninstall-data +uninstall-exec: +uninstall-data: uninstall-data-@USE_NLS@ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi +uninstall-data-no: +uninstall-data-yes: + catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \ + for cat in $$catalogs; do \ + cat=`basename $$cat`; \ + lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \ + for lc in LC_MESSAGES $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \ + done; \ + done + +check: all + +info dvi ps pdf html tags TAGS ctags CTAGS ID: + +mostlyclean: + rm -f remove-potcdate.sed + rm -f stamp-poT + rm -f core core.* $(DOMAIN).po $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po *.new.po + rm -fr *.o + +clean: mostlyclean + +distclean: clean + rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo + +maintainer-clean: distclean + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." + rm -f stamp-po $(GMOFILES) + +distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) +dist distdir: + $(MAKE) update-po + @$(MAKE) dist2 +# This is a separate target because 'update-po' must be executed before. +dist2: stamp-po $(DISTFILES) + dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + dists="$$dists Makevars.template"; \ + fi; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \ + dists="$$dists $(DOMAIN).pot stamp-po"; \ + fi; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog; then \ + dists="$$dists ChangeLog"; \ + fi; \ + for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9; do \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog.$$i; then \ + dists="$$dists ChangeLog.$$i"; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + if test -f $(srcdir)/LINGUAS; then dists="$$dists LINGUAS"; fi; \ + for file in $$dists; do \ + if test -f $$file; then \ + cp -p $$file $(distdir) || exit 1; \ + else \ + cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) || exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done + +update-po: Makefile + $(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update + test -z "$(UPDATEPOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(UPDATEPOFILES) + $(MAKE) update-gmo + +# General rule for creating PO files. + +.nop.po-create: + @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-create$$//'`; \ + echo "File $$lang.po does not exist. If you are a translator, you can create it through 'msginit'." 1>&2; \ + exit 1 + +# General rule for updating PO files. + +.nop.po-update: + @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update$$//'`; \ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; fi; \ + tmpdir=`pwd`; \ + echo "$$lang:"; \ + test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \ + echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$lang.new.po"; \ + cd $(srcdir); \ + if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \ + if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ + else \ + if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \ + :; \ + else \ + echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \ + exit 1; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + else \ + echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \ + rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ + fi + +$(DUMMYPOFILES): + +update-gmo: Makefile $(GMOFILES) + @: + +Makefile: Makefile.in.in Makevars $(top_builddir)/config.status @POMAKEFILEDEPS@ + cd $(top_builddir) \ + && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@.in po-directories + +force: + +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/po/Makevars b/po/Makevars new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec43be61 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/Makevars @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +# Makefile variables for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext. + +# Usually the message domain is the same as the package name. +DOMAIN = $(PACKAGE) + +# These two variables depend on the location of this directory. +subdir = po +top_builddir = .. + +# These options get passed to xgettext. +XGETTEXT_OPTIONS = --keyword=_ --keyword=N_ + +# This is the copyright holder that gets inserted into the header of the +# $(DOMAIN).pot file. Set this to the copyright holder of the surrounding +# package. (Note that the msgstr strings, extracted from the package's +# sources, belong to the copyright holder of the package.) Translators are +# expected to transfer the copyright for their translations to this person +# or entity, or to disclaim their copyright. The empty string stands for +# the public domain; in this case the translators are expected to disclaim +# their copyright. +COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = Alexey Yakovenko <waker@users.sourceforge.net> + +# This is the email address or URL to which the translators shall report +# bugs in the untranslated strings: +# - Strings which are not entire sentences, see the maintainer guidelines +# in the GNU gettext documentation, section 'Preparing Strings'. +# - Strings which use unclear terms or require additional context to be +# understood. +# - Strings which make invalid assumptions about notation of date, time or +# money. +# - Pluralisation problems. +# - Incorrect English spelling. +# - Incorrect formatting. +# It can be your email address, or a mailing list address where translators +# can write to without being subscribed, or the URL of a web page through +# which the translators can contact you. +MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS = waker@users.sourceforge.net + +# This is the list of locale categories, beyond LC_MESSAGES, for which the +# message catalogs shall be used. It is usually empty. +EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES = diff --git a/po/POTFILES b/po/POTFILES new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d75151a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/POTFILES @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ + ../plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c \ + ../plugins/gtkui/ddbtabstrip.c \ + ../plugins/gtkui/eq.c \ + ../plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c \ + ../plugins/gtkui/interface.c \ + ../plugins/gtkui/mainplaylist.c \ + ../plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c \ + ../plugins/gtkui/pluginconf.c \ + ../plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c \ + ../plugins/gtkui/progress.c \ + ../plugins/gtkui/search.c \ + ../plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c \ + ../main.c \ + ../playlist.c \ + ../plugins.c diff --git a/po/POTFILES.in b/po/POTFILES.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000..34260080 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/POTFILES.in @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c +plugins/gtkui/ddbtabstrip.c +plugins/gtkui/eq.c +plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c +plugins/gtkui/interface.c +plugins/gtkui/mainplaylist.c +plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c +plugins/gtkui/pluginconf.c +plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c +plugins/gtkui/progress.c +plugins/gtkui/search.c +plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c +main.c +playlist.c +plugins.c + diff --git a/po/Rules-quot b/po/Rules-quot new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9c2a995e --- /dev/null +++ b/po/Rules-quot @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# Special Makefile rules for English message catalogs with quotation marks. + +DISTFILES.common.extra1 = quot.sed boldquot.sed en@quot.header en@boldquot.header insert-header.sin Rules-quot + +.SUFFIXES: .insert-header .po-update-en + +en@quot.po-create: + $(MAKE) en@quot.po-update +en@boldquot.po-create: + $(MAKE) en@boldquot.po-update + +en@quot.po-update: en@quot.po-update-en +en@boldquot.po-update: en@boldquot.po-update-en + +.insert-header.po-update-en: + @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update-en$$//'`; \ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; GETTEXTLIBDIR=`cd $(top_srcdir)/src && pwd`; export GETTEXTLIBDIR; fi; \ + tmpdir=`pwd`; \ + echo "$$lang:"; \ + ll=`echo $$lang | sed -e 's/@.*//'`; \ + LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; \ + cd $(srcdir); \ + if $(MSGINIT) -i $(DOMAIN).pot --no-translator -l $$ll -o - 2>/dev/null | sed -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.insert-header | $(MSGCONV) -t UTF-8 | $(MSGFILTER) sed -f `echo $$lang | sed -e 's/.*@//'`.sed 2>/dev/null > $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \ + if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ + else \ + if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \ + :; \ + else \ + echo "creation of $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \ + exit 1; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + else \ + echo "creation of $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \ + rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \ + fi + +en@quot.insert-header: insert-header.sin + sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@quot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@quot.insert-header + +en@boldquot.insert-header: insert-header.sin + sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@boldquot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@boldquot.insert-header + +mostlyclean: mostlyclean-quot +mostlyclean-quot: + rm -f *.insert-header diff --git a/po/boldquot.sed b/po/boldquot.sed new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4b937aa5 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/boldquot.sed @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g +s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g +s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g +s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g +s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g +s/“”/""/g +s/“/“[1m/g +s/”/[0m”/g +s/‘/‘[1m/g +s/’/[0m’/g diff --git a/po/deadbeef.pot b/po/deadbeef.pot new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d4dd2461 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/deadbeef.pot @@ -0,0 +1,1015 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) YEAR Alexey Yakovenko <waker@users.sourceforge.net> +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: deadbeef devel\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: waker@users.sourceforge.net\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-05-15 23:25+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c:97 +msgid "Supported sound formats" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c:108 +msgid "Other files (*)" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c:117 +msgid "Open file(s)..." +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c:150 +msgid "Add file(s) to playlist..." +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c:182 +msgid "Add folder(s) to playlist..." +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c:364 +msgid "Save Playlist As" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c:371 plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:532 +msgid "DeaDBeeF playlist files (*.dbpl)" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c:694 +msgid "Failed while reading help file" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c:704 +msgid "Failed to load help file" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/ddbtabstrip.c:527 +msgid "Edit playlist" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/ddbtabstrip.c:604 +msgid "Rename Playlist" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/ddbtabstrip.c:608 +msgid "Remove Playlist" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/ddbtabstrip.c:612 +msgid "Add New Playlist" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:113 +msgid "Save DeaDBeeF EQ Preset" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:120 +msgid "DeaDBeeF EQ preset files (*.ddbeq)" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:151 +msgid "Load DeaDBeeF EQ Preset..." +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:155 +msgid "DeaDBeeF EQ presets (*.ddbeq)" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:214 +msgid "Import Foobar2000 EQ Preset..." +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:218 +msgid "Foobar2000 EQ presets (*.feq)" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:292 +msgid "Enable" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:299 +msgid "Zero All" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:306 +msgid "Zero Preamp" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:313 +msgid "Zero Bands" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:320 +msgid "Save Preset" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:327 +msgid "Load Preset" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:334 +msgid "Import Foobar2000 Preset" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:128 +#, c-format +msgid "1 day %d:%02d:%02d" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:131 +#, c-format +msgid "%d days %d:%02d:%02d" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:140 +#, c-format +msgid "Stopped | %d tracks | %s total playtime" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:150 +msgid "Mono" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:150 +msgid "Stereo" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:170 +#, c-format +msgid "| %4d kbps " +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:177 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"%s%s %s| %dHz | %d bit | %s | %d:%02d / %s | %d tracks | %s total playtime" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:528 +msgid "Load Playlist" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:663 +msgid "New Playlist" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:666 +#, c-format +msgid "New Playlist (%d)" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:129 +msgid "DeaDBeeF" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:140 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:147 +msgid "_Open file(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:163 +msgid "Add file(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:171 +msgid "Add folder(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:179 +msgid "Add Audio CD" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:187 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2870 +msgid "Add location" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:196 +msgid "New playlist" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:203 +msgid "Load playlist" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:207 +msgid "Save playlist" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:211 +msgid "Save playlist as" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:220 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:231 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:238 +msgid "_Clear" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:246 +msgid "Select all" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:253 +msgid "Deselect all" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:260 +msgid "Invert selection" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:264 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:271 plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:387 +#: plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c:278 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:279 +msgid "Crop" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:283 +msgid "_Find" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:295 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1706 +msgid "Preferences" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:299 +msgid "_View" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:306 +msgid "Status bar" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:310 +msgid "Column headers" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:314 +msgid "Tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:318 +msgid "Equalizer" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:322 +msgid "_Playback" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:329 +msgid "Order" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:336 +msgid "Linear" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:342 +msgid "Shuffle" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:348 +msgid "Random" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:354 +msgid "Looping" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:361 +msgid "Loop All" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:367 +msgid "Loop Single Song" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:373 +msgid "Don't Loop" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:379 +msgid "Scroll follows playback" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:384 +msgid "Cursor follows playback" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:388 +msgid "Stop after current" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:395 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:402 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:410 +msgid "_ChangeLog" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:419 +msgid "_GPLv2" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:423 +msgid "_LGPLv2.1" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:432 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:816 +msgid "Search" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:891 +msgid "Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:899 +msgid "Play" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:907 +msgid "Pause" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:915 +msgid "Previous" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:923 +msgid "Next" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:931 +msgid "Play Random" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:940 +msgid "About" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:953 +msgid "Quit" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1025 +msgid "Adding files..." +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1069 +msgid "_Abort" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1105 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1170 +msgid "Track Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1194 +msgid "" +"<b>WARNING</b>: tag writing feature is still in development.\n" +"<b>Make backup copies</b> before using." +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1221 +msgid "_Apply" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1242 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1288 +msgid "_Close" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1246 +msgid "Metadata" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1292 plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:402 +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1378 +msgid "editcolumndlg" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1393 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2770 +msgid "Title:" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1401 +msgid "Enter new column title here" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1409 +msgid "Type:" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1417 +msgid "File number" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1418 plugins/gtkui/mainplaylist.c:297 +msgid "Playing" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1419 +msgid "Album Art" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1420 +msgid "Artist - Album" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1421 plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:774 +msgid "Artist" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1422 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1795 +msgid "Album" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1423 plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c:502 +msgid "Title" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1424 +msgid "Length" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1425 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1794 +msgid "Track" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1426 +msgid "Band / Album Artist" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1427 plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:778 +msgid "Custom" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1433 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2997 +msgid "Format:" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1448 +msgid "Alignment:" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1456 +msgid "Left" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1457 +msgid "Right" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1459 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:3007 +msgid "" +"Format conversions (start with %):\n" +" [a]rtist, [t]itle, al[b]um, [B]and,\n" +" track[n]umber, [N]totaltracks,\n" +" [l]ength, [y]ear, [g]enre, [c]omment,\n" +" copy[r]ight, [f]ilename, [T]ags\n" +"Example: %a - %t [%l]" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1726 +msgid "Output plugin:" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1739 +msgid "Output device:" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1748 +msgid "Sound" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1757 +msgid "Allow dynamic samplerate switching" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1765 +msgid "Samplerate conversion quality:" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1774 +msgid "sinc_best_quality" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1775 +msgid "sinc_medium_quality" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1776 +msgid "sinc_fastest" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1777 +msgid "zero_order_hold" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1778 +msgid "linear" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1784 +msgid "Replaygain mode:" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1793 +msgid "Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1797 +msgid "Replaygain peak scale" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1801 +msgid "Sound (adv.)" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1810 +msgid "Close minimizes to tray" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1814 +msgid "Middle mouse button closes playlist" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1827 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1871 +msgid "Override" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1836 +msgid "Foreground" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1843 +msgid "Background" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1862 +msgid "Seekbar/Volumebar colors" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1880 +msgid "Middle" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1887 +msgid "Light" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1894 +msgid "Dark" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1925 +msgid "Base" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1932 +msgid "Tab strip colors" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1941 +msgid "Override (looses GTK treeview theming, but speeds up rendering)" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1950 +msgid "Even row" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1957 +msgid "Odd row" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1976 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1983 +msgid "Selected row" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2002 +msgid "Selected text" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2015 +msgid "Cursor" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2028 +msgid "Playlist colors" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2032 +msgid "GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2041 +msgid "Enable Proxy Server" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2049 +msgid "Proxy Server Address:" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2063 +msgid "Proxy Server Port:" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2077 +msgid "Proxy Type:" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2085 +msgid "HTTP" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2086 +msgid "HTTP_1_0" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2087 +msgid "SOCKS4" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2088 +msgid "SOCKS5" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2089 +msgid "SOCKS4A" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2090 +msgid "SOCKS5_HOSTNAME" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2096 +msgid "Proxy Username:" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2109 +msgid "Proxy Password:" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2119 +msgid "Network" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2147 +msgid "Write ID3v2" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2151 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2278 +msgid "Write ID3v1" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2155 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2234 +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2274 +msgid "Write APEv2" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2163 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2242 +msgid "Strip ID3v2" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2167 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2290 +msgid "Strip ID3v1" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2171 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2246 +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2286 +msgid "Strip APEv2" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2179 +msgid "ID3v2 version" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2186 +msgid "2.3 (Recommended)" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2187 +msgid "2.4" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2193 +msgid "ID3v1 character encoding (default is iso8859-1)" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2202 +msgid "<b>MP3</b>" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2230 +msgid "Write ID3v2.4" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2250 +msgid "<b>APE</b>" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2294 +msgid "<b>WavPack</b>" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2299 +msgid "Tag writer" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2330 +msgid "Description:" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2345 +msgid "Author(s):" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2360 +msgid "Email:" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2375 +msgid "Website:" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2406 +msgid "Configure" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2410 +msgid "Plugins" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2754 +msgid "editplaylistdlg" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2881 +msgid "URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2982 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:3036 +msgid "_Cancel" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:3057 +msgid "_OK" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/mainplaylist.c:298 plugins/gtkui/search.c:433 +msgid "Artist / Album" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/mainplaylist.c:299 plugins/gtkui/search.c:434 +msgid "Track No" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/mainplaylist.c:300 plugins/gtkui/search.c:435 +msgid "Title / Track Artist" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/mainplaylist.c:301 plugins/gtkui/search.c:436 +#: plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c:175 +msgid "Duration" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:317 +msgid "" +"Files will be lost. Proceed?\n" +"(This dialog can be turned off in GTKUI plugin settings)" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:318 plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c:56 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:363 +msgid "Add to playback queue" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:368 +msgid "Remove from playback queue" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:376 +msgid "Reload metadata" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:392 +msgid "Remove from disk" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:616 plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:741 +msgid "Add column" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:646 plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:745 +msgid "Edit column" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:749 +msgid "Remove column" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:759 +msgid "Group by" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:766 +msgid "None" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:770 +msgid "Artist/Date/Album" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/pluginconf.c:41 +msgid "Open file..." +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/pluginconf.c:139 +#, c-format +msgid "Setup %s" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c:98 +msgid "Default Audio Device" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c:273 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c:283 +msgid "Apply" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c:288 +msgid "Global Hotkeys" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c:346 +msgid "Slot" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c:347 +msgid "Key combination" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c:393 plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c:582 plugins.c:833 +msgid "ALSA output plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/progress.c:53 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c:53 +msgid "You've modified data for this track." +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c:55 +msgid "Really close the window?" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c:178 +msgid "Tag Type(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c:180 +msgid "Embedded Cuesheet" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c:244 plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c:256 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c:245 plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c:257 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:83 +#, c-format +msgid "Usage: deadbeef [options] [file(s)]\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:84 +#, c-format +msgid "Options:\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:85 +#, c-format +msgid " --help or -h Print help (this message) and exit\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:86 +#, c-format +msgid " --quit Quit player\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:87 +#, c-format +msgid " --version Print version info and exit\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:88 +#, c-format +msgid " --play Start playback\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:89 +#, c-format +msgid " --stop Stop playback\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:90 +#, c-format +msgid " --pause Pause playback\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:91 +#, c-format +msgid " --next Next song in playlist\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:92 +#, c-format +msgid " --prev Previous song in playlist\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:93 +#, c-format +msgid " --random Random song in playlist\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:94 +#, c-format +msgid " --queue Append file(s) to existing playlist\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:95 +#, c-format +msgid " --nowplaying FMT Print formatted track name to stdout\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:96 +#, c-format +msgid "" +" FMT %%-syntax: [a]rtist, [t]itle, al[b]um,\n" +" [l]ength, track[n]umber, [y]ear, [c]omment,\n" +" copy[r]ight, [e]lapsed\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:99 +#, c-format +msgid "" +" e.g.: --nowplaying \"%%a - %%t\" should print \"artist " +"- title\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: playlist.c:365 playlist.c:2208 +msgid "Default" +msgstr "" diff --git a/po/en@boldquot.header b/po/en@boldquot.header new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fedb6a06 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/en@boldquot.header @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters. +# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation +# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27) +# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see +# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html +# +# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to +# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019). +# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to +# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019) +# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to +# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D). +# +# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly. +# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are +# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to +# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are +# transliterated to 0x22. +# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are +# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are +# transliterated to 0x22. +# +# This catalog furthermore displays the text between the quotation marks in +# bold face, assuming the VT100/XTerm escape sequences. +# diff --git a/po/en@quot.header b/po/en@quot.header new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a9647fc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/en@quot.header @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters. +# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation +# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27) +# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see +# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html +# +# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to +# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019). +# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to +# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019) +# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to +# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D). +# +# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly. +# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are +# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to +# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are +# transliterated to 0x22. +# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are +# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are +# transliterated to 0x22. +# diff --git a/po/insert-header.sin b/po/insert-header.sin new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b26de01f --- /dev/null +++ b/po/insert-header.sin @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# Sed script that inserts the file called HEADER before the header entry. +# +# At each occurrence of a line starting with "msgid ", we execute the following +# commands. At the first occurrence, insert the file. At the following +# occurrences, do nothing. The distinction between the first and the following +# occurrences is achieved by looking at the hold space. +/^msgid /{ +x +# Test if the hold space is empty. +s/m/m/ +ta +# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Read the file. +r HEADER +# Output the file's contents by reading the next line. But don't lose the +# current line while doing this. +g +N +bb +:a +# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing. +x +:b +} diff --git a/po/quot.sed b/po/quot.sed new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0122c463 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/quot.sed @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g +s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g +s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g +s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g +s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g +s/“”/""/g diff --git a/po/remove-potcdate.sed b/po/remove-potcdate.sed new file mode 100644 index 00000000..edb38d70 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/remove-potcdate.sed @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +/^"POT-Creation-Date: .*"$/{ +x +s/P/P/ +ta +g +d +bb +:a +x +:b +} diff --git a/po/remove-potcdate.sin b/po/remove-potcdate.sin new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2436c49e --- /dev/null +++ b/po/remove-potcdate.sin @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +# Sed script that remove the POT-Creation-Date line in the header entry +# from a POT file. +# +# The distinction between the first and the following occurrences of the +# pattern is achieved by looking at the hold space. +/^"POT-Creation-Date: .*"$/{ +x +# Test if the hold space is empty. +s/P/P/ +ta +# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Remove the line. +g +d +bb +:a +# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing. +x +:b +} diff --git a/po/ru.gmo b/po/ru.gmo Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000..d22ddf77 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/ru.gmo diff --git a/po/ru.po b/po/ru.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..766b9f6a --- /dev/null +++ b/po/ru.po @@ -0,0 +1,1053 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: 0.4.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: waker@users.sourceforge.net\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-05-15 23:25+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-15 18:40+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Dmitriy Simbiriatin <slpiv@mail.ru>\n" +"Language-Team: ru <slpiv@mail.ru>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: \n" + +#: plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c:97 +msgid "Supported sound formats" +msgstr "Поддерживаемые форматы" + +#: plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c:108 +msgid "Other files (*)" +msgstr "Другие файлы (*)" + +#: plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c:117 +msgid "Open file(s)..." +msgstr "Открыть файл(ы)..." + +#: plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c:150 +msgid "Add file(s) to playlist..." +msgstr "Добавить файл(ы) в плейлист..." + +#: plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c:182 +msgid "Add folder(s) to playlist..." +msgstr "Добавить каталог(и) в плейлист..." + +#: plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c:364 +msgid "Save Playlist As" +msgstr "Сохранить плейлист как ..." + +#: plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c:371 plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:532 +msgid "DeaDBeeF playlist files (*.dbpl)" +msgstr "Файлы плейлистов DeaDBeeF (*.dbpl)" + +#: plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c:694 +msgid "Failed while reading help file" +msgstr "Не удалось прочитать файл справки" + +#: plugins/gtkui/callbacks.c:704 +msgid "Failed to load help file" +msgstr "Не удалось загрузить файл справки" + +#: plugins/gtkui/ddbtabstrip.c:527 +msgid "Edit playlist" +msgstr "Редактировать плейлист" + +#: plugins/gtkui/ddbtabstrip.c:604 +msgid "Rename Playlist" +msgstr "Переименовать плейлист" + +#: plugins/gtkui/ddbtabstrip.c:608 +msgid "Remove Playlist" +msgstr "Удалить плейлист" + +#: plugins/gtkui/ddbtabstrip.c:612 +msgid "Add New Playlist" +msgstr "Добавить новый плейлист" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:113 +msgid "Save DeaDBeeF EQ Preset" +msgstr "Сохранить DeaDBeeF EQ Preset" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:120 +#, fuzzy +msgid "DeaDBeeF EQ preset files (*.ddbeq)" +msgstr "DeaDBeeF preset files (*.ddbeq)" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:151 +msgid "Load DeaDBeeF EQ Preset..." +msgstr "Загрузить DeaDBeeF EQ Preset..." + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:155 +#, fuzzy +msgid "DeaDBeeF EQ presets (*.ddbeq)" +msgstr "DeaDBeeF EQ presets (*.ddbeq)" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:214 +msgid "Import Foobar2000 EQ Preset..." +msgstr "Импортировать Foobar2000 EQ Preset..." + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:218 +msgid "Foobar2000 EQ presets (*.feq)" +msgstr "Foobar2000 EQ presets (*.feq)" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:292 +msgid "Enable" +msgstr "Включить" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:299 +msgid "Zero All" +msgstr "Обнулить все" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:306 +msgid "Zero Preamp" +msgstr "Обнулить предусиление " + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:313 +msgid "Zero Bands" +msgstr "Обнулить частоты" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:320 +msgid "Save Preset" +msgstr "Сохранить" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:327 +msgid "Load Preset" +msgstr "Загрузить" + +#: plugins/gtkui/eq.c:334 +msgid "Import Foobar2000 Preset" +msgstr "Импортировать Foobar2000 Preset" + +#: plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:128 +#, c-format +msgid "1 day %d:%02d:%02d" +msgstr "1 день %d:%02d:%02d" + +#: plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:131 +#, c-format +msgid "%d days %d:%02d:%02d" +msgstr "%d дней %d:%02d:%02d" + +#: plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:140 +#, c-format +msgid "Stopped | %d tracks | %s total playtime" +msgstr "Стоп | %d дорожек | %s общее время" + +#: plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:150 +msgid "Mono" +msgstr "Моно" + +#: plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:150 +msgid "Stereo" +msgstr "Стерео" + +#: plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:170 +#, c-format +msgid "| %4d kbps " +msgstr "| %4d Кбит/с" + +#: plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:177 +#, c-format +msgid "" +"%s%s %s| %dHz | %d bit | %s | %d:%02d / %s | %d tracks | %s total playtime" +msgstr "" +"%s%s %s| %dГц | %d бит | %s | %d:%02d / %s | %d дорожек | %s общее время" + +#: plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:528 +msgid "Load Playlist" +msgstr "Загрузить плейлист" + +#: plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:663 +msgid "New Playlist" +msgstr "Новый плейлист" + +#: plugins/gtkui/gtkui.c:666 +#, c-format +msgid "New Playlist (%d)" +msgstr "Новый плейлист (%d)" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:129 +msgid "DeaDBeeF" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:140 +msgid "_File" +msgstr "_Файл" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:147 +msgid "_Open file(s)" +msgstr "_Открыть файл(ы)" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:163 +msgid "Add file(s)" +msgstr "Добавить файл(ы)" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:171 +msgid "Add folder(s)" +msgstr "Добавить каталог(и)" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:179 +msgid "Add Audio CD" +msgstr "Добавить аудио CD" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:187 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2870 +msgid "Add location" +msgstr "Добавить месторасположение" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:196 +msgid "New playlist" +msgstr "Новый плейлист" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:203 +msgid "Load playlist" +msgstr "Загрузить плейлист" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:207 +msgid "Save playlist" +msgstr "Сохранить плейлист" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:211 +msgid "Save playlist as" +msgstr "Сохранить плейлист как" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:220 +msgid "_Quit" +msgstr "_Выход" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:231 +msgid "_Edit" +msgstr "_Правка" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:238 +msgid "_Clear" +msgstr "_Очистить" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:246 +msgid "Select all" +msgstr "Выделить всё" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:253 +msgid "Deselect all" +msgstr "Снять выделение" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:260 +msgid "Invert selection" +msgstr "Обратить выделение" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:264 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "Выделенное" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:271 plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:387 +#: plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c:278 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "Удалить" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:279 +msgid "Crop" +msgstr "Удалить невыделенное" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:283 +msgid "_Find" +msgstr "_Найти" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:295 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1706 +msgid "Preferences" +msgstr "Настройки" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:299 +msgid "_View" +msgstr "_Вид" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:306 +msgid "Status bar" +msgstr "Строка состояния" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:310 +msgid "Column headers" +msgstr "Заголовки столбцов" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:314 +msgid "Tabs" +msgstr "Вкладки" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:318 +msgid "Equalizer" +msgstr "Эквалайзер" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:322 +msgid "_Playback" +msgstr "_Воспроизведение" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:329 +msgid "Order" +msgstr "Порядок" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:336 +msgid "Linear" +msgstr "По порядку" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:342 +msgid "Shuffle" +msgstr "Вперемешку" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:348 +msgid "Random" +msgstr "Случайно" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:354 +msgid "Looping" +msgstr "Повторять" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:361 +msgid "Loop All" +msgstr "Все" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:367 +msgid "Loop Single Song" +msgstr "Композицию" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:373 +msgid "Don't Loop" +msgstr "Не повторять" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:379 +msgid "Scroll follows playback" +msgstr "Прокручивать текущую композицию" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:384 +msgid "Cursor follows playback" +msgstr "Выделять текущую композицию" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:388 +msgid "Stop after current" +msgstr "Остановить после текущей" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:395 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:402 +msgid "_Help" +msgstr "_Справка" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:410 +msgid "_ChangeLog" +msgstr "_Изменения" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:419 +msgid "_GPLv2" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:423 +msgid "_LGPLv2.1" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:432 +msgid "_About" +msgstr "_О программе" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:816 +msgid "Search" +msgstr "Поиск" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:891 +msgid "Stop" +msgstr "Стоп" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:899 +msgid "Play" +msgstr "Воспроизвести" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:907 +msgid "Pause" +msgstr "Пауза" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:915 +msgid "Previous" +msgstr "Предыдущая" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:923 +msgid "Next" +msgstr "Следующая" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:931 +msgid "Play Random" +msgstr "Играть" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:940 +msgid "About" +msgstr "О программе" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:953 +msgid "Quit" +msgstr "Выход" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1025 +msgid "Adding files..." +msgstr "Добавление файлов..." + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1069 +msgid "_Abort" +msgstr "_Отменить" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1105 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Справка" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1170 +msgid "Track Properties" +msgstr "Свойства дорожки" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1194 +msgid "" +"<b>WARNING</b>: tag writing feature is still in development.\n" +"<b>Make backup copies</b> before using." +msgstr "" +"<b>Внимание</b>: возможность редактирования тегов находится в разработке.\n" +"<b>Создавайте резервные копии</b> перед использованием." + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1221 +msgid "_Apply" +msgstr "_Применить" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1242 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1288 +msgid "_Close" +msgstr "_Закрыть" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1246 +msgid "Metadata" +msgstr "Метаданные" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1292 plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:402 +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "Свойства" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1378 +#, fuzzy +msgid "editcolumndlg" +msgstr "Редактировать столбец" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1393 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2770 +msgid "Title:" +msgstr "Заголовок:" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1401 +msgid "Enter new column title here" +msgstr "Введите название нового столбца" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1409 +msgid "Type:" +msgstr "Тип:" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1417 +msgid "File number" +msgstr "Номер композиции" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1418 plugins/gtkui/mainplaylist.c:297 +msgid "Playing" +msgstr "Воспроизводится" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1419 +msgid "Album Art" +msgstr "Обложка альбома" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1420 +msgid "Artist - Album" +msgstr "Исполнитель - Альбом" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1421 plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:774 +msgid "Artist" +msgstr "Исполнитель" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1422 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1795 +msgid "Album" +msgstr "Альбом" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1423 plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c:502 +msgid "Title" +msgstr "Заголовок" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1424 +msgid "Length" +msgstr "Длинна" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1425 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1794 +msgid "Track" +msgstr "Дорожка" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1426 +msgid "Band / Album Artist" +msgstr "Группа / Исполнитель" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1427 plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:778 +msgid "Custom" +msgstr "Пользовательский" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1433 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2997 +msgid "Format:" +msgstr "Формат:" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1448 +msgid "Alignment:" +msgstr "Выравнивание:" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1456 +msgid "Left" +msgstr "По левому краю" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1457 +msgid "Right" +msgstr "По правому краю" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1459 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:3007 +msgid "" +"Format conversions (start with %):\n" +" [a]rtist, [t]itle, al[b]um, [B]and,\n" +" track[n]umber, [N]totaltracks,\n" +" [l]ength, [y]ear, [g]enre, [c]omment,\n" +" copy[r]ight, [f]ilename, [T]ags\n" +"Example: %a - %t [%l]" +msgstr "" +"Формат преобразования (start with %):\n" +" [a]rtist, [t]itle, al[b]um, [B]and,\n" +" track[n]umber, [N]totaltracks,\n" +" [l]ength, [y]ear, [g]enre, [c]omment,\n" +" copy[r]ight, [f]ilename, [T]ags\n" +"Пример: %a - %t [%l]" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1726 +msgid "Output plugin:" +msgstr "Модуль вывода:" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1739 +msgid "Output device:" +msgstr "Устройство вывода:" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1748 +msgid "Sound" +msgstr "Звук" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1757 +msgid "Allow dynamic samplerate switching" +msgstr "Разрешить преобразование частоты дискретизации" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1765 +msgid "Samplerate conversion quality:" +msgstr "Алгоритм интерполяции:" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1774 +msgid "sinc_best_quality" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1775 +msgid "sinc_medium_quality" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1776 +msgid "sinc_fastest" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1777 +msgid "zero_order_hold" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1778 +#, fuzzy +msgid "linear" +msgstr "По порядку" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1784 +msgid "Replaygain mode:" +msgstr "Режим автовыравнивания громкости:" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1793 +msgid "Disable" +msgstr "Отключено" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1797 +msgid "Replaygain peak scale" +msgstr "Использовать пиковое значение" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1801 +msgid "Sound (adv.)" +msgstr "Звук (прод.)" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1810 +msgid "Close minimizes to tray" +msgstr "Сворачивать в трей при закрытии" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1814 +msgid "Middle mouse button closes playlist" +msgstr "Средняя кнопка мыши закрывает плейлист" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1827 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1871 +msgid "Override" +msgstr "Заменить" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1836 +msgid "Foreground" +msgstr "Передний план" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1843 +msgid "Background" +msgstr "Фон" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1862 +msgid "Seekbar/Volumebar colors" +msgstr "Полоса проигрывания/Регулятор громкости" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1880 +msgid "Middle" +msgstr "Средний" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1887 +msgid "Light" +msgstr "Светлый" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1894 +msgid "Dark" +msgstr "Тёмный" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1925 +msgid "Base" +msgstr "Базовый" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1932 +msgid "Tab strip colors" +msgstr "Вкладки" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1941 +msgid "Override (looses GTK treeview theming, but speeds up rendering)" +msgstr "" +"Заменить (теряются настройки GTK темы, но увеличивается скорость " +"визуализации)" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1950 +msgid "Even row" +msgstr "" +"Чётная \n" +" строка" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1957 +msgid "Odd row" +msgstr "" +"Нечётная \n" +" строка" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1976 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Текст" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:1983 +msgid "Selected row" +msgstr "" +"Выделенная \n" +" строка" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2002 +msgid "Selected text" +msgstr "" +"Выделенный \n" +" текст" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2015 +msgid "Cursor" +msgstr "Указатель" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2028 +msgid "Playlist colors" +msgstr "Плейлист" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2032 +msgid "GUI" +msgstr "Интерфейс" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2041 +msgid "Enable Proxy Server" +msgstr "Включить прокси-сервер" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2049 +msgid "Proxy Server Address:" +msgstr "Адрес:" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2063 +msgid "Proxy Server Port:" +msgstr "Порт:" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2077 +msgid "Proxy Type:" +msgstr "Тип прокси:" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2085 +msgid "HTTP" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2086 +msgid "HTTP_1_0" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2087 +msgid "SOCKS4" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2088 +msgid "SOCKS5" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2089 +msgid "SOCKS4A" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2090 +msgid "SOCKS5_HOSTNAME" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2096 +msgid "Proxy Username:" +msgstr "Имя пользователя:" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2109 +msgid "Proxy Password:" +msgstr "Пароль:" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2119 +msgid "Network" +msgstr "Сеть" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2147 +msgid "Write ID3v2" +msgstr "Писать ID3v2" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2151 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2278 +msgid "Write ID3v1" +msgstr "Писать ID3v1" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2155 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2234 +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2274 +msgid "Write APEv2" +msgstr "Писать APEv2" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2163 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2242 +msgid "Strip ID3v2" +msgstr "Вырезать ID3v2" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2167 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2290 +msgid "Strip ID3v1" +msgstr "Вырезать ID3v1" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2171 plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2246 +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2286 +msgid "Strip APEv2" +msgstr "Вырезать APEv2" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2179 +msgid "ID3v2 version" +msgstr "Версия ID3v2" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2186 +msgid "2.3 (Recommended)" +msgstr "2.3 (Рекомендуемая)" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2187 +msgid "2.4" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2193 +msgid "ID3v1 character encoding (default is iso8859-1)" +msgstr "Кодировка ID3v1 (по умолчанию iso8859-1)" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2202 +msgid "<b>MP3</b>" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2230 +msgid "Write ID3v2.4" +msgstr "Писать ID3v2.4" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2250 +msgid "<b>APE</b>" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2294 +msgid "<b>WavPack</b>" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2299 +msgid "Tag writer" +msgstr "Теги" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2330 +msgid "Description:" +msgstr "Описание:" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2345 +msgid "Author(s):" +msgstr "Автор(ы):" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2360 +msgid "Email:" +msgstr "Электронный адрес:" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2375 +msgid "Website:" +msgstr "Веб-сайт:" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2406 +msgid "Configure" +msgstr "Настроить" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2410 +msgid "Plugins" +msgstr "Расширения" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2754 +#, fuzzy +msgid "editplaylistdlg" +msgstr "Редактировать плейлист" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2881 +msgid "URL:" +msgstr "Ссылка:" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:2982 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "Группировать по" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:3036 +msgid "_Cancel" +msgstr "_Отмена" + +#: plugins/gtkui/interface.c:3057 +msgid "_OK" +msgstr "_ОК" + +#: plugins/gtkui/mainplaylist.c:298 plugins/gtkui/search.c:433 +msgid "Artist / Album" +msgstr "Исполнитель / Альбом" + +#: plugins/gtkui/mainplaylist.c:299 plugins/gtkui/search.c:434 +msgid "Track No" +msgstr "№" + +#: plugins/gtkui/mainplaylist.c:300 plugins/gtkui/search.c:435 +msgid "Title / Track Artist" +msgstr "Заголовок / Исполнитель" + +#: plugins/gtkui/mainplaylist.c:301 plugins/gtkui/search.c:436 +#: plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c:175 +msgid "Duration" +msgstr "Продолжительность" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:317 +msgid "" +"Files will be lost. Proceed?\n" +"(This dialog can be turned off in GTKUI plugin settings)" +msgstr "" +"Файл будут потеряны. Продолжить?\n" +"(Этот диалог может быть отключён в настройках расширения GTKUI)" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:318 plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c:56 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "Предупреждение" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:363 +msgid "Add to playback queue" +msgstr "Добавить в очередь" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:368 +msgid "Remove from playback queue" +msgstr "Удалить из очереди" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:376 +msgid "Reload metadata" +msgstr "Обновить метаданные" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:392 +msgid "Remove from disk" +msgstr "Удалить с жёсткого диска" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:616 plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:741 +msgid "Add column" +msgstr "Добавить столбец" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:646 plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:745 +msgid "Edit column" +msgstr "Редактировать столбец" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:749 +msgid "Remove column" +msgstr "Удалить столбец" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:759 +msgid "Group by" +msgstr "Группировать по" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:766 +msgid "None" +msgstr "Отсутствует" + +#: plugins/gtkui/plcommon.c:770 +msgid "Artist/Date/Album" +msgstr "Исполнитель/Дата/Альбом" + +#: plugins/gtkui/pluginconf.c:41 +msgid "Open file..." +msgstr "Открыть файл..." + +#: plugins/gtkui/pluginconf.c:139 +#, c-format +msgid "Setup %s" +msgstr "Настройки %s" + +#: plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c:98 +msgid "Default Audio Device" +msgstr "Аудио устройство по умолчанию" + +#: plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c:273 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "Добавить" + +#: plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c:283 +msgid "Apply" +msgstr "Применить" + +#: plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c:288 +msgid "Global Hotkeys" +msgstr "Горячие клавиши" + +#: plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c:346 +msgid "Slot" +msgstr "Слот" + +#: plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c:347 +msgid "Key combination" +msgstr "Комбинация клавиш" + +#: plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c:393 plugins/gtkui/prefwin.c:582 plugins.c:833 +msgid "ALSA output plugin" +msgstr "Модуль вывода ALSA" + +#: plugins/gtkui/progress.c:53 +msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Загрузка..." + +#: plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c:53 +msgid "You've modified data for this track." +msgstr "Данные для этой дорожки были изменены." + +#: plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c:55 +msgid "Really close the window?" +msgstr "Закрыть окно?" + +#: plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c:178 +msgid "Tag Type(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c:180 +msgid "Embedded Cuesheet" +msgstr "" + +#: plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c:244 plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c:256 +msgid "Key" +msgstr "Ключ" + +#: plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c:245 plugins/gtkui/trkproperties.c:257 +msgid "Value" +msgstr "Значение" + +#: main.c:83 +#, c-format +msgid "Usage: deadbeef [options] [file(s)]\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:84 +#, c-format +msgid "Options:\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:85 +#, c-format +msgid " --help or -h Print help (this message) and exit\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:86 +#, c-format +msgid " --quit Quit player\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:87 +#, c-format +msgid " --version Print version info and exit\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:88 +#, c-format +msgid " --play Start playback\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:89 +#, c-format +msgid " --stop Stop playback\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:90 +#, c-format +msgid " --pause Pause playback\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:91 +#, c-format +msgid " --next Next song in playlist\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:92 +#, c-format +msgid " --prev Previous song in playlist\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:93 +#, c-format +msgid " --random Random song in playlist\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:94 +#, c-format +msgid " --queue Append file(s) to existing playlist\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:95 +#, c-format +msgid " --nowplaying FMT Print formatted track name to stdout\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:96 +#, c-format +msgid "" +" FMT %%-syntax: [a]rtist, [t]itle, al[b]um,\n" +" [l]ength, track[n]umber, [y]ear, [c]omment,\n" +" copy[r]ight, [e]lapsed\n" +msgstr "" + +#: main.c:99 +#, c-format +msgid "" +" e.g.: --nowplaying \"%%a - %%t\" should print \"artist " +"- title\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: playlist.c:365 playlist.c:2208 +msgid "Default" +msgstr "Плейлист" + +#~ msgid "Paused | " +#~ msgstr "Пауза | " + +#~ msgid "Delete files from disk" +#~ msgstr "Удалить файлы с жёсткого диска" + +#~ msgid "Yes" +#~ msgstr "Да" + +#~ msgid "No" +#~ msgstr "Нет" diff --git a/po/stamp-po b/po/stamp-po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9788f702 --- /dev/null +++ b/po/stamp-po @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +timestamp |